Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C2022-235 - 10/11/2022 - Approved
DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Art Center Repairs & Improvements 21126 01 At �a 1852 AW 011 Navigation Suite 300 Corpus Christi, Texas 74408 Phone: (361) 883-1984 www..Arciurr�t.co Engineering License#F-10053 R[)UR"' rAArdurra x , I C�r<�tr Inc. Stirveyi�ng Firm 1f194688 COLLABORATE. INNOVATE, CREATE, Architectural Farm BR4160 �m - M DATEt03 09 I /2022 • F ji �,� see. ........r, i� t Record Drawing Number PPG-878Z,.-� r� IIII IIY IIII IIII IIII IIII ,. '"°w JAMES WARD r IIIIIllluwuwu IIII IIII IIII III IIII IIII IIII IIII III '�°�o`a..<g6 _-„' 25, 2022 Date 03-09-22 �`1�sS /©NAL �v.. DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 000100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 00 01 00 Table of Contents 00 01 02 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions (Rev 6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions(Rev4-2022) Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work(Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances(Rev 5-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment(Rev 5-2020) 01 33 01 Submittal Register(Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures(Rev 10-2018) 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls(Rev 8-2019) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls(Rev8-2019) Part S Standard Specifications Not used Part T Technical Specifications 01 73 29 Cutting& Patching 03 20 00 Reinforcing Steel 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 10 53 Miscellaneous Carpentry 06 11 20 Framing and Sheathing 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry Table of Contents 000100- 1 Art Center Repairs& Improvements (21126) Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Division/ Title Section 06 83 16 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling 07 01 50.73 Rehabilitation of Modified Bituminous Membrane Roof 07 24 00 Exterior Insulation & Finish System. 07 41 13.07 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam 07 52 16.11.1 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck 07 52 16.11.2 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 90 00 Joint Protection 08 16 13 Fiberglass Doors 08 71 00 Door Hardware 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 09 91 00 Painting 09 95 50 Vinyl Coated Wall Covering 10 14 67 Tactile Signage 10 85 00 Miscellaneous Items 32 31 19 Decorative Metal Fence& Gates Drawing Sheet#38 Plumbing Specifications Drawing HVAC Specifications Sheet#43 Drawing Sheet#49 Electrical Specifications Appendixl All Testing Reports as Applicable 1 Asbestos Testing Report(Exhibit) END OF SECTION Table of Contents 000100-2 Art Center Repairs& Improvements (21126) Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 00 01 02 LIST OF DRAWINGS LIST OF DRAWINGS (50 sheets): GENERAL: 0 COVER SHEET 1 NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS ARCHITECTURAL: 2 FIRST FLOOR PLAN 3 SECOND FLOOR PLAN 4 ROOF PLAN—EXISTING CONDITIONS 5 ROOF PLAN—IMPROVEMENTS/REPAIRS 6 ROOFING AREAS WORK DESCRIPTIONS 7 ROOFING SECTIONS/DETAILS 8 ROOFING SECTIONS/DETAILS 9 ROOFING SECTIONS/DETAILS 10 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 11 PHOTOS 1 12 PHOTOS 2 13 PHOTOS 3 14 PHOTOS 4 15 PHOTOS 5 16 PHOTOS 6 17 PHOTOS 7 18 PHOTOS 8 19 PHOTOS 9 20 PHOTOS 10 21 PHOTOS 11 22 PHOTOS 12 23 PHOTOS 13 24 PHOTOS 14 25 PHOTOS 15 26 PHOTOS 16 27 PHOTOS 17 28 PHOTOS 18 29 PHOTOS 19 30 PHOTOS 20 31 PHOTOS 21 32 PHOTOS 22 33 DETAILS 34 DETAILS PLUMBING: 35 NATURAL GAS PLAN WORK Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 1 of 2 List of Drawings Section 00 01 02 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 36 SANITARY, WASTE, VENT PLAN WORK 37 PLUMBING DETAILS 38 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL: 39 DEMOLITION HVAC PLAN 40 HVAC PLAN 41 HVAC SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 42 HVAC SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS 43 HVAC SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL: 44 POWER DEMOLITION PLAN 45 DEMO/REFURBISH PLAN—GROUND FLOOR 46 POWER PLAN -ROOF 47 LIGHTING PLAN—GROUND FLOOR 48 LIGHTING PLAN—2ND FLOOR 49 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 2 of 2 List of Drawings Section 00 01 02 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 0 °b�nnwo�Ay"v 1852 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on October 11, 2022, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and STBP, Inc.dba South Texas Building Partners (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Art Center Repairs& Improvements Proiect Number 21126 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Ardurra Group, Inc. 801 Navigation Blvd., Suite 300 Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 Note to Specifier: City will complete paragraph 2.02 upon award of contract. 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Brett Van Hazel Assistant Director of Construction Services Corpus Christi,Texas 78411 brettvh@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 195 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed Agreement 005223-1 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 240 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ 2,268,872.00 Agreement 005223-2 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement 005223-3 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement 005223-4 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers, memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. b. Asbestos Inspection Report(Exhibit). 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI D-61 Sq-d by: 11/7/2022 �• r 11/4/2022 W1w :a' Rebecca Huerta Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services Agreement 005223-5 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 M2022-154 AUTHORIZED 10-11-2022 APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL yy}�D—Slig-(d by: 11/3/2022 RH/MM M?+X I"lG1�4b ¢q¢���9gscbai',ht-iubY1 Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR STBP, Inc. dba South Texas Building Partners, Inc. 6acu619-G by, 1012712022 (Seal Below) By: 4'1 it WA All LL. Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: President person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief 601 Everhart Road Financial Officer Address Corpus Christi TX 78412 City State Zip (361) 299-5462 Phone Fax mce@stbp.com EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 005223-6 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C63lA8CD2 Report Created On:8/24/22 8:03:59 PM BID TOTALS BASE BID Total Part A-General $576,308.00 Part B-Carpentry/Wood Repair/Replace $370,400.00 Part B- EIFS Repair $51,000.00 Part B- Expansion Joint Repair $23,275.00 Part B- Roofing Repair/Replace $325,000.00 Part B- Door/Window Repair/Replace $21,980.00 Part B-Ceiling Repair/Replace $34,850.00 Part B- Floor Repair/Cover $15,677.00 Part B-Wall Surface Repair/Replace $25,000.00 Part B-Gyp. Ed. Repair $25,000.00 Part B- Painting Work&Prep $257,600.00 Part B-Various Repair/Replace Items $51,000.00 Part B- Mechanical Work $207,282.00 Part B- Electrical Work $49,700.00 Part C- Unforeseen Conditions $150,000.00 Part C- Bonds/Insurance $84,800.00 Total $2,268,872.00 Part A-General No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price Al Mobilization LS 1 $576,308.00 $576,308.00 Subtotal:$576,308.00 Part B-Carpentry/Wood Repair/Replace No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B1 Carpentry/Wood Repair/Replace LS 1 $370,400.00 $370,400.00 Subtotal:$370,400.00 Part B-EIFS Repair DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Report Created On:8/24/22 8:03:59 PM No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B2 EIFS Repair LS 1 $51,000.00 $51,000.00 Subtotal: $51,000.00 Part B-Expansion Joint Repair No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B3 Expansion Joint Repair LS 1 $23,275.00 $23,275.00 Subtotal: $23,275.00 Part B-Roofing Repair/Replace No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B4 Roofing Repair/Replace LS 1 $325,000.00 $325,000.00 Subtotal:$325,000.00 Part B-Door/Window Repair/Replace No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B5 Door/Window Repair/Replace LS 1 $21,980.00 $21,980.00 Subtotal: $21,980.00 Part B-Ceiling Repair/Replace No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B6 Ceiling Repair/Replace LS 1 $34,850.00 $34,850.00 Subtotal: $34,850.00 Part B-Floor Repair/Cover No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B7 Floor Repair/Cover LS 1 $15,677.00 $15,677.00 Subtotal: $15,677.00 Part B-Wall Surface Repair/Replace No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B8 Wall Surface Repair/Replace LS 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 Subtotal: $25,000.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Report Created On:8/24/22 8:03:59 PM Part B-Gyp.Bd.Repair No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price E9 Gyp. Ed. Repair LS 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 Subtotal: $25,000.00 Part B-Painting Work&Prep No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B10 Painting Work&Prep LS 1 $257,600.00 $257,600.00 Subtotal:$257,600.00 Part B-Various Repair/Replace Items No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B11 Various Repair/Replace LS 1 $51,000.00 $51,000.00 Subtotal: $51,000.00 Part B-Mechanical Work No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B12 Mechanical Work LS 1 $207,282.00 $207,282.00 Subtotal:$207,282.00 Part B-Electrical Work No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B13 Electrical Work LS 1 $49,700.00 $49,700.00 Subtotal: $49,700.00 Part C-Unforeseen Conditions No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price C1 Unforeseen Conditions AL 1 $150,000.00 $150,000.00 Subtotal:$150,000.00 Part C-Bonds/Insurance No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Report Created On:8/24/22 8:03:59 PM C2 Bonds/Insurance AL 1 $84,800.00 $84,800.00 Subtotal: $84,800.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Report Created On:8/24/22 8:03:59 PM ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA NAME ACKNOWLEDGEMENT DATE RFB 4295 Addendum No. 1 08/24/2022 19:56:15 PM RFB 4295 Addendum No.2 08/24/2022 19:56:15 PM DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Report Created On:8/24/22 8:03:59 PM REQUIRED DOWNLOADS TYPE NAME DOWNLOAD DATE Plans RFB 4295 Drawings 7/25/22 9:05:40 AM Addenda RFB 4295 Addendum No. 1 8/10/22 9:48:33 AM Addenda RFB 4295 Addendum No.2 8/23/22 3:07:48 PM Invitation To Bid RFB 4295 Specifications 7/25/22 9:05:15 AM DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 BID FORM Prosect.roj ect Name:] A rt Ce nter Repairs & Improvements Project Number: 21126 0wner. CIty of Corpus Christi OAR: 1Brett Van Hazel Designer: jArclurra Group, Inc. By its signature below, Bidder accepts all of the terms and'conditions of the Bid Acknowledgement,acknowledges receipt of all Addenda to the Bid and!,agrees, if this Bid is accepted,to enter into a Contract with the Owner and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the Bid price. R,�d dic,r: it°Yc, (fuii iegai name of Bidder) Signature: &k (signature of person with authority to bind the Bidder) ---7-T- Name: —Matt Ezell (printed name of person signing Bid Form) 'Title: President (title of person signing Bid Form) f Attest: (signature) T- State of Residency:_I_exas Federal Tx I'D No. 90-0781206 Address for Notices: 601 Everhart Road Corpus Christi, TX..78412 ,Phone: - (361) 299-5j§.2Email': Bid Form Page 1 of 2 Art Center Repairs Improvements(21126) Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology.....................................................................................................10 1.01 Defined Terms.............................................................................................................................10 1.02 Terminology................................................................................................................................15 Article 2—Preliminary Matters...................................................................................................................16 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance.............................................................................16 2.02 Copies of Documents..................................................................................................................16 2.03 Project Management System......................................................................................................16 2.04 Before Starting Construction ......................................................................................................17 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives................................17 Article 3—Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse.................................................................17 3.01 Intent...........................................................................................................................................17 3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................18 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies......................................................................................19 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents.................................................................................20 3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................20 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work..............................................................................20 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.............................................................20 4.02 Starting the Work........................................................................................................................20 4.03 Progress Schedule.......................................................................................................................21 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress..................................................................................................21 Article 5—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions...................................................................................................................................................22 5.01 Availability of Lands....................................................................................................................22 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas........................................................................................................22 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions............................................................................................23 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...............................................................................24 5.05 Underground Facilities................................................................................................................25 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site.............................................................................26 Article 6—Bonds and Insurance .................................................................................................................28 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds..................................................................................28 General Conditions 007200- 1 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................29 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage....................................................................................29 6.04 General Insurance Provisions......................................................................................................29 6.05 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................30 6.06 Property Insurance......................................................................................................................33 6.07 Waiver of Rights..........................................................................................................................34 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project....................................................................................................34 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance..............................................................................................35 6.10 Certificate of Insurance...............................................................................................................35 6.11 Insurance Policies........................................................................................................................35 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage...............................................................................................35 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance ......................................................................................................35 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice .......................................................36 Article 7-Contractor's Responsibilities.....................................................................................................38 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence..............................................................................................38 7.02 Labor; Working Hours.................................................................................................................38 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...........................................................................................39 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................39 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................40 7.06 Permits........................................................................................................................................41 7.07 Taxes...........................................................................................................................................41 7.08 Laws and Regulations..................................................................................................................41 7.09 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................42 7.10 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................43 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................43 7.12 Emergencies................................................................................................................................43 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee .........................................................................43 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION......................................................................................................................44 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services................................................................................45 Article 8-Other Work at the Site...............................................................................................................46 8.01 Other Work.................................................................................................................................46 8.02 Coordination...............................................................................................................................47 8.03 Legal Relationships......................................................................................................................47 General Conditions 007200-2 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Article 9—Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities...........................................................................................48 9.01 Communications to Contractor ..................................................................................................48 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members......................................................................48 9.03 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................48 9.04 Pay When Due.............................................................................................................................48 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................48 9.06 Insurance.....................................................................................................................................48 9.07 Modifications..............................................................................................................................48 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals...............................................................................................48 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities .........................................................................................48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition......................................................................49 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program................................................................................................49 Article 10—OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction ..................................................................49 10.01 Owner's Representative..........................................................................................................49 10.02 Visits to Site.............................................................................................................................49 10.03 Resident Project Representatives...........................................................................................49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments.........................................................................50 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work...................50 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities.....................................50 Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ....................................................50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents.......................................................50 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................51 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................52 11.05 Change of Contract Times.......................................................................................................52 11.06 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ...................................................................................................53 11.08 Notice to Surety......................................................................................................................54 Article 12—Change Management ..............................................................................................................54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal................................................................................................54 12.02 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification...................................................................55 General Conditions 007200-3 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 12.04 Substitutions...........................................................................................................................55 Article13—Claims.......................................................................................................................................56 13.01 Claims......................................................................................................................................56 13.02 Claims Process.........................................................................................................................57 Article 14—Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements.......................................................................................58 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates.........................................................................................58 14.02 Records....................................................................................................................................58 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense.........................................................................................59 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates.............................................................................................................59 Article 15—Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work......................................................................59 15.01 Cost of the Work.....................................................................................................................59 15.02 Allowances..............................................................................................................................63 15.03 Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................63 15.04 Contingencies..........................................................................................................................64 Article 16—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work....................65 16.01 Access to Work........................................................................................................................65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals............................................................................................65 16.03 Defective Work.......................................................................................................................65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................66 16.05 Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work.....................................................................................................67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work.......................................................................................67 Article 17—Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period........................................67 17.01 Progress Payments..................................................................................................................67 17.02 Application for Payment.........................................................................................................69 17.03 Schedule of Values..................................................................................................................71 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value............................................................72 17.05 Basis for Payments..................................................................................................................73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment.......................................................................73 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs...........................................................................................................74 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment.........................................................74 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative...........................................................75 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................76 General Conditions 007200-4 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 17.11 Substantial Completion...........................................................................................................76 17.12 Partial Utilization.....................................................................................................................77 17.13 Final Inspection.......................................................................................................................77 17.14 Final Application for Payment.................................................................................................77 17.15 Final Payment..........................................................................................................................78 17.16 Waiver of Claims.....................................................................................................................78 17.17 Correction Period....................................................................................................................78 Article 18-Suspension of Work and Termination.....................................................................................79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause............................................................................................79 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience................................................................................80 Article 19-Project Management...............................................................................................................81 19.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................81 19.02 Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................................81 19.03 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................81 19.04 Required Permits ....................................................................................................................81 19.05 Safety Requirements...............................................................................................................82 19.06 Access to the Site....................................................................................................................82 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site..........................................................................................................82 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities........................................................................83 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations..............................................................................83 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations........................................................................84 19.11 Field Measurements ...............................................................................................................84 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points.........................................................................................84 19.13 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................85 19.14 Cleaning During Construction.................................................................................................86 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access......................................................................86 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control..............................................................................................87 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires.......................................................................................................87 19.18 Blasting....................................................................................................................................87 19.19 Archeological Requirements...................................................................................................87 19.20 Endangered Species Resources...............................................................................................88 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies..........................................................................................88 General Conditions 007200-5 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Article 20—Project Coordination................................................................................................................88 20.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................88 20.02 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................88 20.03 Communication During Project...............................................................................................89 20.04 Project Meetings.....................................................................................................................89 20.05 Requests for Information........................................................................................................91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log..................................................................................................91 20.07 Notification By Contractor......................................................................................................92 20.08 Record Documents..................................................................................................................92 Article 21—Quality Management...............................................................................................................94 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities ..................................................................................................94 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT..................................................................................95 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports..................................................................................96 21.04 Documentation.......................................................................................................................96 21.05 Standards ................................................................................................................................97 21.06 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................97 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects..............................................................................97 21.08 Test Reports............................................................................................................................97 21.09 Defective Work.......................................................................................................................98 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory........................................................................98 21.11 Quality Control Plan................................................................................................................98 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan ......................................................................100 Article 22—Final Resolution of Disputes..................................................................................................101 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations.....................................................................................................101 22.02 Mediation..............................................................................................................................101 Article 23—Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy................................................................................102 23.01 Policy.....................................................................................................................................102 23.02 Definitions.............................................................................................................................102 23.03 Goals......................................................................................................................................103 23.04 Compliance............................................................................................................................104 Article 24—Document Management........................................................................................................104 24.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................104 24.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................104 General Conditions 007200-6 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................104 24.04 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................105 24.05 Document Numbering ..........................................................................................................105 24.06 Document Requirements......................................................................................................106 Article25—Shop Drawings.......................................................................................................................107 25.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................107 25.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................107 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................107 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements ................................................................................................109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................109 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures....................................................................................110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures..........................................................................112 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products...............................................................................................113 25.10 Requests for Deviation..........................................................................................................113 25.11 Designer Responsibilities......................................................................................................114 25.12 Resubmission Requirements.................................................................................................116 Article26—Record Data...........................................................................................................................117 26.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................117 26.02 Quality Assurance.................................................................................................................117 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................117 26.04 Record Data Requirements...................................................................................................118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................119 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures.......................................................................................119 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities....................................................................................................120 Article 27—Construction Progress Schedule............................................................................................121 27.01 Requirements........................................................................................................................121 27.02 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................121 27.03 Schedule Requirements........................................................................................................121 27.04 Schedule Revisions................................................................................................................123 27.05 Float Time..............................................................................................................................123 Article 28—Video and Photographic documentation ..............................................................................124 General Conditions 007200-7 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 28.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................124 28.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................124 28.03 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................124 28.04 Photographs..........................................................................................................................125 28.05 Video Recording....................................................................................................................125 Article 29-Execution and Closeout.........................................................................................................125 29.01 Substantial Completion.........................................................................................................125 29.02 Final Inspections....................................................................................................................126 29.03 Reinspection Fees.................................................................................................................126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal ............................................................................................127 29.05 Transfer of Utilities ...............................................................................................................127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements.........................................................................127 Article30-Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................128 30.01 Computation of Times...........................................................................................................128 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records.......................................................................128 30.03 Independent Contractor.......................................................................................................129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies ...........................................................................................................129 30.05 Limitation of Damages..........................................................................................................129 30.06 No Waiver.............................................................................................................................129 30.07 Severability............................................................................................................................129 30.08 Survival of Obligations ..........................................................................................................130 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries .................................................................................................130 30.10 Assignment of Contract.........................................................................................................130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity........................................................................................130 30.12 Controlling Law.....................................................................................................................130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue...................................................................................130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury...........................................................................................................130 30.15 Attorney Fees........................................................................................................................130 30.16 Compliance with Laws...........................................................................................................131 30.17 Enforcement..........................................................................................................................131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation.......................................................................................................131 30.19 Contract Sum.........................................................................................................................131 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy....................................................................131 General Conditions 007200-8 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 30.21 Notices. .................................................................................................................................131 General Conditions 007200-9 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date—The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi(City)authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid —The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Documents. 7. Bidding Documents — The solicitation documents, the proposed Contract Documents and Addenda. 8. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 10. Change Order-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract,which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. 11. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; C. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 12. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or designee as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 007200- 10 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 13. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice, signed and sworn to be an authorized corporate officer, verifying the truth and accuracy of the Claim. 14. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; C. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act,42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous,toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 15. Contract -The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 16. Contract Amendment-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract but does not make changes in the Work. 17. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 18. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications,and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any,that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19. Contract Times-The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and C. Complete the Work. 20. Contractor-The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. General Conditions 007200- 11 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 21. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 22. Cost of the Work -The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 23. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or C. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion 24. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 25. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 26. Effective Date of the Contract -The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 27. Field Order-A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 28. Hazardous Environmental Condition -The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. 29. Indemnified Costs-All costs, losses,damages,and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 30. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations-Applicable laws,statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances,codes,and orders of governmental bodies,agencies,authorities,and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 31. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. General Conditions 007200- 12 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 32. Milestone-A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 33. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; C. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 34. Notice of Award-The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 35. Notice to Proceed -A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 36. Owner -The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 37. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR -The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 38. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 39. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Progress Schedule -A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. 41. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 42. Project Manual — That portion of the Contract Documents that may include the following: introductory information,solicitation requirements and responses, proposal, Contract forms and General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Specification, Drawings, Project Safety Manual and Addenda. 43. Resident Project Representative or RPR-The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. General Conditions 007200- 13 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 44. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 45. Schedule of Documents -A schedule of required documents, prepared and maintained by Contractor. 46. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 47. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 48. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 49. Specifications -The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 50. Subcontractor -An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 51. Substantial Completion -The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 52. Supplementary Conditions -The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 53. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 54. Technical Data-Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or C. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 55. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 56. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. General Conditions 007200- 14 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 57. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 58. Work Change Directive -A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense,"or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms"day"or"calendar day" mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or General Conditions 007200- 15 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Project Management System A. Owner shall administer its design and construction management through an internet-based project management system known as e-Builder. B. Contractor shall conduct all communication through and perform all project-related functions utilizing this project management system. This includes all correspondence, General Conditions 007200- 16 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 submittals, requests for information, payment requests and processing, contract amendments, change orders, delivery orders and other administrative activities. C. Owner shall administer the software and provide training to Contractor's Team. 2.04 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule, which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract,Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; C. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200- 17 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations,whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200- 18 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall, therefore, satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all grades, elevations, dimensions and locations. Any errors due to Contractor's failure to verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to Owner. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; C. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict,error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 007200- 19 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual/administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 007200-20 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work,except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. Owner's exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work, or directing suspension, rescheduling, or correction of the Work), regardless of the extent or frequency of Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the Contractor's performance of the Work. An extension of Contract Time, to the extent permitted, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays.Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed,disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph.These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site; 3. Acts of war or terrorism; and 4. Rain days in excess of the number specified in a calendar year. General Conditions 007200-21 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLES—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site,adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions 007200-22 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; C. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. General Conditions 007200-23 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site,and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions 007200-24 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or C. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Investigating and field-verifying the location of underground facilities before beginning Work; 2. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 3. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 4. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 5. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 6. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions 007200-25 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions 007200-26 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions 007200-27 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions 007200-28 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions 007200-29 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 6.05 Contractor's Insurance A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; and General Conditions 007200-30 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions 007200-31 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds$5,000,000, purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owner as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions 007200-32 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT,Contractor,and all Subcontractors,and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions 007200-33 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner,Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them,for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds,or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-34 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of"Additional Insureds"for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, make available for viewing a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: General Conditions 007200-35 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 City of Corpus Christi— Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi,TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project-includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project,the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and General Conditions 007200-36 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions 007200-37 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November General Conditions 007200-38 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Holiday Date Observed Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.13 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors,Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. General Conditions 007200-39 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor,Supplier,or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions 007200-40 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions 007200-41 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining,and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions 007200-42 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections, tests, or approvals by others; or General Conditions 007200-43 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees or dispute resolution costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work and/or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, violations of Laws or Regulations, or bodily injury, death or destruction of tangible property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractor's Team, regardless of whether such claim, damage, loss or expense is alleged to be caused in part by an Owner hereunder, subject to the Owner's defenses and liability limits under the Texas Tort Claims Act. However, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify an Owner against a claim, loss, damage or expense caused by the sole negligence of an Owner. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs, arising out of or relating to: (i) the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team or a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor's Team, (ii) Contractor's Team's action or inaction related to damages, delays, disruptions or interference with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, or (iii) the correction of Defective Work. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to indemnify the Owner from the consequences of the Owner's sole negligence. c. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs resulting from infringement on patent rights or copyrights by Contractor's Team. General Conditions 007200-44 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released,waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner does not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner may assume and control the defense if Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner; b. Would require Owner to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or C. Would not result in Owner's full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these General Conditions 007200-45 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. General Conditions 007200-46 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT or other contractor retained by the City: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occu r. General Conditions 007200-47 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to damages, delays, disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections,tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-48 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. 9.12 Plans and Specifications A. Owner does not warrant the plans and specification. ARTICLE 10—OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. General Conditions 007200-49 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04 if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 007200-50 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions,or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. General Conditions 007200-51 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 15.05 when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal in accordance with Article 12 to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-52 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Notify the OAR within 3 days if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 16.07, or C. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Change Order, nor a warranty that the Change Order will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. Contractor may file a Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to Article 13. General Conditions 007200-53 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents,or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. A Change Proposal must be submitted to the OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. C. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; and 9) Other items of cost. General Conditions 007200-54 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 12.04 Substitutions A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow these procedures for a substitution. B. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. General Conditions 007200-55 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. D. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request,the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. E. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13—CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by OAR concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing OAR's decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Contractor shall bear the entire economic risk of all weather delays and disruptions. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price by reason of such delays or disruptions. Upon Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor shall look back at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in General Conditions 007200-56 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 excess of weather normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Anytime extension granted shall be non-compensatory. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Except for Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within 14 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim(unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief,the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within 60 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor's job cost report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12,shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation. H. Designer will review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise; or General Conditions 007200-57 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action, the Claim shall be deemed denied 30 days after receipt of the Claim. J. Following receipt of Designer's initial recommendation regarding a Claim,the Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes by filing a notice of appeal within 30 days after this action. L. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times. M. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. N. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. O. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024,the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. General Conditions 007200-58 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.023(b) — Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258,shall pay to the Owner,on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058—Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or C. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15—COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions 007200-59 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits,which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave, vacations, and holidays; and C. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers'field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining,with the OPT,which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; General Conditions 007200-60 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. For Contractor-and Subcontractor-owned machinery,trucks, power tools or other equipment, use the FHWA rental rates found in the Rental Rate Blue Book ("Blue Book") multiplied by the regional adjustment factor and the rate adjustment factor to establish hourly rates. Use the rates in effect for each section of the Blue Book at the time of use. Payment will be made for the actual hours used in the Work. 1) Standby costs will be paid at 50% of the FHWA rental rates found in the Blue Book if Contractor is directed by Owner in writing to standby. Standby costs will not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle. For a six-day work week, no more than eight hours per a 24-hour day, no more than 48 hours per week and no more than 208 hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor. e. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; 1) The hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in the Work. Owner reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue Book rates. 2) If Contractor is directed to standby in writing by Owner, standby costs will be paid at the invoice daily rate excluding operating costs, which includes fuel, lubricants, repairs and servicing. f. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; h. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; i. Cost of additional utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; j. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and k. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed General Conditions 007200-61 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee for profit and overhead is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis; 2. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 3. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1, 15.01.C.2 and 15.01.C.4; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.3; C. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; 2) The Subcontractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.4 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 3) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 15.01.D; General Conditions 007200-62 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and 4. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 15.05.13.1 through 15.05.13.5, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.13.1 and 15.02.13.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. General Conditions 007200-63 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal,or Owner may file a Claim,seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 15.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Contract; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Contract. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Contract. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions 007200-64 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 ARTICLE 16—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION,REMOVAL,OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions 007200-65 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work;and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others resulting from the Defective Work if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. General Conditions 007200-66 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off-Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. ARTICLE 17—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS;COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. General Conditions 007200-67 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses,or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; C. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; j. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; k. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; I. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; General Conditions 007200-68 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 m. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; n. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; o. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; p. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or q. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up, training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; General Conditions 007200-69 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, C. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; General Conditions 007200-70 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Record Documents per Article 20. 2. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 3. Project photographs per Article 28. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. 5. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including overruns of Designer's estimated quantity. 6. Documentation required by funding agency, if applicable. 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form attached to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Contract, use each unit price line item in the Contract as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. General Conditions 007200-71 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other costs associated with the item in the Contract. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion, show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. General Conditions 007200-72 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Contract. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Contract for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment shown in the Application for Payment and attachments will be made for the invoice amount,up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on the Application for Payment and attachments. Include invoice numbers so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on the Application for Payment and attachments. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for General Conditions 007200-73 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents, satisfactory to the City,that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include the appropriate attachment to the Application for Payment. 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Contract for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. General Conditions 007200-74 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents,that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. General Conditions 007200-75 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.11 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 days after receipt of Contractor's notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 007200-76 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.12 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.11 forthis part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 17.13 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.14 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. General Conditions 007200-77 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 17.15 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.16 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.17 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or, in the event of a latent defect, within 1 year after discovery thereof by City. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.17.A and 17.17.13 corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. General Conditions 007200-78 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 17.17 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.17 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, C. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT; 7. Contractor's failure to prosecute the work with diligence; or General Conditions 007200-79 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 8. Contractor's other material breach of the contract. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate Contractor's performance under this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contractor's performance under the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated Contractor's performance under the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of Contractor's performance under the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. The cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination of Contractor's performance does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 15.05; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. General Conditions 007200-80 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19— PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth. 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen,skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes,sketches, recordings,and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. General Conditions 007200-81 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports, including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. E. Park employees' vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights-of-way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. General Conditions 007200-82 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action and coordinate Work with local utility companies and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles,guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. General Conditions 007200-83 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Prepare a Plan of Action indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre-construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre-construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not included in the Bid Form, the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines,grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. General Conditions 007200-84 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms,tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. General Conditions 007200-85 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: General Conditions 007200-86 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction,with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. General Conditions 007200-87 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20—PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 007200-88 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The OAR will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. C. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. General Conditions 007200-89 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents,Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. C. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. C. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre-Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. General Conditions 007200-90 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the OAR to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. OAR will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. General Conditions 007200-91 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor"form provided. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. General Conditions 007200-92 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. C. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions,traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work(lines added) in yellow; C. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. General Conditions 007200-93 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. ARTICLE 21—QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implementthe Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; C. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; General Conditions 007200-94 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work through Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan,the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor noncompliance with OPT's Quality Control Program, including retesting fees, standby time, cancellation charges, and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: General Conditions 007200-95 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, General Conditions 007200-96 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, and processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; General Conditions 007200-97 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; C. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the sample was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before General Conditions 007200-98 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control,verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, C. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.13.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. General Conditions 007200-99 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200- 100 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. C. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22—FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations A. Each party is required to continue to perform its obligations under the Contract pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to the Contract, unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present. B. All negotiations pursuant to Article 22 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. C. Before invoking mediation, Owner and Contractor agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar projects. Both Owner and Contractor agree that this step shall be a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the parties' senior management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 45 calendar days after a party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then the parties shall proceed with mediation. 22.02 Mediation A. In the event that Owner and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material breach of the Contract or the parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute pursuant General Conditions 007200- 101 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 to Article 13, as a condition precedent to filing a lawsuit, either party shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements: 1. The request for mediation shall be in writing and shall request that the mediation commence not less than 30 calendar days or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except upon agreement of the parties. 2. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the identity of the mediator within 30 calendar days following the date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent shall be deemed to have occurred. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs.Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Contract shall be in Nueces County,Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23—MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy, the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). General Conditions 007200- 102 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect,to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual: Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities.The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman,a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example, a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority General Conditions 007200- 103 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project,the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24—DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. General Conditions 007200- 104 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. C. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor General Conditions 007200- 105 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Prefix Description Originator RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference to the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Section Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Article 25 for approval of product Certified Test Report Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 General Conditions 007200- 106 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Document Type Section Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time General Conditions 007200- 107 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials,catalog numbers,and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.09. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. General Conditions 007200- 108 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general,conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights,gauges, materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable General Conditions 007200- 109 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. C. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 25.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. General Conditions 007200- 110 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, C. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal"products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will General Conditions 007200- 111 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. General Conditions 007200- 112 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products A. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or"or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by this article to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. C. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. C. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 25.10 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. General Conditions 007200- 113 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.11 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. C. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. C. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. General Conditions 007200- 114 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. General Conditions 007200- 115 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.11 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.12 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay costs for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. General Conditions 007200- 116 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. General Conditions 007200- 117 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type,dimensions,size,arrangement, model number,and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights,gauges, materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. General Conditions 007200- 118 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. C. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. General Conditions 007200- 119 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, C. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal"products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and no further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. General Conditions 007200- 120 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. C. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel - Not Required." No further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." ARTICLE 27—CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedule updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and General Conditions 007200- 121 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. General Conditions 007200- 122 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and C. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 27.05 Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. General Conditions 007200- 123 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28—VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way)including but not limited to streets,curb and gutter, utilities,driveways,fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication, or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 007200- 124 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date,time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29—EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the OAR that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. General Conditions 007200- 125 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within 30 days after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. OAR will notify the Contractor, within 120 days after notification, that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. OAR will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the OAR when the items of Work in the OAR's notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. OAR will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the OAR of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the OAR when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within 30 days after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has been corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. OAR will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.04 if notified that the Project is complete, and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. General Conditions 007200- 126 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. If applicable to the Project,transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; C. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; General Conditions 007200- 127 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. ARTICLE 30—MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Sunday or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee,which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four(4)years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include, but are not limited to:accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and General Conditions 007200- 128 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of,the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty,obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner is not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. B. Contractor waives claims for consequential damages, incidental or special damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, whether the damages are claimed in contract, tort or on any other basis. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 007200- 129 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. B. This Contract is to perform a governmental function solely for the public benefit. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County,Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. General Conditions 007200- 130 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal, state and city laws, rules and regulations. D. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein,and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were physically included herein. 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demo bilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated,this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. General Conditions 007200- 131 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 30.22 Public Information A. The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract, and Contractor agrees that the contract can be terminated if Contractor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. END OF SECTION General Conditions 007200- 132 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Brett Van Hazel —Assistant Director of Construction Services 49171-Iolly Road, Bldg. 5 Corpus Christi,Texas 78411 brettvh@cctexas.com Ardurra Group, Inc. Craig E. Forsythe 801 Navigation Blvd#300 Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 cforsythe@ardurra.com ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Supplementary Conditions 007300- 1 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of 30 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 30 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.03.A which describe subsurface and physical conditions. 1. Geotechnical Reports include the following: None 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) include the following: None SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. 1. Environmental Reports include the following: a. Testing was done and no hazardous conditions were found. A copy of the report is available upon request. 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to known Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site include the following: a. Asbestos Inspection Report (Exhibit). ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-6.03 REQUIRED MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE Supplementary Conditions 007300-2 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Form 2. Premises—Completed Operations 3. Explosions and Collapse Hazard 4. Underground Hazard 5. Products/Completed Operations Hazard $1,000,000 Per Occurrence 6. Contractual Liability $2,000,000 Aggregate 7. Broad Form Property Damage 8. Independent Contractors 9. Personal &Advertising Injury Business Automobile Liability-Owned, Non- $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Owned, Rented and Leased Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/500,000/500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Required if Contract Price>$5,000,000 Contractor's Pollution Liability / $1,000,000 Per Claim Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental ❑ Required ® Not Required discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. Required if excavation>3 ft Builder's Risk(All Perils including Collapse) Equal to Full Replacement Cost of Structure and Contents Required for vertical structures and bridges ® Required ❑ Not Required Installation Floater Equal to Contract Price Required if installing city-owned equipment ❑ Required ® Not Required ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.02 LABOR; WORKING HOURS Supplementary Conditions 007300-3 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of person or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are from sun up to sun down unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS,AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: "The Contractor must perform at least 50 percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS SC-14.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES "General Decision Number:TX20220288 02/25/2022 Superseded General Decision Number:TX20210288 State:Texas Construction Type: Building Counties: Aransas, Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). If the contract is entered into on or after January 30, 2022, or the contract is renewed or extended (e.g., an option is exercised) on or after January 30, 2022, Executive Order 14026 generally applies to the contract.The contractor must pay all covered workers at least$15.00 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2022. If the contract was awarded on or between January 1, 2015 and January 29, 2022, and the contract is not renewed or extended on or after January 30, 2022, Executive Order 13658 generally applies to the contract. The contractor must pay all covered workers at least $11.25 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2022. Supplementary Conditions 007300-4 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/07/2022 1 02/25/2022 BOI L0074-003 01/01/2021 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER......................................................$ 29.47 24.10 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ELECO278-002 03/20/2020 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN........................................................ $ 26.25 8.24 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0178-005 06/01/2020 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (1)Tower Crane...............................................$ 32.85 13.10 (2) Cranes with Pile Driving or Caisson Attachment and Hydraulic Crane 60 tons and above.................................$ 28.75 10.60 (3) Hydraulic cranes 59 Tons and under................................................$ 32.35 13.10 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- * IRON0084-011 06/01/2021 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL.............................$ 26.01 7.56 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SUTX2014-068 07/21/2014 Rates Fringes Supplementary Conditions 007300-5 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 BRICKLAYER..........................................................$ 20.04 0.00 CARPENTER...........................................................$ 15.21 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER................$ 15.33 0.00 INSULATOR - MECHANICAL (Duct, Pipe & Mechanical System Insulation).................................................$ 19.77 7.13 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING................................$ 12.27 0.00 IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL.................................$ 22.16 5.26 LABORER: Common or General............................$ 9.68 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender- Brick..........................$ 11.36 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender- Cement/Concrete.................................................$ 10.58 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer.............................................$ 12.49 2.13 LABORER: Roof Tearoff........................................$ 11.28 0.00 OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe..............................$ 14.25 0.00 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader.................................................$ 13.93 0.00 OPERATOR: Bulldozer..........................................$ 18.29 1.31 OPERATOR: Drill...................................................$ 16.22 0.34 OPERATOR: Forklift..............................................$ 14.83 0.00 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade...................................$ 13.37 0.00 OPERATOR: Loader............................................. $ 13.55 0.94 OPERATOR: Mechanic.........................................$ 17.52 3.33 OPERATOR: Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, and Concrete)....................................$ 16.03 0.00 OPERATOR: Roller................................................$ 12.70 0.00 Supplementary Conditions 007300-6 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 PAINTER (Brush, Roller, and Spray)....................................................................$ 14.45 0.00 PIPEFITTER.............................................................$ 25.80 8.55 PLUMBER...............................................................$ 25.64 8.16 ROOFER..................................................................$ 13.75 0.00 SHEET METALWORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only)....................................................$ 22.73 7.52 SHEET METALWORKER, Excludes HVAC Duct Installation...........................................$ 21.13 6.53 TILE FINISHER.........................................................$ 11.22 0.00 TILE SETTER............................................................$ 14.74 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck.................................$ 12.39 1.18 TRUCK DRIVER: Flatbed Truck...............................$ 19.65 8.57 TRUCK DRIVER: Semi-Trailer Truck.......................................................................$ 12.50 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Water Truck.................................$ 12.00 4.11 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS- Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health- related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee)who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). Supplementary Conditions 007300-7 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union, which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination.07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate,which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA)governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination.5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state.The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year,to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. Supplementary Conditions 007300-8 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys,should be with the Wage and Hour Division National Office Branch of Wage Surveys. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 Supplementary Conditions 007300-9 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4.)All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- END OF GENERAL DECISION" ARTICLE 19—PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SC-19.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES A. For the Contractor's convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 Project Architect:Ardurra Group, Inc. 361-883-1984 Craig Forsythe, RA, AIA 361-883-1984 Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Police Department 361-882-2600 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after Water/Wastewater/Stormwater hours) Gas Department 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after hours) Parks & Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div. for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 Solid Waste & Brush 361-826-1973 IT Department(City Fiber) 361-826-1956 AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) Grande Communications 1-866-247-2633 Spectrum Communications 1-800-892-4357 Crown Castle Communications 1-888-632-0931 (Network Operations Center) Centuryl-ink 361-208-0730 W i ndstrea m 1-800-600-5050 Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Supplementary Conditions 007300- 10 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number Corpus Christi ISD 361-695-7200 ARTICLE 23—MINORITY/MBD/ DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY SC-23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Not Applicable. ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS SC-25.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description 01 33 01 Items listed in Section 0133 01 SUBMITTAL REGISTER SC-25.12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Not Applicable. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA SC-26.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Specification Section Record Data Description 01 33 01 Items listed in Section 0133 01 SUBMITTAL REGISTER Red-line as-built plans are required when project is complete. SC-30.21 Notices. A. Strict compliance is required for all notice provisions in this Contract. Supplementary Conditions 007300- 11 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions 007300- 12 Art Center Repairs& Improvements(21126) Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 011100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: Repairs to EIFS surface damage; corroded metal elements in stairs, railings, gas piping, metal deck screws, concrete landings, metal fixtures, rubber floor surfacing, rotted wood door jambs, reworking of missing expansion joint materials, window sealing and improvements via roofing replacement, certain exterior metal doors, rotted wood window trim, rotted roof overhangs, damaged heavy timber beams, roof structure areas& repainting of aged and poorly painted exterior EIFS surfaces and wood trim, certain interior A/C unit replacement, repairs to flooring, certain doors, hard ceilings, drywall partitions and replacement of ceiling tiles and full suspended ceilings and misc. paint on surface work. 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: 1. None. B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. Summary of Work 011100-1 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: 1. None. B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Summary of Work 011100-2 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: (NONE) 1. This Section describes each alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work when this alternate is made a part of the Work in the Agreement. 2. Drawings and Specifications will outline the extent of Work to be included in the alternate Contract Price. 3. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to properly integrate the Work under each alternate,and provide a complete and functional Project as required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bids for alternates may be accepted or rejected at the option of the Owner. 5. Owner may incorporate these alternates in the Contract when executed, or may issue a Change Order to incorporate these alternates within 120 days at the prices offered in the Bid, unless noted otherwise. A Request for a Change Proposal may be issued after 120 days or other designated time period to negotiate a new price for incorporating the Work into the Project. B. The Bid Items described as"Allowances" have been set as noted in the Bid Form and shall be included in the Total Base Bid of the Bid Form for each Bidder. These Unforeseen Conditions Allowance may be used at the Owner's discretion in the event that Unforeseen Conditions or conflicts are encountered during construction that warrants the use of the Unforeseen Conditions Allowance fund. If the use of Unforeseen Conditions Allowance fund becomes necessary, the OAR will provide written authorization at a cost negotiated between Owner and Contractor, using unit prices in the Bid Form when applicable. No work is to be performed under the Unforeseen Conditions Allowance item without written authorization from the OAR. There is no guarantee that any of this fund will need to be used during the course of the Work. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with Article 24 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Alternates and Allowances 012310-1 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES (NONE) 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance C1—Unforeseen Conditions 1. The sum of $150,000.00 to be used for the purchase of Allowances for Unforeseen Conditions. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances 012310-2 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR PARTA-GENERAL A. Bid Item A1—Mobilization: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Transportation and setup for equipment; b. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; c. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; d. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; e. Demobilization; and f. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. Measurement and Basis for Payment 012901-1 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. Upon substantial completion of all work under this Contract and removal of all equipment and materials from the Project site, the remaining 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. 1, 1Gd Illq irn A::1' lcri s arid IIaT)U1' fl'1c ^ p., Iayynp ril sIPi�aIIII Duma°iUde u.Hl Iboroui�ds arid Gri,;Lflrauice urvp gLflued Uri�deir ltie Ccu'lilu ct IDcc uirneril:s, 211., "ayrnerit �:cir Iborids arid G111:)Luuarice wfl1 be IIbu.Pow":!d crii �tie p c 61pt Croy Z. tLK)11 CO'S S, l'0111liluu)¢:tCil- [111)1111 6:U-111 S[11 Su,0Jsfactciry q %4dp^rice c4. l]'i urz0�e or urz0es Ipaid 6:cir a1111 bori�ds arid ii'll" uurvaui�u e, Cculiluau;tcir wfl1 be reiurnbUirsed 6bir l:6up Z,CtLK)1 CO'S 04: Lflri6gUe Gut;Lflr price as ur qU�i q^d arid 61Aafiriq^d specH:iiu.aIIIIy :Cir 1116s If an c, ect, 110,1:fi')CIIU&rig tie 11—CIL l rie arid geri,eira11 a oirnll all'Ily 6111:'Luuarice IIpoIIocies l]'iat are urnaril:areed �:cir ltie COLN'se M cci'idUufi'1 )Shies,; c,pq^rz0Jc,ui:S, C crillaau:tcr wfl1 be urefirn1bUirsed �bir l6uq Z�CtLK)I coisl M Iproject specffic Iborids arid 60))U1' fl'1 e, ricl �:ci a au eed l]'ie II))d uHIIOU1111: or l]'Iie rip i-H:1abe costs c,6 Il:u,.oJ d:t sp d u6ic Ilbori s arid 6ui, Luuauice 611o°Uurvorved by l]'ie Ccrilaao tcr, 1.04 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR PART B—BASE BID A. Bid Item B1—Carpentry/Wood Repair/Replace: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Carpentry/Wood Repair/Replace. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. B. Bid Item B2—EIFS Repair: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. EIFS Repair. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. C. Bid Item B3—Expansion Joint Repair: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Expansion Joint Repair. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. D. Bid Item B4—Roofing Repair/Replace: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Roofing Repair/Replace. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. Measurement and Basis for Payment 012901-2 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. Bid Item B5—Door/Window Repair/Replace: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Door/Window Repair/Replace. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. F. Bid Item B6—Ceiling Repair/Replace: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Ceiling Repair/Replace. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. G. Bid Item B7—Floor Repair/Cover: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Floor Repair/Cover. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. H. Bid Item B8—Wall Surface Repair/Replace: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Wall Surface Repair/Replace. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. I. Bid Item B9—Gyp. Bd. Repair: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Gyp. Bd. Repair. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. J. Bid Item B10—Painting Work& Prep.: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Painting Work& Prep. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. K. Bid Item B11— Repair Tower&Grand Stair, New Metal Gate, New SS Signage, Repair Concrete deck, Repair Trench Drain & Repair/Replace Bird Spikes: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Repair Tower& Grand Stair, New Metal Gate, New SS Signage, Repair Concrete deck, Repair Trench Drain & Repair/Replace Bird Spikes. Measurement and Basis for Payment 012901-3 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. L. Bid Item B12—Mechanical Work: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Mechanical Work. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. M. Bid Item B13— Electrical Work: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Electrical Work. 2. Measuring for payment is on a Lump Sum basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. 1.05 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR PARTC—ALLOWANCES A. Item C1—Unforeseen Conditions: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. $150,000.00. 2. Measuring for payment is on an Allowance basis. Payment will be based on the earned value of work completed. p, k) &�n�Im.Ibul n.dlll , uu11i6181,46..i.u11 Ih11u+w Ifiu4l wlm�a:R Mile v;:NSHll*l f8°W'°P8°gnRI;?!At W5 8°1191 8A VNHew v;:NII1Hie qaqis, Pv;:NyW,j:,; F1 SI11v; k II II"11H':IH^dI v):4 b°8A W""h�',� III1SHIIv;)'II"1 Wm,q°HIIWm'd H 1191 d 11::!F fl::j,j G8Atfi)Eil .)BE WWYlm:;"II"111::°5r 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment 012901-4 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 0133 01 Submittal Register 1 03 20 00 Reinforcing Steel 1.04 Shop Drawing 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.4 Record Data 06 83 16 1 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling 1.5&1.6 Record Data 06 10 53 IMiscellaneous Carpentry 1.4 Record Data 07 01 50.73 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing 1.5,1.6&1.7 Record Data O&M Manual 07 24 00 Exterior Insulation&Finish System 1.05 Shop Drawing Sample 07 41 13.07 Metal Roof Panels,Standing Seam 1.4,1.5&1.6 Shop Drawing O&M Manual 07 52 16.11.1 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing,Hot- 1.4,1.5&1.6 Shop Drawing O&M Manual A plied.Wood Deck 07 52 16.11.2 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing,Hot- 1.4,1.5&1.6 Shop Drawing O&M Manual lAooliecl.Steel Deck 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1.4 Shop Drawing Sample 07 90 00 Joint Protection 1.3 Record Data 08 16 13 Fiberglass Doors 1.4 Shop Drawing Sample O&M Manual 08 71 00 Door Hardware 1.4 Shop Drawing O&M Manual 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 1.4&1.5 Record Data Mockup 09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings 1.5 Record Data 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 1.3 Sample 09 91 00 Painting 1.4 Record Data O&M Manual 09 95 50 Vinyl Coated Wall Covering 1.4 Record Data 10 14 67 Tactile Signage 1.4 Shop Drawing Sample 10 85 00 Miscellaneous Items(Soffit Vents) 2.4 Record Data 32 31 19 Decorative Metal Fencing&Gates 1.03 Shop Drawing Electrical Dwg. Light Fixtures 1.9 Record Data Sheet#49 Submittal Register 01 33 01-1 Art Center Repairs Improvements(21126) 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. Perform the Work as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times and in the sequence stipulated below: 1. Not Applicable. B. Work shall be completed within the specified time for these items: Not Applicable. Description Time C. Consider the sequences, duration limitations, and governing factors outlined in this Section to prepare the schedule for the Work. D. Perform the Work not specifically described in this Section as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times. 1.02 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; Special Procedures 013500-1 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 2 weeks prior to beginning the Work. 1.03 CRITICAL OPERATIONS A. The Owner has identified critical operations that must not be out of service longer than the designated maximum time out of service and/or must be performed only during the designated times. These have been identified in the table below: Not Applicable Max.Time Hours Operation Liquidated Critical Operation Damages Out of Operation can be Shut Down ($ per hour) 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures 013500-2 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Provide temporary facilities, including OPT's field office and the Contractor's field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE -(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPT's field office capable of maintaining the following conditions: 1. Heating: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient. 2. Cooling: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient. 3. Relative humidity: 48 to 54 percent. B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. B. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPT's field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. C. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. D. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. E. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-1 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES—(OPT FIELD OFFICE NOT REQUIRED) A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site. The field office must contain at least 120 square feet of useable space. The field office must be air-conditioned and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches by 60 inches and two chairs. The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as required by the OAR. There is no separate pay item for the field office. B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor's use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 10 people. C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPT's field office facilities are completed and approved. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner-occupied buildings. 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-2 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2. Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractor's and the OPT's field office. 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Non-potable water may be used for hydraulic testing of non-potable basins or pipelines. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the "Plan"). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor. The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-3 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Provide janitorial service (sweeping/mopping). Empty trash receptacles daily or as needed. B. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. C. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-4 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities as applicable to the nature and size of the Project. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with Article 25 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.04 STANDARDS—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls 015700-1 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - titled "STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS" and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. 1.05 PERMITS—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. As applicable, submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No.TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project as applicable to the nature of the work and the total disturbed area: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Temporary Controls 015700-2 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent,SWPPP,and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre- construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air-borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off-site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off-site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge-contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non-contained form, or enter non-contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an Temporary Controls 015700-3 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. 1.08 EARTH CONTROL—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner's operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 OZONE ADVISORY DAYS—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Do not conduct roofing, priming, or hot-mix paving operations, except for repairs, on days the City Engineer has notified Contractor that an ozone advisory is in effect. An extension of time will be allowed for each day for which priming or hot mix paving was scheduled, crews were prepared to perform this Work and the City Engineer issued ozone alert prevents this Work. Contractor will be compensated at the unit price indicated in the Bid for each day for which an extension of time was granted due to an ozone alert. 1.10 MANAGEMENT OF WATER—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.11 DEWATERING—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than "well pointing" to the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. Temporary Controls 015700-4 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream,the [Corpus Christi Bay] [Oso Creek] [Laguna Madre] [CC Ship Channel]. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest wastewater system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a wastewater or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to pumping groundwater from a trench to the wastewater system the Contractor shall contact Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 826-1817 to obtain a "no cost" permit from the Owner's Waste Water Department. Contractor will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. An allowance will be included in the Bid for the unanticipated disposal of contaminated groundwater. This allowance may not be needed but is provided in case contaminated groundwater is encountered during the course of the Project and does not meet the water quality requirements for discharge into the storm water or wastewater systems. This allowance includes all materials, tools, equipment, labor, transportation, hauling, coordination, and proper disposal of the contaminated water at an approved landfill, deep water injection well, or other site as agreed to by the Designer. Suggested disposal facilities would be [US Ecology (USET) in Robstown, Texas or Texas Molecular in Corpus Christi, Texas]. B. The payment for this Work will be based on the Contractor's actual costs and will be negotiated. Payment will not include costs associated with routine dewatering, which is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items as described in Paragraph 1.11. 1.13 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER—(NOT APPLICABLE) A. Dispose of water used for testing, disinfection, and line flushing. Comply with Owner's requirements and Laws and Regulation regarding the disposal of contaminated water, including water with levels of chlorine,which exceed the permissible limits for discharge into wetlands or environmentally sensitive areas. Comply with the requirements of all regulatory Temporary Controls 015700-5 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 agencies in the disposal of all water used in the Project. Include a description and details for disposal of this water in a Plan of Action per SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Do not use the Owner's wastewater system for disposal of contaminated water. 1.14 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION A. All affected materials and installation shall comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements for windstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required by the current version of the International Building Code (IBC). When applicable, [Contractor] shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls 015700-6 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Engineer's/Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 3 Cutting & Patching Project No. 21126 01 7329 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 3 Cutting & Patching Project No. 21126 01 7329 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend from one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 3 of 3 Cutting & Patching Project No. 21126 01 7329 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 03 20 00 REINFORCING STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section shall govern the furnishing and placing of all reinforcing steel,deformed and smooth bars and accessories for concrete incorporated in the work. Placement of reinforcing of size and quantity designated on the plans shall be in accordance with these specifications. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 30 00, "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 117, "Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." B. ACI 301, "Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete." C. ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." D. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." E. ACI SP-66, "American Concrete Institute -Detailing Manual." F. ANSI/ASTM A82, "Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement." G. ANSI/AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel." H. ASTM A615, "Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement." I. ASTM A706, "Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement." J. ASTM A722, "Uncoated High-Strength Steel Bar for Prestressing Concrete". K. CRSI, "Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Practice." Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 1 of 5 Reinforcing Steel Section 03 20 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 L. CRSI 63, "Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars." M. CRSI 65, "Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature." 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Shop Drawings: Prepare shop drawings according to ACI 315. Reproductions of Contract Drawings are not acceptable. Do not scale dimensions from Contract Drawings. Include bar sizes, spacings, locations, bends, assemblies, splices, mechanical connections, dimensions and quantities of reinforcing steel. Include bending and cutting schedules and supporting and spacing devices. Submit shop drawings and obtain Engineer's approval prior to fabrication. C. Submit mill certificates for each heat of steel to be furnished indicating strength and chemistry. D. Submit copies of manufacturer's data for bar mechanical bar splices, chairs,bolsters, spacers, etc. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI 63, 65 and Manual of Standard Practice, ACI 301, ACI SP-66 and ACI 318. B. Maintain one copy of each of the above referenced ACI and CRSI documents on site at all times. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT A. Typical Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, grade 60, deformed steel bars,plain finish. Provide ASTM A706 if welding of reinforcing bars is anticipated. B. In cases where the provisions of this specification are in conflict with the provisions of the ASTM Designation to which reference is made, the provisions of this specification shall govern. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 2 of 5 Reinforcing Steel Section 03 20 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions. Plastic supports on the bottom forms shall rest on minimum '/4" thick high-density polyethylene pads which extend 3" horizontally in any direction from any potential metallic contact points. C. Form Ties: Snap-off, fiberglass with cone type pocket forms. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318. B. Splices in reinforcing shall be shown on the shop drawings and submitted for approval by the Engineer. 2.04 DELIVERY/ STORAGE A. Bundles of reinforcing bars shall be delivered to the site with tags showing quantity, grade, size and suitable identification to allow checking, sorting, and placing. B. Store reinforcement of different sizes and shapes separately. Store all reinforcing steel off ground on protective cribbing, platforms, skids and/or other supports and protect from oil, grease, dirt, or other deleterious materials. Rusting of reinforcing steel is a basis for rejection. C. Reinforcement shall be free from injurious defects such as cracks and laminations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. B. Accommodate placement of formed openings. C. Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main reinforcement and be attached securely thereto. D. The reinforcing steel shall be spaced its required distance from the form surface by means of plastic spacers or chairs. Provide minimum coverage according to ACI 318 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 3 of 5 Reinforcing Steel Section 03 20 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. All reinforcing steel shall be tied at all intersections, except that where spacing is less than 1 ft. in each direction, alternate intersections only need to be tied. F. Reinforcement shall be supported and tied in such a manner that a sufficiently rigid cage of steel is provided. If the cage is not adequately supported to resist settlement or floating upward of the steel, overturning of truss bars, or movement in any direction during concrete placement, permission to continue concrete placement will be withheld until corrective measures are taken. Sufficient measurements shall be made during concrete placement to ensure that the reinforcement remains secure in the proper position. G. Reinforcement shall be bent cold,true to the shapes indicated on the plans. Bending shall preferably be done in the shop in accordance with ACI 318. H. Irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dimensions shown for the spacing of reinforcement are to the centers of the bars. B. In the plane of the steel parallel to the nearest surface of concrete,bars shall not vary from placement by more than 1/12 of the spacing between bars. C. In the plane of the steel perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete,bars shall not vary from placement by more than 1/4 inch. D. Cover of concrete to the nearest surface of steel shall meet the above requirement,but shall never be less than 3 in. unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. E. Unless otherwise specifically given above, fabricating tolerances shall meet the requirements of ACI 117 and/or ACI 318. 3.03 CLEANING REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcement shall be cleaned of all rust, mill scale, oil, paint, or other deleterious materials prior to placing concrete. B. For reinforcement covered with previously hardened concrete "splash: the reinforcement shall be cleaned free of previously hardened concrete. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 4 of 5 Reinforcing Steel Section 03 20 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3.04 SPLICES Splicing of bars shall be accomplished in accordance with the method noted on the drawings or shown on the shop drawings and submitted for approval by the Engineer. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Reinforcement shall be checked for general conformance by the Engineer or Engineer's representative prior to placing concrete. Provide a minimum of 48 hours advance notice of completion of reinforcement placement to Engineer for scheduling of field inspection. PART 4—MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 5 of 5 Reinforcing Steel Section 03 20 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete for the following: 1. Building frame members. 2. Supported slabs and slabs on grade. 3. Control and expansion joints. 4. Sidewalks and curb ramps. 5. Curbs and curb and gutter. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 20 00— Reinforcing Steel. 2. Section 07 90 00-Joint Protection. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI CT-Concrete Terminology. 2. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 3. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting. 4. ACI 308.1 -Standard Specification for Curing Concrete. 5. ACI 309R-Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. 6. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 7. ACI 347 -Guide to Formwork for Concrete. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 2. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 3. ASTM C33- Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 4. ASTM C39- Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 5. ASTM C42- Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 6. ASTM C78—Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading). 7. ASTM C94- Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 8. ASTM C109—Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. Cube Specimens). 9. ASTM C143- Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 10. ASTM C150- Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 11. ASTM C172- Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 12. ASTM C173- Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. 13. ASTM C192- Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 1 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 14. ASTM C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 15. ASTM C260- Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 16. ASTM C330- Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. 17. ASTM C494- Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 18. ASTM C496-Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 19. ASTM C595- Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. 20. ASTM C618- Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. 21. ASTM C685- Standard Specification for Concrete Made By Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing. 22. ASTM C845- Standard Specification for Expansive Hydraulic Cement. 23. ASTM C920-Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 24. ASTM C989- Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars. 25. ASTM C1017- Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete. 26. ASTM C1064- Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic-Cement Concrete. 27. ASTM C1107- Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink). 28. ASTM C1116- Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete. 29. ASTM C1157- Standard Performance Specification for Hydraulic Cement. 30. ASTM C1218- Standard Test Method for Water-Soluble Chloride in Mortar and Concrete. 31. ASTM C1240- Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures. 32. ASTM D994- Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 33. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 34. ASTM D1752- Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 35. ASTM D6690 - Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot Applied, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements. 36. ASTM E96- Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 37. ASTM E119- Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 38. ASTM E154-Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover. 39. ASTM E1643 - Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs. 40. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs. C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute: 1. CRSI Design Handbook. D. South Coast Air Quality Management District: 1. SCAQMD Rule 1168 -Adhesive and Sealant Applications. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Vapor Barrier Permeance: Maximum 0.01 Perms (grains/ftz * hr* in.Hg)when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M, desiccant method or water method. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 2 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Maintain permeance of less than 0.01 Perms (grains/ftz * hr* in.Hg) after mandatory conditioning tests per ASTM E154 Sections 8, 11, 12, and 13. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 00 72 00 -Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data on manufactured products, admixtures and vapor barrier. C. Design Data: 1. Submit concrete mix design for each concrete strength/class indicated on Drawings a minimum of fifteen days prior to concrete placement. Submit separate mix designs when admixtures are required for the following: a. Hot and cold weather concrete work. b. Air entrained concrete work. 2. Identify mix ingredients, including type, brand, source and proportions of cement, fly ash, and admixtures, as well as aggregate gradation and chemical composition. Also include applicable reference specifications and copies of test reports showing that the mix has been successfully tested to produce concrete with the properties specified and will be suitable for job conditions. 3. Admixtures shall not contain chloride ions. D. Certificate of Compliance: Submit to the Engineer for approval for each strength/class of concrete indicated on Drawings: 1. Aggregates 2. Admixtures 3. Cement 4. Fly Ash 5. Epoxy Grout E. Obtain approval by Engineer before concrete placement. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components concealed from view in finished construction. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and 318. B. Conform to ACI 305 when concreting during hot weather. C. Acquire cement and aggregate from one source for Work. 1.7 DELIVERY A. Do not deliver concrete until forms, reinforcement, embedded items, and chamfer strips are in place and ready for concrete placement and Engineer's inspection has been completed satisfactorily. B. Packing and Shipping: 1. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers until ready for use. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 3 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain concrete temperature after installation at minimum 50 degrees F for minimum 7 days. B. Maintain high early strength concrete temperature after installation at minimum 50 degrees F for minimum 3 days. C. Concrete temperature at time of delivery shall not exceed 85 degrees F. Any temperature above this will not be accepted. Measures shall be taken to ensure proper temperature at time of placement. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate placement of joint devices, sleeves, penetrations, openings, conduits, piping, etc. with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE A. Consistency of concrete mixtures shall be such that: 1. The mortar will cling to the coarse aggregate. 2. The aggregates will not segregate in the concrete when it is transported to the place of deposit. 3. The concrete, when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the mixer, will flatten out at the center of the pile, but the edge of the pile will stand and not flow. 4. The concrete and mortar will show no free water when removed from the mixer. 5. The concrete will slide and not flow into place when transported in metal chutes at an angle of thirty (30) degrees with the horizontal. 6. The surface of the finished concrete will be free of a surface film of"laitance". 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I — Normal, Type II —Moderate Portland type. B. Site Mixed Cement 1. Cement used to make concrete shall be as indicated above. 2. Cement shall be of a standard brand manufactured by a reputable firm. 3. Only one brand of cement will be permitted unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. 4. Each bag of cement shall be plainly marked with the name of the manufacturer and shall weigh no less than 94 pounds net. 5. Cement must be in good condition at the time it is delivered and it shall be properly protected against dampness after delivery. 6. No cement will be accepted which has become caked. C. Normal Weight Aggregates:ASTM C33. 1. The source of supply of fine and coarse aggregates shall be approved by the Engineer before any material is delivered. If required, samples of the fine or coarse aggregates shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 2. Each sample shall be accompanied by complete information as to the source, name of producer, capacity and type of plant. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 4 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 D. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C330. 1. Coarse Aggregate Maximum Size: In accordance with ACI 318. E. Water: ACI 318; potable, without deleterious amounts of chloride ions, oils, acids, alkali, salts, organic material or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or steel. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Polymer resin emulsion, Polyvinyl Acetate, Latex emulsion, or two-component modified epoxy resin. 1. Manufacturers: a. Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company. b. Meadows, W.R., Inc. c. QUIKRETE. d. Sika Corporation. e. Substitutions: Permitted. Contractor to submit substitutions for review and approval. Refer to section 00 72 00. B. Vapor Barrier: ASTM E1745 Class A; 15 mil thick extruded polyolefin membrane; type recommended for below grade application. Furnish joint tape recommended by manufacturer. 1. Manufacturers: a. Steao Wrap by Steao Industries, LLC. or equal. b. Substitutions: Permitted. Contractor to submit substitutions for review and approval. Refer to section 00 72 00. C. Non-Shrink Grout: ASTM C1107; premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. 1. Manufacturers: a. Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company. b. QUIKRETE. c. Sika Corporation. d. Substitutions: Permitted. Contractor to submit substitutions for review and approval. Refer to section 00 72 00. D. Curing Compound: 1. A curing compound, which may be sprayed on the surface of the concrete to prevent evaporation of moisture, may be used with the Engineer's prior approval. This curing compound must be compatible with the sealer. 2.4 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS A. Expansion Joint Devices: 1. Paving joints a. Manufacturers: 1) Greenstreak#610 or#628 by Greenstreak, Inc. 2) Substitutions: Permitted. Contractor to submit substitutions for review and approval. Refer to section 00 72 00. B. Expansion Joint Filler Material: 1. Joint Filler Type A: ASTM D994; Asphalt impregnated fiberboard or felt; thickness as specified on Drawings; tongue and groove profile. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 5 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Sealant: ASTM C920, elastomeric, self-leveling polyurethane sealant or as indicated on Drawings. 2.5 CONCRETE MIX A. Select proportions for concrete in accordance with ACI 318 trial mixtures or field experience. B. Provide structural concrete to the following criteria, unless indicated otherwise on Structural Series Drawings: Minimum Max. Slump (in) Cement Maximum Types of Structures Compressive Aggregate Type Water-Cement Strength Size (in) Ratio (f'C) 28-day (psi) 3000 1 1/2 6 +/- 1 Type 1 0.5 drilled piers, Normal underream piers 4000 1 4 +/- 1 Type 1 0.45 spread footings and Normal pedestals, mat foundations, columns 4000 3/4 4 +/- 1 Type 1 0.45 slab on grade Normal foundations, suspended slabs, beams, roof slabs, walls, retaining walls 4500 1 4 +/- 1 Type 1 0.42 bulkhead caps, Normal concrete at marine with structures Microsilica C. Provide concrete to the following criteria, unless indicated otherwise on Civil Series Drawings: Class of Minimum Minimum Minimum Maximum Types of Structures Concrete Cement Compressive Flexural Water-Cement Content Strength (f'c) (Beam) Ratio (sacks/CY) 28-day (psi) Strength (fr) (gal./sack) 7-da (psi) wt. ratio A 5.0 3000 N/A 6.5 0.58 driveways, sidewalks, curb& gutter, header curbs, curb ramps, curb inlets, valley gutters, storm water manholes, collars for manholes and valves, manhole footings, sign post Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 6 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 and fence post footings, channel lining, riprap, safety end treatment, thrust blocks and bollards B 4.5 2500 N/A 8.0 0.71 concrete cradle for Class A pipe bedding, concrete pipe collar for RCP C 6.0 3600 N/A 6.0 0.53 cast-in-place reinforced concrete box (RCB) culverts (except top slab for direct traffic culverts), headwalls, wingwalls, aprons for box culverts, grate inlets, post inlets,junction boxes, low flow channel sections, cast-in-place bridge abutments and interior bents, concrete parapets S 6.5 4000 570 5.0 0.45 cast-in-place top slab for direct traffic culverts, cast-in- lace bridge slabs P 5.5 4400 570 5.0 0.45 concrete pavement D. The maximum slump may be increased as specified with the addition of an approved admixture provided that the water/cement ratio is not exceeded. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the concrete being within the permissible ranges of slump. E. Average Compressive Strength Reduction: Not permitted. F. Ready Mixed Concrete: Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M. 1. When a truck mixer is used for delivery of concrete, no water from the truck water system or elsewhere shall be added after the initial introduction of the mixing water, except when on arrival at the job site the slump of the concrete is less than that specified. 2. Certification: The manufacturer of the concrete shall furnish to the Contractor with each batch of concrete before unloading at the site, a delivery ticket on which is printed, stamped, or written the following information: a. Name of ready mix batch plant. b. Serial number of ticket. c. Date and truck number. d. Name of Contractor. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 7 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 e. Designation of job. f. Class or designation of concrete. g. Amount of concrete (cubic yards). h. Time loaded. i. Water added by receiver of concrete and his initials. j. Type, name and amount of admixture. G. Site Mixed Concrete: Mix concrete in accordance with ACI 318. H. Mortar Mixes for Concrete Finishes: 1. Mortar Mix for F4 Finish: Consist of 1 part cement and 1-1/2 parts fine sand passing Number 100 screen, mixed with enough water and emulsified bonding agent to have consistency of thick cream. 2. Mortar Mix for F5 Finish: Consist of 1 part cement to 1-1/2 parts of sand which passes Number 16 screen. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. B. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere or move from position with placing concrete. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent. Remove laitance, coatings, and unsound materials. B. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and epoxy as indicated on Drawings. C. Remove debris and ice from formwork, reinforcement, and concrete substrates. D. Remove water from areas receiving concrete before concrete is placed. E. Before beginning work, the contractor shall inform the Engineer fully on the methods of construction, which he proposes to follow, including the amount and character of the equipment which he plans to use on the work. F. Contractor is responsible for the safety and correctness of his method of construction, and for the adequacy of his equipment to carry out and complete the work in accordance with the contract documents. Concurrence on the part of the Engineer in any proposed method of construction, approval of equipment or the approval of concrete form plans shall not be considered as relieving the Contractor of his responsibility to provide for the safety of workers and the public. 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 318. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 8 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Notify testing laboratory and Engineer minimum 48 hours prior to commencement of operations. Engineer shall be permitted to inspect the forms, reinforcing steel placement and the preparations for placing the concrete with ample time for Contractor to correct any and all noted deficiencies before concrete arrives on site. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all concrete placed under any and all weather conditions. D. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed expansion and contraction joints, and other cast-in items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. When it is necessary to continue mixing, placing and finishing concrete after daylight hours, the work area shall be brilliantly lighted so that all operations are plainly visible. F. In general, concrete placing shall be so regulated that all finishing will be completed during daylight hours. G. Install vapor barrier under interior slabs on grade in accordance with ASTM E1643. Lapjoints and seal watertight in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. H. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of reinforcing steel. Repair with vapor barrier material; lap over damaged areas and seal watertight in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. I. Apply sealants in joints in accordance with Section 07 90 00. J. Deposit concrete as nearly as practical in its final position. Prevent segregation of mix. K. Concrete placed with a tremie pipe shall not be allowed to free fall more than 6 feet, with the exception of concrete piers. L. Place concrete in continuous operation for each panel or section determined by predetermined joints. M. Consolidate concrete immediately after placing by use of internal concrete vibrators supplemented by hand spading, rodding and tamping. 1. Air entrained concrete shall not be vibrated for more than 12 seconds. 2. Vibrators shall not be used to transport concrete inside forms. 3. The vibrating equipment shall at all times be adequate in number of units and power to properly consolidate all concrete. 4. Duration of vibration shall be limited to time necessary to produce satisfactory consolidation without causing objectionable segregation. 5. Vibrators shall be applied at uniformly spaced points not farther apart than the visible effectiveness of the machine. 6. Where conditions make consolidation difficult or where reinforcement is congested, batches of mortar containing the same proportions of cement, sand, and water used in the concrete shall first be deposited in the forms to a depth of at least one inch. N. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. O. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 9 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 P. Do not interrupt successive placement between planned/approved joint locations; do not permit cold joints to occur. 1. A cold joint, as defined by ACI CT, is a joint or discontinuity resulting from a delay in placement of sufficient duration to preclude intermingling and bonding of the material. Q. Contractor shall submit construction joint placement plans for Engineer approval prior to placing concrete. R. Saw cut joints within 8 hours after placing. Use 3/16 inch thick blade, cut into 1/4 depth of slab thickness or 3/4 inch minimum, whichever is greater, or as specified on Drawings. S. Screed floors and slabs on grade level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1/8 inch in 10 ft. 3.4 TRANSPORTING REQUIREMENTS A. Concrete mixed in stationary mixers or paving mixers and transported by non-agitating equipment shall be placed in the forms within 45 minutes from the time ingredients are charged into the mixing drum. B. Concrete that is truck mixed or transported in truck mixers or truck agitators shall be delivered to the site of the work and discharge completed in the forms within the time specified in ASTM C94. C. Transit-mixed concrete that is completely mixed at the site of concrete placement or batched cement and aggregates transported to mixers shall be placed in forms within 90 minutes after cement has been added. D. Concrete shall be placed in forms within 15 minutes after discharge from the mixer at the job site. 3.5 CONCRETE FINISHING — DESCRIPTION A. Cement for Finishes: 1. Addition of white cement may be required to produce finish which matches color of concrete to be finished. B. Vertical Concrete Surfaces: Use following finishes for vertical concrete surfaces as indicated in section "Concrete Finishing —Application": 1. F1 Finish: No special treatment other than repair defective work and fill depressions 1 inch or deeper and tie holes with mortar after removal of curing membrane. 2. F2 Finish: No special treatment other than repair defective work, remove fins, fill depressions 1/2 inch or deeper and tie holes with mortar after removal of curing membrane. 3. F3 Finish: Repair defective work, remove fins, offsets, and curing membrane, and grind projections smooth. Fill depressions 1/4 inch or larger in depth or width and tie holes with mortar after removal of curing membrane. 4. F4 Finish: a. Same as specified for F3 finish, and in addition fill depressions and holes 1/16 inch or larger in width with mortar. b. "Brush-Off'sandblast surfaces prior to filling holes to expose all holes near surface of the concrete. c. Thoroughly wet surfaces and commence filling of pits, holes, and depressions while surfaces are still damp. d. Perform filling by rubbing mortar over entire area with clean burlap, sponge rubber floats, or trowels. e. Do not let any material remain on surfaces, except that within pits and depressions. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 10 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 f. Wipe surfaces clean and moist cure. 5. F5 Finish: Receive same finish specified for F3 Finish, and in addition, receive special stoned finish in accordance with the following requirements: a. Remove forms and perform required repairs, patching, and pointing as specified in this Section. b. Wet surfaces thoroughly with brush and rub with hard wood float dipped in water containing 2 pounds of Portland cement per gallon. c. Rub surfaces until form marks and projections have been removed. d. Spread grindings from rubbing operations uniformly over surface with brush in such manner as to fill pits and small voids. e. Moist cure brushed surfaces and allow to harden for 3 days: 1) After curing, obtain final finish by rubbing with carborundum stone of approximately Number 50 grit until entire surfaces have smooth texture and uniform color. 2) Continue curing for remainder of specified time. f. If any concrete surface is allowed to become too hard to finish in above specified manner, sandblast and wash related surfaces exposed to view, whether finished or not. 1) While still damp, rub over surface, plastic mortar, as specified for brushed surfaces and handstoned with Number 60 grit carborundum stone, using additional mortar for brushed surfaces until surface is evenly filled without excess of mortar. 2) Continue stoning until surface is hard. 3) After moist curing for 3 days, make surface smooth in texture and uniform in color by use of Number 50 or Number 60 carborundum stone. 4) After stoning, continue curing until 7 day curing period is completed. C. Horizontal Concrete: After proper and adequate vibration and tamping, use following finishes for horizontal concrete surfaces as indicates in section "Concrete Finishing—Application": 1. S1 Finish: Screed to grade and leave without special finish. 2. S2 Finish: Smooth steel trowel finish. 3. S3 Finish: Steel trowel finish free from trowel marks. Provide smooth finish free of all irregularities. 4. S4 Finish: Steel trowel finish, without local depressions or high points, followed by a light hairbroom finish. Do not use stiff bristle brooms or brushes. Perform brooming parallel to slab drainage. Provide resulting finish that is rough enough to provide nonskid finish. Finish shall be subject to review and acceptance by the Owner and/or Engineer. 5. S5 Finish: Nonslip abrasive: After concrete has been screeded level and hardened enough to support a man standing on a board, sprinkle abrasive from shake screen into surface at a uniform rate of 25 pounds for each 100 square feet of surface area, wood float into finish, then trowel abrasive into surface with steel trowel properly exposing abrasive in surface as required to provide non slip surface. 3.6 CONCRETE FINISHING -APPLICATION A. Finish concrete surfaces as indicated on the Drawings. B. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains as indicated on drawings. C. Defects: Concrete with excessive honeycomb (including exposed steel reinforcing, cold joints, entrapped debris, separated aggregate, or other defects)which affect the serviceability or structural strength will be rejected, unless correction of defects is approved. Obtain approval of corrective action prior to repair. The surface of the concrete shall not vary more than the allowable tolerances of ACI 347. Exposed surfaces shall be uniform in appearance and finished as specified above. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 11 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3.7 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. 1. Protect concrete footings from freezing for minimum 5 days. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 308.1 and ACI 318. C. Curing shall be continuous for a minimum of 7 days or until 70% of the specified compressive strength has been obtained. D. Contractor shall submit the curing method selected from those published in ACI 308.1 to the Engineer of Record for approval. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field testing will be performed by an independent commercial testing laboratory, retained by the Owner at his expense, in accordance with ACI 318. 1. Two copies of all test reports shall be furnished directly to the Owner. B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed testing firm. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to Engineer for review prior to commencement of Work. D. Concrete Inspections: 1. Continuous Placement Inspection: Inspect for proper installation procedures. 2. Periodic Curing Inspection: Inspect for specified curing temperature and procedures. E. Strength Test Samples: 1. Sampling Procedures: ASTM C172. 2. Cylinder Molding and Curing Procedures: ASTM C31, cylinder specimens, standard cured. 3. Sample concrete and make one set of four 6-inch diameter by 12-inch long test cylinders or five 4-inch diameter by 8-inch long test cylinders for every 50 cu yds or less of each class of concrete placed each day, or any fraction thereof. 4. When volume of concrete for any class of concrete would provide less than 5 sets of cylinders, take samples from five randomly selected batches, or from every batch when less than 5 batches are used. 5. Make one additional cylinder during cold weather concreting and field cure. F. Field Testing: 1. Slump Test Method: ASTM C143. 2. Air Content Test Method: ASTM C173 or ASTM C231. 3. Temperature Test Method: ASTM C1064. 4. Measure slump and temperature at commencement of concrete placement, for each compressive strength concrete sample, and for each batch (minimum) or every 10 cubic yards (maximum) of concrete. 5. Measure air content in air entrained concrete at commencement of concrete placement, for each compressive strength concrete sample, and for each batch (minimum) or every 10 cubic yards (maximum) of concrete. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 12 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 G. Cylinder Compressive Strength Testing: 1. Test Method: ASTM C39. 2. Test Acceptance: In accordance with ACI 318. 3. Test one cylinder at 7 days. 4. Test two 6-inch diameter by 12-inch long cylinders or three 4-inch diameter by 8-inch long cylinders at 28 days. 5. Retain one cylinder for testing when requested by Engineer. 6. Dispose of remaining cylinders when testing is not required. H. Core Compressive Strength Testing: 1. Sampling and Testing Procedures: ASTM C42. 2. Test Acceptance: In accordance with ACI 318. 3. Drill three cores for each failed strength test from concrete represented by failed strength test. 3.9 DEFECTS A. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. B. Concrete with honeycomb (including exposed steel reinforcing, cold joints, entrapped debris, separated aggregate, or other defects) which affects the serviceability or structural strength will be rejected, unless correction of defects is approved. Obtain approval of corrective action prior to repair. 1. As described in ACI 309R, honeycomb occurs when the mortar does not fill the space between the coarse aggregate particles and when it shows on a surface, it is necessary to chip out the area and make a repair. C. The surface of the concrete shall not vary in alignment more than the allowable tolerances of ACI 347. D. Exposed surfaces shall be uniform in appearance and finished as specified in the "Concrete Finishing" paragraphs above. E. Patch imperfections as directed by Engineer. 3.10 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, design strength, tolerances or specified requirements. B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by Engineer. C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Engineer for each individual area. D. Failure to Meet Strength Requirements: 1. The Engineer shall have the right to require changes in proportions, or to require additional curing on those portions of the structure represented by the test specimens, which failed. 2. If additional curing does not give the strength required, the Engineer shall have the right to require strengthening or removal and replacement of those portions which fail to develop required strength. 3. Specimens will be considered to have failed when average strength for any period of placing is less than values indicated in the following table: Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 13 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 No. Days Consecutive Placing of Percent of Strength Specified Any One Class of Concrete 1 85 2 95 3 95 5 or more 100 4. When additional cure of ortions of the structure S ordered b the En neer it shall be 9 p Y Eng neer, at Contractor's expense and no claim for extra compensation for such additional curing shall be allowed. 5. In no case shall the Contractor be required to provide such additional curing beyond a total of 21 days, except where average strength of specimens, representing concrete placed on any three consecutive days, fall below 80% of the value specified in the "Concrete Mix" section of this specification. In this case, curing shall be continued until cores drilled from portions of the structure involved show an average strength equal to that specified in the "Concrete Mix" section of this specification. Cores shall have a diameter of approximately three times the maximum size aggregate and shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C42. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 14 of 14 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES (Wood framing studs, bearing&non-bearing and joists maybe utilized in lieu of cold formed metal framing.) A. Structural & non-structural wall framing. B. Blocking. C. Plywood. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 20 00—Finish Carpentry. estmAn m21- 16 R.�pt in,;,,I .tkN4 �z C. Section 07 62 00—Sheet Metal Flashing &Trim 1.3 REFERENCES A. ALSC (American Lumber Standards Committee)-Softwood Lumber Standards. B. APA (American Plywood Association). C. NFPA (National Forest Products Association. D. SPIB (Southern Pine Inspection Bureau). E. WCLIB (West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE/WARRANTY A. Perform Work in accordance with the following agencies: 1. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by SPIB. 2. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. B. Provide/submit manufacturer's standard warranty for Fiber Cement Board products specified herein, or utilized. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: SPIB. B. Non-structural Light Framing: No. 2 Yellow Pine. C. Studding: No. 2 Yellow Pine with Fb of not less than 1300 and E of 1,400,000. D. Miscellaneous Framing: No. 2 Yellow Pine. 2.2 CONSTRUCTION CONNECTORS A. Galvanized connectors to anchor framing components shall be shown and detailed on drawings. Simpson or Teco. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Fasteners: Hot dipped or Electro galvanized steel for high humidity and treated wood locations. 2.4 BLOCKING A. Miscellaneous Blocking, Solid Bridging, Etc.: All such wood members in contact with concrete or stucco to be pressure preservative treated; No. 2 Yellow Pine. B. Roof Blocking: No. 2 Yellow Pine, 19 percent maximum moisture content, preservative treatment. Art Center Repairs& Improvements (21126) 1 of 2 Rough Carpentry Section 06 10 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2.5 PLYWOOD A. Bear the mark of a recognized association or independent inspection agency that maintains continuing control over quality of plywood which identifies compliance by veneer grade, group number, span rating where applicable, and glue type. B. Sheathing: 1. APA rated Exposure 1 or Exterior; panel grade CD or better. 2. Wall sheathing: a. Minimum 9 mm (11/32 inch)thick with supports 406 mm (16 inches) on center and 12 mm (15/32 inch)thick with supports 610 mm (24 inches) on center unless specified otherwise. b. Minimum 1200 mm (48 inches)wide at corners without corner bracing of framing. 3. Floor Deck sheathing: a Minimi im O mm (1 V32 iRGh)thick with spaR rating 240 .,r 12 mm (1 5 2� innh)think with cpaR rating feF suppe4s 406 mm (16 innheG) n APntPr nIeSS SpeGified Gthonr,doo b. Minimum 15 mm (I 9132 iRGh)thick„r span rat ng of nni22n AN 18 mm (23/32 inch)thick or span rating of 48/24 for supports 610 mm (24 inches) on center unless specified or designated otherwise on plan. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FRAMING A. Set structural members level and plumb, in correct position. B. Make provisions for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Place horizontal members, crown side up. D. Construct load bearing framing member's full length without splices. E. Stud walls at 16" o.c.with single 2x sole plate and double top plate (unless indicated otherwise). F. Wood touching concrete shall be treated and have 30 Ib. felt underlayment. 3.2 SHEATHING A. Provide plywood or structural-use panels for sheathing. B. Lay panels with joints staggered,with edge and ends 3 mm (1/8 inch) apart and nailed over bearings as specified. C. Set nails not less than 9 mm (3/8 inch) from edges. D. Install 50 mm by 101 mm (2 inch by 4 inch) blocking spiked between joists, rafters and studs to support edge or end joints of panels. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs& Improvements (21126) 2 of 2 Rough Carpentry Section 06 10 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 3. Wood Structural panels. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NELMA- Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. 2. NLGA- National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. SPIB -Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 4. WCLIB -West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 5. WWPA-Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. B. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for Project: 1. Preservative-treated wood. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 1 of 5 Miscellaneous Carpentry Section 06 10 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Forest Certification: For the following wood products, provide materials produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria": 1. Miscellaneous lumber. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. 3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 4. Provide dry lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood Structural Panels: 1. Plywood: Either DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: As needed to comply with requirements specified but not less than thickness indicated. 3. Factory mark panels according to indicated standard. 4. Tectum Panels: to match existing size panels 5. Thickness: Existing panel thickness— 1-5/8". 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber), except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and one of the following: a. Chromated copper arsenate (CCA). b. Ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate (ACZA). C. Ammoniacal, or amine, copper quat (ACQ). Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 2 of 5 Miscellaneous Carpentry Section 06 10 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 d. Copper bis (dimethyldithiocarbamate) (CDDC). e. Ammoniacal copper citrate (CC). f. Copper azole,Type A(CBA-A). g. Oxine copper (co pper-8-quinolinolate) in a light petroleum solvent. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. B. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Blocking. 3. Cants. 4. Nailers. B. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: 1. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB. 2. Hem-fir or Hem-fir(north), Standard or 3 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 3. Spruce-pine-fir (south) or Spruce-pine-fir, Standard or 3 Common grade; NELMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 4. Eastern softwoods, No. 3 Common grade; NELMA. 5. Northern species, No. 3 Common grade; NLGA. 6. Western woods, Standard or No. 3 Common grade;WCLIB or WWPA. 2.4 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS A. Miscellaneous Concealed Plywood: Exterior sheathing, span rating to suit framing in each location, and thickness as required to match existing but not less than 1/2 inch. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 3 of 5 Miscellaneous Carpentry Section 06 10 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Type 316 Stainless Steel, flat head, ring shank, diamond point roofing nails as manufac- tured by Stainless Fasteners, or equal. (Galvanized nails are not permitted to fasten into treated lumber.) 2. Length: Sufficient to penetrate wood blocking or nailers 1-1/4 inches. B. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. C. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. D. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. E. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood. D. Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized standards. E. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler. F. Use fasteners of appropriate type and length. Pre-drill members when necessary to avoid splitting wood. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 4 of 5 Miscellaneous Carpentry Section 06 10 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING,AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 WOOD PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION A. Wood Structural Panels: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA Form No. E30K, "APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial," for types of structural-use panels and applications indicated. B. Tectum Panels: Remove exist damaged panels and re-install new panels in bulb tee frame in same manner as existing panel installation. END OF SECTION 06 10 53 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 5 of 5 Miscellaneous Carpentry Section 06 10 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 06 11 20 FRAMING AND SHEATHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall sheathing. B. Miscellaneous sheathing. C. Telephone and electrical panel back boards. D. Concealed wood blocking for support of toilet and bath accessories wall cabinets and wood trim. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete: B. Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry. C. Section 06 10 53 Miscellaneous Carpentry. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ALSC (American Lumber Standards Committee) -Softwood Lumber Standards. B. APA (American Plywood Association). C.NFPA(National Forest Products Association. C. SPIB (Southern Pine Inspection Bureau). D. WCLIB (West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the following agencies: 1. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by SPIB. 2. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: SPIB. B. Non-structural Light Framing: No. 2 Yellow Pine. C. Studding: No. 2 Yellow Pine with Fb of not less than 1300 and E of 1,400,000. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 0611 20 Page 1 of 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 D. Miscellaneous Framing: No. 2 Yellow Pine. 2.2 SHEATHING MATERIALS A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing. 2.3 SHEATHING AND UNDERLAYMENT LOCATIONS A. Above Grade Wall Sheathing: 1/2 inch, 48 x 96 sized sheets, square edges. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Fasteners: Hot dipped or Electro galvanized steel for high humidity and treated Wood locations, unfinished steel at interior&stainless steel where exterior exposed . 2. Rust proof self tapping as appropriate for securing to resistant heavier gauge metal or structural steel beam USG, Milcor or equal. Stainless steel where exposed to exterior. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FRAMING A. Set structural members level and plumb, in correct position. B. Make provisions for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to Maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Place horizontal members, crown side up. D. Construct load bearing framing members full length without splices. 3.2 SHEATHING A. Secure wall sheathing with long dimension parallel to wall studs,with ends over firm bearing and staggered. Screw sheathing to steel studs with 1 '/" minimum lo. Screws at 6"o.c. at panel edges and 12" o.c. intermediate. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 0611 20 Page 2 of 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 06 20 00 FINISH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Carpentry items, other than shop prefabricated casework. B. Hardware and attachment accessories. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 10 00—Rough Carpentry. B. Section 09 91 00—Painting. 1.3 REFERENCES A. AWI -Quality Standards. B. AWPA (American Wood Preservers Association) C2 - Lumber, Timbers, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties- Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes. C. AWPA (American Wood Preservers Association) C20 - Structural Lumber Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Process. D. HPMA (Hardwood Plywood Manufacturer's Association) HP - American Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. E. NHLA(National Hardwood Lumber Association). F. PS 1 -Construction and Industrial Plywood. G. PS 20-American Softwood Lumber Standard. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with AWI Premium quality. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator: Company specializing in fabricating the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 00 7200. B. Protect work from moisture damage. 1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with plumbing and electrical rough-in, and installation of associated and adjacent components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Trim: Pine or Fir. at exterior. B. Trim: Birch at interior. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 2 Finish Carpentry 06 20 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2.2 ADHESIVE A. Adhesive: Type recommended by AWI laminate manufacturer to suit application. 2.3 FASTENERS A. Fasteners: Of size and type to suit application. B. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Threaded steel, galv. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Lumber for Shimming and Blocking: Softwood lumber of Yellow Pine species, No. 2. 2.5 WOOD TREATMENT PROCESSES A. Wood Preservative by Pressure Treatment (PT Type): AWPA Treatment C2 using water borne preservative with 0.25 percent retainage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work of this section are placed and ready to receive this work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. 2. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. 3. Install trim with nails at 6 inch on center. Wall adhesive by gun application. B. Miscellaneous Carpentry Items 1. Provide/install miscellaneous wood trim and 1X2 wood trim at gypsum board wall juncture with exposed gypsum board ceilings. 2. Provide/install wood window sills at interior. 3.3 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING A. Set exposed fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations. Sand work smooth. B. Site Finishing: Refer to Section 09 91 00. C. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with cementitious materials. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: 1/32 inch. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 2 Finish Carpentry 06 20 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 06 83 16 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) wall panels. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 90 00—Joint Protection. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM International (ASTM) (www.astm.org): 1. ASTM D 2583—Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol Impressor. 2. ASTM D 5319—Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polyester Wall and Ceiling Panels. 3. ASTM D 5420—Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Flat, Rigid Plastic Specimen by Means of a Striker Impacted by a Falling Weight (Gardner Impact). 4. ASTM E 84—Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. FM Global (FM) (www.fmglobal.com): 1. ANSI FM Approval 4880—Class 1 Fire Rating of Insulated Wall or Wall and Roof/Ceiling Panels, Interior Finish Materials or Coatings, and Exterior; Wall Systems. 1.4 RR€INSTA61_ATION M€€TIN GS A. Genvene 3Felnsrartatrorr,meeting, weekbefeFe staFt ef VVeFk ef thisvest+o;T i nstAIlor and m R6ifa Gt6lFe F'o r PntAti"o Review the-Fel g: Mafe�i�„� P +. �. epa . �. Ips+oll�+inn� 4 Field quality GARUAI 6. Adj6lsti 6. Gleaning. 7. RlFeteet+e, . 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 00 72 00. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 5 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling Section 06 83 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for each type of product required. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit manufacturer's installation and storage instructions. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 00 72 00 for Execution & Closeout Requirements. B. Care and Maintenance Instructions: Submit manufacturer's care and maintenance instructions, including cleaning and repairing instructions. C. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty. Es PAIATERIAll ciiQnniTTnI2 A. r,IYW,i�+h a eGtOGR 01r 70 nn eG„+An Q. releee �^"ir�ee}ent R. €xtra SteAk Materials� 1. Deliver to OWRer extra StGGk materials from same predUlGtOGR FUR as preduGtS 7�a�+i+. • F�;,;sa ^ n+ity of CRD p ^e4s equal to 5�erce++of gym.,, .+„in s+SII ed. 3. Deliv F Ccry--Ste;uge, and RFeetest+eR: , StelFage, ate all b. rGd6lGt RA-RIP- onr! 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Manufacturer regularly engaged, for a minimum of 10 years, in the manufacturing of FRP panels of similar type to that specified. B. Installer's Qualifications: 1. Installer regularly engaged, for a minimum of 5 years, in installation of FRP panels of similar type to that specified. 2. Employ persons trained for installation of FRP panels. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Delivery Requirements: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store and handle materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Keep materials in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging until installation. 3. Store materials in clean, dry area indoors at temperature and humidity conditions in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Store materials on flat, level surface, raised above floor, with adequate support to prevent sagging. 5. Store materials out of direct sunlight. 6. Protect materials and finish during storage, handling, and installation to prevent damage. 1.10 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Do Not Begin Installation Until: wi.,,. • I„sed. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 5 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling Section 06 83 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2 PermaneRt hoofing and G .Jinn eq6lipMeRt GpeFAtiAn 3. Residual moisture from plaster, concrete, or terrazzo has dissipated. B. During installation and within 48 hours before installation, maintain ambient temperature and relative humidity within limits required by type of FRP panel adhesive used and adhesive manufacturer's instructions. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Warranty Period: 1 year from date of purchase. B. Limited Warranty Period: Prorated years 2 to 10 from date of purchase. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Crane Composites, Inc. (formerly Kemlite) 23525 West Eames Street, Channahon, Illinois 60410. Toll Free 800-435-0080. Phone 815-467-8600. Fax 815-467-8666. Website www.cranecomposites.com. Email salesbp@cranecomposites.com. B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 00 72 00. C. Single Source: Provide FRP panels and accessories from single manufacturer. 2.2 FRP PANELS A. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Panels: Crane Composites FM Approved "Glasbord FXE". 1. Class A. 2. Use: Walls and ceilings. 3. Surface Finish: Pebbled embossed texture. 4. Scratch Resistance, ASTM D 2583, Barcol Hardness: 55. 5. Abrasion Resistance, Taber Abrasion Test, CS-17 abrasive wheels with 1,000 g weight: Weight loss after 25 cycles of no more than 0.038 percent. 6. Impact Strength, ASTM D 5420: 11.0 in-lbs (0.58 J), showing no visible damage on finish side. B. Panel Compliance: ASTM D 5319. C. Panel Surface Protection: "Surfaseal" molecularly-bonded surface protection film for impact, abrasion, and scratch resistance. D. Panel Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. E. Panel Dimensions: 1. Nominal Thickness: 0.12 inch (3.0 mm). 2. Wall Panel Size: As indicated on the Drawings. 3. Geiti„gPaneiSize:As-Fndieated en the nr,,,.ings. 4 GeiliRn PaRel 2-107o fir 1 100 With Grid gyste. - As ind-iA-a-ted ,,., the nraW iRgs Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 3 of 5 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling Section 06 83 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Moldings, Trim, and Caps: 1-piece extruded polypropylene or PVC, configured to cover panel edges and corners. 1. Color: 85 White [84 ivery] [83 Colonial White] nn Sett Beige] [66 Silveri [48 Pearl Grey] [15 Stone] [1201 BIaGk] [MatGh FRP panels] [As seleGted by AFGhiteGt frern rnanufaGturer's full pFedUGtr e]. B. Panel Adhesive: As recommended by FRP panel manufacturer for required substrates. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive FRP panels. B. Examine Substrate Surfaces to Determine: 1. Corners: Plumb and straight. 2. Surfaces: Smooth, sound, and uniform. 3. Nails or Screw Fasteners: Countersunk. 4. Joints and Cracks: Filled flush and smooth with adjoining surfaces. C. Notify Architect of conditions that would adversely affect installation or subsequent use. D. Do not begin preparation or installation until unacceptable conditions are corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates to remove substances that could impair bond of adhesive, including oil, grease, dirt, dust, or other contaminates. B. Acclimate FRP panels by unpacking and placing in installation space a minimum of 24 hours before installation. C. Lay out FRP panels before beginning installation. 1. Locate panel joints to provide equal panel widths at ends of walls. 2. Locate panel joints to provide trimmed panels at corners a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm)wide. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install FRP panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions at locations indicated on the Drawings. B. Install FRP panels plumb, level, square, flat, and in proper alignment. C. Install FRP panels to be water resistant and washable. D. Install FRP panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints. E. Fasteners: 1. Use fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to install FRP panels securely to supports. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 4 of 5 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling Section 06 83 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. Pre-drill fastener holes in FRP panels, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) greater in diameter than fasteners. F. Adhesive: 1. Install FRP panels in full spread of adhesive. 2. Follow adhesive manufacturer's instructions for application of adhesive. G. Install trim accessories with adhesive and nails or staples. 1. Do not fasten through FRP panels. H. Sealant: 1. Fill grooves in trim accessories with sealant before installing FRP panels. 2. Bed inside corner trim in bead of sealant. 3. Remove excess sealant and smears as FRP panels are installed. 4. Clean in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions. I. Tolerances: Install FRP panels within manufacturer's installation tolerances. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: If requested by Owner, provide manufacturer's field service consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visits for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Repair minor damages to finish in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as approved by Architect. B. Remove and replace with new material, damaged components that cannot be successfully repaired, as determined by Architect. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean FRP panels promptly after installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not use harsh cleaning materials or methods that could damage finish. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect installed FRP panels and finish surfaces from damage during construction. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 5 of 5 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling Section 06 83 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 07 01 50.73 REHABILITATION OF MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Roof re-coating preparation. 2. Application of fluid-applied roof membrane and flashings over existing modified bituminous membrane roofing. B. Related Information: 1. Division 00 Document"Available Information," including the following pre-construction test report attachments. a. Roof moisture survey report (REQUIRED) b. Construction drawings for existing roofing system annotated with locations requiring removal of wet insulation, repair of ponding areas, and replacement of damaged or deteriorated roofing. 2. Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for formed metal flashings and counterflashings. C. Allowances: Refer to Division 01 Section "Allowances" for description of Work in this Section affected by allowances. D. Unit Prices: Refer to Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for description of Work in this Section affected by unit prices. E. Alternates: Refer to Division 01 Section "Alternates" for description of Work in this Section affected by alternates. 1.2 ROOFING CONFERENCES A. Roofing Rehabilitation Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to review methods and procedures related to roofing system. 1. Meet with Owner; Architect; roofing re-coating materials manufacturer's representative; roofing re-coating Installer including project manager and foreman; and installers whose work interfaces with or affects re-coating including installers of roof accessories and roof- mounted equipment requiring removal and replacement as part of the Work. 2. Review methods and procedures related to re-coating preparation, including membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Procedures for salvaging and recycling of demolition and construction waste Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. Review temporary protection requirements for existing roofing system that is to remain, during and after installation. 5. Review roof drainage during each stage of re-coating and review roof drain plugging and plug removal procedures. 6. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 7. Review base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect re-coating. 8. Review HVAC shutdown and sealing of air intakes. 9. Review shutdown of fire-suppression, -protection, and -alarm and -detection systems. 10. Review procedures for asbestos removal or unexpected discovery of asbestos-containing materials. 11. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 12. Review existing conditions that may require notification of Owner before proceeding. 1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D1079 "Standard Terminology Relating to Roofing and Waterproofing" and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. B. Roofing Coating Preparation: Existing roofing that is to remain and be prepared to accept restorative coating application. C. Patching: Removal of a portion of existing membrane roofing system from deck or removal of selected components and accessories from existing membrane roofing system and replacement with compatible similar materials. D. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and reinstalled. E. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not indicated to be removed. F. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. G. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from re-roofing preparation, demolition, or selective demolition operations. H. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 I. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. J. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. K. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer, Manufacturer, and Roofing Inspector. 1. Letter written for this Project indicating manufacturer approval of Installer to apply specified products and provide specified warranty. B. Contractor's Product Certificate: Submit notarized certificate, indicating products intended for Work of this Section, including product names and numbers and manufacturers' names, with statement indicating that products to be provided meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Provide manufacturer's UL listing certificate for roofing system. C. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, and for dust control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. D. Warranties: Unexecuted sample copies of special warranties. E. Existing Conditions Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including exterior and interior finish surfaces, which might be misconstrued as having been damaged by re-coating operations. Submit before Work begins. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: To include in maintenance manuals. B. Warranties: Executed copies of approved warranty forms. 1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General: 1. ONLY Substitutions approved in writing by the Owner or Owner's Representative will be considered. 2. Architect/Owner reserves the right to be final authority on acceptance or rejection of any substitution request. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 3 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. When a particular make or trade name is specified, it shall be indicative of standard required. Bidders proposing substitutes shall submit the following ten (10) days prior to bid date to the Owner or Owner's Representative; requests received after that time will not be considered. 1. Written application with explanation of why it should be considered. 2. Independent laboratory certification providing written confirmation that the physical and performance characteristics of the substitute material/system will meet the physical and performance characteristics of the specified materials and or system. C. Submit five copies of request for substitution. Items to be included in the request: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution. 2. Product identification, including manufacturer's literature and manufacturer's name. 3. Current certificate from an accredited testing laboratory comparing the physical and performance attributes of the proposed material with those of the specified materials. Test results must be dated, notarized, and on testing laboratory stationary. 4. Material Safety Data Sheets providing all pertinent data as to flammability, combustibility. 5. List of at least (5) five jobs as described under the requirements where the proposed alternate material was used under similar conditions. These jobs must be available for inspection by the Owner or Owner's Representative. Names and phone numbers are required for verification. Submit a minimum of 200,000 square feet for review. Submitted projects must be a minimum of(5)years old. 6. Notarized statement from the Roof System Manufacturer, signed by a corporate officer of the corporation stating that: a. All Documents have been reviewed and are approved. b. The Project site has been inspected. C. The Roofing System Manufacturer will provide two (2) field inspections weekly; during, and until all construction work is complete and accepted by the owner. A full time employee of the manufacturer must perform inspections. d. Provide documentation of the proposed alternate system passing the specified regulatory requirements. Documentation must be on the specified regulatory requirements letterhead or approval guide. No third party testing will be accepted. D. In making substitution request, Bidder/Contractor represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. Additionally, he will have a technical service representative of the proposed manufacturer attend the pre-bid meeting. 2. He will provide the same guarantee for substitution as for those specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution in work, making such changes as may be required for work to be completed in all respects. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 4 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. Advise the owner of any credit savings or additional costs as opposed to the system type specified. E. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. Product or method to be considered does not have a minimum of (5) five years of successful performance in roofing and re-roofing of similar applications. 2. Any discrepancies in the test data, or if the tests or submittals are incomplete. 3. They are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or Project Data Submittals without formal request submitted in accordance with the specification document. 4. Acceptance requires significant revision of documents. 5. Only substitutes approved in writing by prior to scheduled cutoff date will be considered. 6. Notification of approvals will be mailed at least 3 days before bid opening. 7. The Owner will not incur any additional costs for design or construction costs. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications:An employer of workers trained and certified by manufacturer, including a full-time on-site supervisor with a minimum of three years' experience installing products comparable to those specified, able to communicate verbally with Contractor, and employees, and the following: 1. Qualified by the manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and furnish warranty of type specified. 2. Installer must provide (2)manufacturer inspections each week. Noncompliance may result in an $850 per day fee for missing inspections. 3. Roofing Contractors included in the following list are to the owner's knowledge, the only pre-approved installers that can install and provide the system and warranty for this specified system. A list of additional certified contractors for the specified system can be obtained by contacting the system manufacturer. a. American Contracting USA, Inc., Mr. Eddie Fuentes; (956)748-4030. b. Argio Roofing Inc., Mr. Rojerio Escobedo, (956)748-9507. C. Sechrist Hall Roofing, Mr. Bill McBride; (956)423-3359 d. Rio Roofing Inc., Mr. Tom Gonzalez; (956)423-3359 e. Haeber Roofing Company, Mr. Don Rucker; (361)851-8142. f. Port Enterprises, Inc., Mr Cody Comstock; (361)289-2944. g. Rain King, Inc; Mr. Jared Cain; (361) 576-0606 h. McNeil Roofing &Sheet Metal, Mr. Mike McNeil; (210) 651-4636 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 5 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 i. Rain Seal Master Roofing &Sheet Metal, Mr. Ramon Gonzalez; (361)576-0926 j. American Roofing & Metal, Mr. Toby Cargile; (210)224-5463 k. Tadco Roofing, Mr. Javier Ramos; (956)227-4339 B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Primary product manufacturer that is UL listed for roofing system identical to that specified for this Project with minimum five years' experience in manufacture of comparable products in successful use in similar applications, and able to furnish warranty with provisions matching specified requirements. C. Roofing Inspector Qualifications: A technical representative of manufacturer not engaged in the sale of products and experienced in the installation and maintenance of the specified roofing system, qualified to perform roofing observation and inspection specified in Field Quality Control Article, to determine Installer's compliance with the requirements of this Project, and approved by the manufacturer to issue warranty certification. The Roofing Inspector shall be one of the following: 1. An authorized full-time technical employee of the manufacturer. D. Random Sampling 1. During course of work, the Architect may secure samples according to ASTM D140-93 of materials being used from containers at job site and submit them to an independent laboratory for comparison to specified material. 2. Should test results prove that material is not equal to specified material: a. Contractor shall pay for all testing. b. Roofing installed and found not to comply with the specifications shall be removed and replaced with no change in the contract price. 3. Installation quality control a. The roofing inspector shall provide written and photographic reports,to be submitted to the architect, owner, roof system installation contractor, appraising the installation of the roof system at each of the project progress stages. The installation contractor shall make all necessary corrections, additions or remedial actions to resolve any issues raised in the reports. b. The roofing inspector shall have the authority to have any and all roofing work corrected, as required, to insure the proper installation and weather-tightness of the roof system, in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with rehabilitation work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering into existing roofing system or building. 1. Store all materials prior to application at temperatures recommended by manufacturer. 2. Apply coatings within range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by manufacturer. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 6 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3. Do not apply roofing in snow, rain, fog, or mist. B. Protect building to be rehabilitated, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from rehabilitation operations. C. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. D. Daily Protection: Coordinate installation of roofing so insulation and other components of roofing system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. E. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately below re-coating area. Conduct re-coating so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide Owner with not less than 72 hours' notice of activities that may affect Owner's operations. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Roof System Manufacturer's standard form in which Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within warranty period, as follows. 1. Form of Warranty: Manufacturer's standard warranty form. 2. Scope of Warranty: Work of this Section and including sheet metal details and termination details installed by the roof system Installer and approved by the Roof System Manufacturer. 3. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of completion. B. Manufacturer Inspection Services: By manufacturer's technical representative, to report maintenance responsibilities to Owner necessary for preservation of Owner's warranty rights.The cost of manufacturer's inspections is included in the Contract Sum. 1. Inspections to occur in following years: 2, 5, 10 and 15 following completion. C. Installer Warranty: Installer's warranty signed by Installer, as follows. 1. Form of Warranty: Form acceptable to Roofing Manufacturer and Owner. 2. Scope of Warranty: Work of this Section. 3. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: The roof system specified in this Section is based upon products of Tremco, Inc., Beachwood, OH, (800) 562-2728, www.tremcoroofing.com that are named in other Part 2 articles. Provide specified products. 1. Manufacturers of comparable products: Approved by Architect prior to bid. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 7 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Source Limitations:Obtain components for roofing system from same manufacturer as membrane roofing or manufacturer approved by membrane roofing manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Rehabilitated roofing shall withstand exposure to weather without failure or leaks due to defective manufacture or installation. 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 5000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G152, ASTM G154, or ASTM G155. B. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Roofing system exterior fire-test exposure performance following application of rehabilitation coating shall not be less than that of the pre-rehabilitated roof performance when tested in accordance with ASTM E108, based upon manufacturer's tests of identical applications. D. Energy Performance: Provide roof coating with initial solar reflectance index not less than 78 when calculated according to ASTM E1980, based upon testing of identical products by a qualified testing agency. 2.3 MATERIALS A. General: Re-coating materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with components of existing membrane roofing system. B. Infill Materials: Where required to replace test cores and to patch existing roofing, use infill materials matching existing membrane roofing system materials, unless otherwise indicated. C. Temporary Roof Drainage: Design and selection of materials for temporary roof drainage are responsibilities of the Contractor. 2.4 FLUID-APPLIED ROOFING MEMBRANE A. Polyurethane Elastomeric Fluid-Applied System: Two-coat fluid-applied roofing membrane formulated for application over prepared existing roofing substrate. 1. Polyurethane Roof Coating System Base Coat: Bio-based, low-odor low-VOC two-part, for use with a compatible top coat. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, AlphaGuard BIO Base Coat. b. Combustion Characteristics, UL 790: Maintains combustion characteristics of existing roof system. C. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 1 g/L. d. Accelerated Weathering, 5000 hours, ASTM G154: Pass. e. Hardness, Shore A, minimum, ASTM D2240: 80. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 8 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 f. Solids, by volume, ASTM D2697: 100 percent. g. Bio-Based Content, Minimum: 70 percent. h. Minimum Thickness, Base Coat non-reinforced over Smooth BUR, MB, Concrete, Single-Ply: 32 mils (0.81 mm)wet. 2. Polyurethane roof coating system top coat, bio-based low-odor low-VOC two-part, for application over compatible base coat. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, AlphaGuard BIO Top Coat. b. Combustion Characteristics, UL790: Maintains combustion characteristics of existing roof system. C. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 6 g/L. d. Solar Reflectance Index(SRI), ASTM E1980: For white, not less than 103. e. Accelerated Weathering, 5000 hours, ASTM G 154: Pass. f. Hardness, Shore A, minimum, ASTM D2240: 81. g. Solids, by volume, ASTM D2697: 100 percent. h. Bio-Based Content, Minimum: 60 percent. i. Minimum Thickness, non-reinforced system: 32 mils (0.81 mm) j. Color: White. B. Primers: 1. Primer for Asphaltic and Single-Ply Membranes: Water-based, polymer-modified quick-dry low odor primer. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, AlphaGuard WB Primer. b. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 1 g/L. C. Solids, by weight: 70 percent. 2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with existing roofing system and fluid-applied roofing system. B. Seam Sealer: Waterproof seam and patching material compatible with applied coating. 1. Seam Sealer: Aromatic polyurethane sealer, single-component, high solids, moisture curing,formulated for compatibility and use with a variety of roofing and flashing substrates. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, GEOGARD Seam Sealer. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 9 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 b. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 189 g/L. C. Tensile Strength, ASTM D412: 270 psi (1860 kPa). d. Tear Strength, ASTM D412: 35 pli (6.13 kNm). e. Elongation, ASTM D412: 220 percent. f. Color: Gray. C. Seam and Detail Reinforcing Fabric: 1. Polyester Reinforcing and Protection Fabric: 100 percent stitch-bonded mildew-resistant polyester fabric intended for reinforcement of compatible fluid-applied membranes and flashings and as a protection layer under pavers or stone aggregates. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Permafab. b. Tensile Strength, Minimum, ASTM D1682: 50 Ibf(23 kg)avg.. C. Elongation, Minimum, ASTM D1682: 60 percent. d. Tear Strength, Minimum, ASTM D1117: 16 Ibf(7.3 kg) avg.. e. Weight: 3 oz./sq. yd (102 g/sq. m). D. Joint Sealant: Elastomeric joint sealant compatible with applied coating,with movement capability appropriate for application. 1. Joint Sealant, Polyurethane: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50 single-component moisture curing sealant, formulated for compatibility and use in dynamic and static joints; paintable. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, TremSEAL Pro. b. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 40 g/L. C. Hardness, Shore A, ASTM C661: 40. d. Adhesion to Concrete, ASTM C794: 35 pli. e. Tensile Strength, ASTM D412: 350 psi (2410 kPa). f. Color: Closest match to substrate. E. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion- resistance provisions in FM 4470; designed for fastening roofing membrane components to substrate; tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength; and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. F. Metal Flashing Sheet: Provide metal flashing sheet matching type, thickness, finish, and profile of existing metal flashing and trim. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 10 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 G. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories recommended by roofing system manufacturer. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine existing roofing substrates,with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and for other conditions affecting application and performance of roof coatings. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance. 2. Verify compatibility of approved re-coating system with and suitability of substrates. 3. Verify that substrates are visibly dry and free of moisture. 4. Verify that roofing membrane surfaces have adequately aged to enable proper bond with re-coating system base coat. 5. Verify that existing roofing membrane is free of blisters, splits, open laps, indications of shrinkage, and puncture damage or other indications of impending roof system failure. 6. Commencing application of fluid-applied re-coating membrane indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect existing roofing system that is indicated not to be rehabilitated, and adjacent portions of building and building equipment. 1. Mask surfaces to be protected. Seal joints subject to infiltration by coating materials. 2. Limit traffic and material storage to areas of existing roofing membrane that have been protected. 3. Maintain temporary protection and leave in place until replacement roofing has been completed. B. Pollution Control: Comply with environmental regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Limit spread of dust and debris. 1. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 2. Remove debris from building roof by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade. C. Shut down air intake equipment in the vicinity of the Work in coordination with the Owner. Cover air intake louvers before proceeding with re-coating work that could affect indoor air quality or activate smoke detectors in the ductwork. 1. Verify that rooftop utilities and service piping affected by the Work have been shut off before commencing Work. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 11 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 D. Maintain roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. Use roof-drain plugs specifically designed for this purpose. Remove roof-drain plugs at end of each workday,when no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast. 1. Do not permit water to enter into or under existing membrane roofing system components that are to remain. 3.3 ROOFING COATING PREPARATION A. Removal of Wet Insulation: Remove portions of roofing membrane with underlying wet insulation. Remove wet insulation, fill in tear-off areas to match existing insulation and membrane, and prepare patched membrane for roof coating application specified below. B. Repair of Ponding Areas: Repair areas indicated as ponding areas or areas of inadequate drainage by removing roof membrane, adding additional insulation as required to provide minimum slopes to drain required by roofing rehabilitation coating manufacturer, and replace membrane with material matching existing. Submit photographic report indicating compliance. C. Membrane Surface Preparation: 1. Remove loose granular aggregate from granular aggregate-surfaced built-up bituminous roofing with a power broom. 2. Remove walkway pads from roofing membrane. 3. Remove blisters, ridges, buckles, roofing membrane fastener buttons projecting above the membrane, and other substrate irregularities from existing roofing membrane that would inhibit application of uniform, waterproof coating. 4. Broom clean existing substrate. 5. Substrate Cleaning: Clean substrate of contaminants such as dirt, debris, oil, and grease that can affect adhesion of coating by power washing at maximum 2,000 psi. (13,800 kPa). a. Dispose of waste water in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 6. Verify that existing substrate is dry before proceeding with application of coating. Spot check substrates with an electrical capacitance moisture-detection meter. 7. Verify adhesion of new products. D. Existing Flashing and Detail Preparation: Repair flashings, gravel stops, copings, and other roof- related sheet metal and trim elements. Reseal joints, replace loose or missing fasteners, and replace components where required to leave in a watertight condition. 1. Do not damage metal counterflashings that are to remain. Replace metal counterflashings damaged during removal with counterflashings specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 2. Roof Drains: Remove drain strainer and clamping ring. Grind metal surfaces down to clean, bare, metal. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 12 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. Surface Priming: Prime surfaces to receive fluid-applied coating using coating manufacturer's recommended product for surface material. Apply at application rate recommended by manufacturer. 1. Ensure primer does not puddle and substrate has complete coverage. 2. Allow to cure completely prior to application of coating. F. Membrane Repair: Repair membrane at locations with irregularities using seam sealer mastic and reinforcing fabric. G. Membrane Reinforcement: Reinforce membrane using seam sealer mastic and reinforcing fabric of existing membrane required by roof coating manufacturer. 3.4 FLUID-APPLIED FLASHING APPLICATION A. Fluid-Applied Flashing and Detail Base Coat Application: Complete base coat and fabric reinforcement at parapets, curbs, penetrations, and drains prior to application of field of fluid- applied membrane. Apply base coat in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply base coat on prepared and primed surfaces and spread coating evenly. Extend coating minimum of 8 inches (200 mm) up vertical surfaces and 4 inches (100 mm) onto horizontal surfaces. 2. Back roll to achieve not less than minimum coating thickness indicated in Part 2 product listing, unless greater thickness is recommended by manufacturer.Verify thickness as work progresses. 3. Fabric Reinforcement at laps oly: Place fabric reinforcement onto wet base coat. Lap adjacent flashing pieces of fabric minimum 3 inches (75 mm) along edges and 6 inches (150 mm)at end laps. a. Apply second base coat over installed fabric reinforcement and back roll to achieve not less than minimum coating thickness indicated in Part 2 product listing, unless greater thickness is recommended by manufacturer. Verify application thickness as work progresses. 4. Roof Drains: Install base coat onto surrounding membrane surface and metal drain bowl flange. Install target piece of fabric reinforcement immediately into wet base coat and roll to fully embed and saturate fabric. Reinstall clamping ring and strainer following application of top coat. Replace broken drain ring clamping bolts. 5. Allow base coat to cure prior to application of top coat. 3.5 FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE APPLICATION A. Fluid-Applied Membrane Base Coat: Apply base coat to field of membrane in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply base coat on prepared and primed surfaces and spread coating evenly. 2. Apply reinforcing fabric in field of roof. Back roll to achieve not less than minimum coating thickness indicated in Part 2 product listing, unless greater thickness is recommended by manufacturer. Verify thickness as work progresses. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 13 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Top Coat Application: Apply top coat to field of membrane and flashings uniformly in a complete, continuous installation. 1. Allow base coat to cure prior to application of top coat. 2. Following curing of base coat and prior to application of top coat, sand raised or exposed edges of fabric reinforcement. 3. Prime base coat prior to application of top coat if top coat is not applied within 72 hours of the base coat application, using manufacturer's recommended primer. 4. Apply top coat extending coating up vertical surfaces and out onto horizontal surfaces. Install top coat over field base coat and spread coating evenly. 5. Back roll to achieve not less than minimum coating thickness indicated in Part 2 product listing, unless greater thickness is recommended by manufacturer.Verify thickness as work progresses. 6. Avoid foot traffic on new fluid-applied membrane for a minimum of 24 hours. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Roofing Inspector: Owner will engage a qualified roofing inspector to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. B. Roof Inspection: Engage roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation, and submit report. Notify Architect 48 hours in advance of dates and times of inspections. Inspect work as follows: 1. Upon completion of preparation of roof coating substrate, prior to application of coating materials. 2. Following application of coating to flashings and application of base coat to field of roof. 3. Upon completion of coating but prior to re-installation of other roofing components. C. Repair fluid-applied membrane where test inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D. Arrange for additional inspections, at Contractor's expense, to verify compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.7 DISPOSAL A. Collect demolished materials and place in containers. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 1. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on-site is not permitted. B. Transport and legally dispose of demolished materials off Owner's property. 3.8 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 14 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Correct deficiencies in or remove coating that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and reapply coating. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 15 of 15 Rehabilitation of Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing Project No. 21126 0701 50.73 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 07 24 00 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM PART IGENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This document is to be used in preparing specifications for projects utilizing the Dryvit Light Commercial MD Systems (Basis of Design) or approved equal. For complete product description and usage refer to: 1. Dryvit Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 Data Sheet 2. Dryvit Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 Application Instructions 3. Dryvit Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 Installation Details B. Related Sections 1. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 07 41 13.07 —Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam. 3. Section 07 62 00—Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. 4. Section 07 90 00 -Joint Protection. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Section Includes 1. ASTM B 117 (Federal Test Standard 141A Method 6061) Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog)Apparatus 2. ASTM C 150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement 3. ASTM C 297 Standard Test Method for Flatwise Tensile Strength of Sandwich Constructions 4. ASTM C 1063 Standard Specification for Installation of Lathing and Furring to Receive Interior and Exterior Portland Cement-Based Plaster 5. ASTM C 1177 Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing 6. ASTM C 1396 (formerly C 79) Standard Specification for Gypsum Board 7. ASTM D 968 (Federal Test Standard 141A Method 6191) Standard Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling Abrasive 8. ASTM D 1784 Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds 9. ASTM D 2247 (Federal Test Standard 141A Method 6201) Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% Relative Humidity 10. ASTM D 2898 Standard Test Method for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing 11. ASTM D 3273 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber 12. ASTM D 4060 Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abraser 13. ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 14. ASTM E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials 15. ASTM E 330 Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 16. ASTM E 331 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 17. ASTM E 2098 Test Method for Determining the Tensile Breaking Strength of Glass Fiber Reinforcing Mesh for use in Class PB Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS), after Exposure to Sodium Hydroxide Solution 18. ASTM E 2134 Test Method for Evaluating the Tensile-Adhesion Performance of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) 19. ASTM E 2273 Test Method for Determining the Drainage Efficiency of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) Clad Wall Assemblies 20. ASTM E 2430 Standard Specification for Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Thermal Insulation Boards for use in Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 8 Exterior Insulation & Finish System Project No. 21126 07 24 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 21. ASTM E 2485 (formerly EIMA Std. 101.01) Standard Test Method for Freeze-Thaw Resistance of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) and Water-Resistive Barrier Coatings 22. ASTM E 2486 (formerly EIMA Std. 101.86) Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Class PB and PI Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) 23. ASTM E 2568 Standard Specification for PB Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems 24. ASTM G 155 (Federal Test Standard 141A Method 6151) Standard Practice for Operating-Xenon Arc Light Apparatus, for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 25. Mil Std E5272 Environmental Testing 26. Mil Std 810B Environmental Test Methods 27. NFPA 268 Standard Test Method for Determining Ignitibility of Exterior Wall Assemblies Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source 28. NFPA 285 Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Flammability Characteristics of Exterior Non Load-Bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components Using the Intermediate-Scale, Multistory Test Apparatus 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Base Coat: Material used to encapsulate one or more layers of reinforcing mesh fully embedded that is applied to the outside surface of the EPS. B. Building Expansion Joint: A joint through the entire building structure designed to accommodate structural movement. C. Contractor: The contractor that installs the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 to the substrate. D. Dryvit: Dryvit Systems, Inc., the manufacturer of the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5, a Rhode Island corporation. E. Expansion Joint: A structural discontinuity in the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5. F. Finish: An acrylic-based coating, available in a variety of textures and colors that is applied over the base coat. G. Insulation Board: Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) insulation board, which is affixed to the substrate and creates a layer of continuous insulation. H. Mechanical Fasteners: A combination of polypropylene washers and corrosion resistant fasteners used to secure the insulation board to the substrate. I. Reinforcing Mesh: Glass fiber mesh(es) used to reinforce the base coat and to provide impact resistance. J. Sheathing: A substrate in sheet form. K. Substrate: The material to which the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 is affixed. L. Substrate System: The total wall assembly including the attached substrate to which the water-resistive barrier is affixed. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: The Dryvit Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 is an Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) Class PB, designed for use on noncombustible or combustible type construction. Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 is installed over a code approved water-resistive barrier(sheet type) and consists of a drainage medium and drainage accessories, expanded polystyrene insulation board, mechanical attachment method, base coat, reinforcing mesh(es) and finish. B. Design Requirements: 1. Acceptable substrates for the Outsulation LCMD System shall be: a. Exterior grade gypsum sheathing meeting ASTM C 1396 (formerly C 79) requirements for water resistant core or Type X core at the time of application of the Outsulation LCMD System. b. Exterior sheathing having a water-resistant core with fiberglass mat facers meeting ASTM C 1177. c. Exterior fiber reinforced cement or calcium silicate boards. d. APA Exterior or Exposure 1 Rated Plywood, Grade C-D or better, nominal 1/2 in (12.7 mm), minimum, installed with the C face out. e. APA Exterior or Exposure 1 Fire Retardant Treated (FRT) Plywood, Grade C-D or better, nominal 1/2 in (12.7 mm), minimum, installed with the C face out. f. APA Exposure 1 Rated Oriented Strand Board (OSB) nominal 1/2 in (12.7 mm), minimum. g. Unglazed brick, cement plaster, concrete or masonry. 2. Deflection of substrate systems shall not exceed 1/240 times the span. 3. The substrate shall be flat within 1/4 in (6.4 mm) in a 4 ft (1.2 m) radius. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 8 Exterior Insulation & Finish System Project No. 21126 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. The slope of inclined surfaces shall not be less than 6:12. The length of inclined surfaces shall not exceed 12 in (305 mm). 5.All areas requiring an impact resistance classification higher than "standard", as defined by ASTM E 2486 (formerly EIMA Standard 101.86), shall be as detailed in the drawings and described in the contract documents. Refer to Section 1.04.D.1.c of this specification. 6. Expansion joints: a. Design and location of expansion joints in the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 is the responsibility of the project designer and shall be noted on the project drawings. As a minimum, expansion joints shall be placed at the following locations: 1) Where expansion joints occur in the substrate system 2) Where building expansion joints occur 3)At floor lines in wood frame construction 4)At floor lines of non-wood framed buildings where significant movement is expected 5) Where the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 abuts dissimilar materials 6) Where the substrate type changes 7) Where prefabricated panels abut one another 8) In continuous elevations at intervals not exceeding 75 ft (23 m) 9) Where significant structural movement occurs such as changes in roofline, building shape or structural system 7. Terminations a. Prior to applying the Dryvit Outsulation LCMD System 1-5, wall openings shall be treated with Dryvit AquaFlash System, Backstop° Flash & Fill or Flashing Tape. Refer to Dryvit Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 Installation Details. b. The Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 shall be held back from adjoining materials around openings and penetrations such as windows, doors and mechanical equipment a minimum of 3/4 in (19 mm) for sealant application. See Dryvit's Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 Installation Details. c. The systems shall be terminated a minimum of 8 in (203 mm) above finished grade. d. Sealants 1) Shall be manufactured and supplied by others 2) Shall be compatible with the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 materials. Refer to current Dryvit publication for a listing of sealants tested by sealant manufacturer for compatibility. 3) The sealant backer rod shall be closed cell. 8. Vapor Retarders—The use and location of vapor retarders within a wall assembly is the responsibility of the project designer and shall comply with local building code requirements. The type and location shall be noted on the project drawings and specifications. Vapor retarders may be inappropriate in certain climates and can result in condensation within the wall assembly. Refer to Dryvit Publication for additional information. 9. Dark Colors-The use of dark colors must be considered in relation to wall surface temperature as a function of local climatic conditions. Use of dark colors in high temperature climates can affect the performance of the system. 10. Flashing: Shall be provided at all roof-wall intersections, windows, doors, chimneys, decks, balconies, and other areas as necessary to prevent water from entering behind the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1- 5. 11. Site Coated EPS Shapes and Starter Boards: Shall be coated on site utilizing the same materials (EPS, base material mixture, reinforcing mesh, and finish) as specified for the project. 12. Pre Base Coated EPS Shapes and Starter Boards: Shall be supplied by Acrocore or other approved shape manufacturer. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: The contractor shall submit to the owner/architect the manufacturer's product data sheets describing the products, which will be used on this project. B. Shop Drawings for Panelized Construction: The panel fabricator shall prepare and submit to the owner/architect complete drawings showing: wall layout, connections, details, expansion joints, and installation sequence. C. Samples: The contractor shall submit to the owner/architect two (2) samples of the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 for each finish, texture and color to be used on the project. The same tools and techniques Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 3 of 8 Exterior Insulation & Finish System Project No. 21126 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 proposed for the actual installation shall be used. Samples shall be of sufficient size to accurately represent each color and texture being utilized on the project. D. Test Reports: When requested, the contractor shall submit to the owner/architect copies of selected test reports verifying the performance of the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5. E. Environmental Product Declaration: When requested, the contractor shall submit to the owner/architect copies of the Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) describing the estimated environmental impacts of the Outsulation LCMD System. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. System Manufacturer: Shall be Dryvit Systems, Inc. (Basis of Design) or approved equal. All materials shall be manufactured or sold by Dryvit and shall be purchased from Dryvit or its authorized distributors. a. Materials shall be manufactured at a facility covered by a current ISO 9001:2015 and ISO 14001:2015 certification. Certification of the facility shall be done by a registrar accredited by the American National Standards Institute, Registrar Accreditation Board (ANSI-RAB). 2. Contractor: Shall be knowledgeable in the proper installation of the Dryvit Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 and shall be experienced and competent in the installation of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems. Additionally, the contractor shall possess a current Trained Contractor Certificate* issued by Dryvit Systems, Inc. for Moisture Drainage Systems. 3. Insulation Board Manufacturer: Shall be listed by Dryvit Systems, Inc., shall be capable of producing the Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) in accordance with the current Dryvit Specification for Insulation Board, and shall subscribe to the Dryvit Third Party Certification and Quality Assurance Program. 4. Panel Fabricator: Shall be a contractor experienced and competent in the fabrication of architectural wall panels and shall possess a current Trained Contractor Certificate* issued by Dryvit Systems, Inc. for Moisture Drainage Systems. 5. Panel Erector: Shall be experienced and competent in the installation of architectural wall panel systems and shall be: a. The panel fabricator or b. An erector approved by the panel fabricator or c. An erector under the direct supervision of the panel fabricator 6. Machine Coated Dryvit EPS Shapes and Starter Boards: Shall be supplied by Acrocore or other manufacturer that subscribes to the Dryvit third party certification and quality assurance program. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. The EPS shall be separated from the interior of the building by a minimum 15-minute thermal barrier. 2. The use and maximum thickness of EPS shall be in accordance with the applicable building code(s). C. Certification 1. The Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 shall be recognized for the intended use by the applicable building code(s). 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All Dryvit materials shall be delivered to the job site in the original, unopened packages with labels intact. B. Upon arrival, materials shall be inspected for physical damage, freezing or overheating. Questionable materials shall not be used. 1. Materials shall be stored at the job site, and at all times, in a cool, dry location, out of direct sunlight, protected from weather and other sources of damage. Minimum storage temperature shall be as follows: a. DPR, PMR TM, HDP TM, Weatherlastic°and ETM Finishes, Color Prime TM, Primus°, Genesis°and NCB TM: 40 °F (4 °C). b. For other products, refer to specific product data sheets. 2. Maximum storage temperature shall not exceed 100 °F (38 °C). NOTE: Minimize exposure of materials to temperatures over 90 °F (32 °C). Finishes exposed to temperatures over 110 °F (43 °C)for even short periods may exhibit skinning, increased viscosity and should be inspected prior to use. C. Protect all products from inclement weather and direct sunlight. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 4 of 8 Exterior Insulation & Finish System Project No. 21126 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements 1. Application of wet materials shall not take place during inclement weather unless appropriate protection is provided. Protect materials from inclement weather until they are completely dry. 2.At the time of Dryvit product application, the air and wall surface temperatures shall be from 40 °F (4 °C) minimum to 100 °F (38 °C) maximum for the following products: a. DPR, PMR, HDP, Weatherlastic and E Finishes, Color Prime, Primus, Genesis and NCB. b. For other products, refer to specific product data sheets. 3. These temperatures shall be maintained with adequate air ventilation and circulation for a minimum of 24 hours (48 hours for Weatherlastic Finishes, Ameristone, and TerraNeo)thereafter, or until the products are completely dry. Refer to published product data sheets for more specific information. B. Existing Conditions: The contractor shall have access to electric power, clean water and a clean work area at the location where the Dryvit materials are to be applied. 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Installation of the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 shall be coordinated with other construction trades. B. Sufficient manpower and equipment shall be employed to ensure a continuous operation, free of cold joints, scaffold lines, texture variations, etc. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Dryvit Systems, Inc. shall provide a written limited materials warranty against defective material upon written request. Dryvit shall make no other warranties, expressed or implied. Dryvit does not warrant workmanship. Full details are available from Dryvit Systems, Inc. B. The applicator shall warrant workmanship separately. Dryvit shall not be responsible for workmanship associated with installation of the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5. 1.11 DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY A. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and the purchaser to determine if a product is suitable for their intended use. The designer selected by the purchaser shall be responsible for all decisions pertaining to design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings and the like. Dryvit has prepared guidelines in the form of specifications, installation details, and product data sheets to facilitate the design process only. Dryvit is not liable for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings, or the like, whether based upon the information prepared by Dryvit or otherwise, or for any changes which purchasers, specifiers, designers, or their appointed representatives may make to Dryvit's published comments. 1.12 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance and repair shall follow the procedures noted in the Dryvit Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 Application Instructions. B. All Dryvit products are designed to require minimal maintenance. However, as with all building products, depending on location, some cleaning may be required. See Dryvit publication on Cleaning and Recoating. C. Sealants and Flashings shall be inspected on a regular basis and repairs made as necessary. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. All components of the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 shall be supplied or obtained from Dryvit or its authorized distributors. B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: Shall be Type I or II, meeting ASTM C 150, white or gray in color, fresh and free of lumps. B. Water: Shall be clean and free of foreign matter. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Air/Water-Resistive Barrier Components: Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 5 of 8 Exterior Insulation & Finish System Project No. 21126 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Sheet Type Membranes (by others) a. Code approved water-resistive barrier such as but not limited to Dupont Tyvek StuccoWrap, Tyvek Home Wrap or Commercial Wrap, #15 Felt, Grade D Paper. B. Flashing Materials: Used to protect substrate edges at terminations. 1. Liquid Applied: An extremely flexible water-based polymer material, ready for use. a. Shall be AquaFlash and AquaFlash Mesh (or approved equal). 2. Gun Applied: A flexible waterproof material, ready for use. a. Shall be Backstop Flash & Fill 3. Sheet Type: a. Shall be Flashing Tape and Surface Conditioner 1) Dryvit Flashing Tape TM: A high density polyethylene film backed with a rubberized asphalt adhesive available in rolls 4 in (102 mm), 6 in (152 mm), and 9 in (229 mm)wide by 75 ft (23 m) long. 2) Dryvit Flashing Tape Surface Conditioner TM: A water-based surface conditioner and adhesion promoter for the Dryvit Flashing Tape. C. Dryvit AP Adhesive TM: A moisture cure, urethane-based adhesive used to adhere the Dryvit Drainage StripTA° and Drainage Track. D.Accessories 1. Drainage Track(Optional - not required when Drainage Strip is specified): UV treated PVC perforated "J" channel with weep holes, complying with ASTM D 1784 and ASTM C 1063. Drainage Track usage is limited to the base of the system at finished grade level when installing system in noncombustible construction. All other horizontal terminations shall utilize the Dryvit Drainage Strip as shown in the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 Installation Details. Shall be one of the following: a. Starter Trac STWP -without drip edge by Plastic Components, Inc. b. Starter Trac STDE -with drip edge by Plastic Components, Inc. c. Universal Starter Track by Wind-lock Corporation d. Sloped Starter Strip with Drip by Vinyl Corp. 2. Dryvit Drainage Strip (Optional- not required when Drainage Track is specified):A corrugated plastic material, which provides drainage. Required when using Tyvek StuccoWrap without the Drainage Track. E. Drainage Medium Options 1. Dryvit Drainage Mat [System 1 (optional—when Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 is installed over Tyvek StuccoWrap)]: A blue, 1/8 in (3.2 mm) thick mat composed of open weave polymer threads. 2. Tyvek StuccoWrap [by others (System 2)] or equal: A spunbonded high density polyethylene that is textured to provide vertical drainage channels. 3. Grooved Insulation Board (System 3): Expanded polystyrene meeting Dryvit specification for Insulation Board minimum thickness 1 1/2 in (38 mm). The back side of the insulation board shall have factory cut vertical grooves measuring 1/4 in (6.4 mm) deep by 1 in (25 mm) wide spaced 4 in (102 mm) on center. 4. Expanded Metal Lath [by others (System 4)]: Shall be minimum 2.5 Ib/ydz (1.4 kg/mz) Galvanized Furred Diamond Mesh Metal Lath; not recommended for coastal areas and other corrosive environments. 5. Ultra-Lath by Plastic Components [by others (System 5)]: An extruded polyolefin lath. F. Insulation Board: Expanded Polystyrene meeting the Dryvit Specification for Insulation Board and the following requirements: 1. In the absence of specific wind load requirements, the thickness of the insulation board shall be minimum 1 in (25 mm); System 3 requires minimum 1 1/2 in (38 mm). Projects located in shoreline or other high wind load areas will require special consideration. Contact Dryvit Systems, Inc. for specific recommendations. 2. The insulation board shall be manufactured by a board supplier listed by Dryvit Systems, Inc. G. Machine Coated Dryvit EPS Shapes and Starter Boards: Shall be supplied by Acrocore or other manufacturer that subscribes to the Dryvit third party certification and quality assurance program. H. Mechanical fasteners consist of a 2 in (51 mm) diameter polypropylene washer with key openings for base coat penetration and recessed chamber, used in conjunction with a corrosion resistant fastener. 1. Washer a. Shall be Wind-lock Wind-Devil or Wind-Devil 2TM, or ITW Buildex Grid-Mate TM PB and Grid-Master washer. 2. Screws a. Wood Based Substrates and Light Gauge Metal (20 -26 ga) 1) Shall be minimum No. 6 bugle head corrosion resistant screws. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 6 of 8 Exterior Insulation & Finish System Project No. 21126 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2) The screws shall be of sufficient length to penetrate wood substrates a minimum of 3/4 in (19 mm) and metal framing a minimum of 3/8 in (9.5 mm). b. Steel Framing (12 -20 ga) 1) Shall be minimum No. 6 bugle head corrosion resistant screws, drill point 2) The screws shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the steel framing a minimum of 3/8 in (9.5 mm). 3. Brick, Block and Concrete a.Anchors shall be a minimum 3/16 in (4.8 mm) diameter and corrosion resistant. b.Anchors shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the substrate a minimum of 1 in (25 mm). c. Pullout values shall be substantiated for the particular substrate and fastener used. I. Adhesives: Used to adhere the EPS to Expanded Metal Lath or Ultra Lath. 1. Cementitious: A liquid polymer-based material, which is field mixed with Portland cement. a. Shall be Primus or Genesis 2. Ready mixed: A dry blend cementitious, copolymer-based product, field mixed with water a. Shall be Primus DM, Genesis DM, Genesis DMS, Rapidry DM 35-50 or Rapidry DM 50-75. J. Base Coat: Shall be compatible with the EPS insulation board and reinforcing mesh(es). NOTE: When installing the system with mechanical fasteners (Systems 1, 2, 3), the base coat shall be either Genesis or Genesis DM. 1. Cementitious: A liquid polymer-based material, which is field mixed with Portland cement. a. Shall be Primus or Genesis 2. Noncementitious: A factory-mixed, fully formulated, water-based product. a. Shall be NCB 3. Ready mixed: A dry blend cementitious, copolymer-based product, field mixed with water. a. Shall be Primus DM, Genesis DM, Genesis DMS, Rapidry DM 35-50 or Rapidry 50-75 4. Shield ltTA°: A 2-pass base coat used over existing EIFS or a Dryvit reinforced base coat to improve impact resistance against woodpeckers when specified. K. Reinforcing Mesh: A balanced, open weave, glass fiber fabric treated for compatibility with other system materials. Note: Reinforcing meshes are classified by impact resistance and specified by weight and tensile strength as listed in Section 1.04.D.1.c. 1. Shall be Standard, Standard Plus, Intermediate, Panzer 15, Panzer 20, Detail and Corner Mesh 2. Shall be colored blue for product identification bearing the Dryvit logo. L. Finish: Shall be the type, color and texture as selected by the architect/owner and shall be one or more of the following: 1. Elastomeric DPR (Dirt Pickup Resistance): Water-based elastomeric acrylic finish with integral color and texture and formulated with DPR chemistry: a. Weatherlastic°Sandpebble PART III EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5, the contractor shall verify that the substrate: 1. Is of a type listed in Section 1.04.C.12. Is flat within 1/4 in (6.4 mm) in a 4 ft (1.2 m) radius. 3. Is sound, dry, connections are tight, has no surface voids, projections, or other conditions that may interfere with the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 installation or performance. B. Prior to the installation of the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5, the architect or general contractor shall ensure that all needed flashings and other waterproofing details have been completed, if such completion is required prior to the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 application. Additionally, the contractor shall ensure that: 1. Metal roof flashing has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements, Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (ARMA) Standards and Dryvit Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 Installation Details or as otherwise necessary to maintain a watertight envelope. 2. Openings are flashed in accordance with the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 Installation Details or as otherwise necessary to prevent water penetration. 3. Chimneys, balconies and decks have been properly flashed. 4. Windows, doors, etc. are installed and flashed per manufacturer's requirements and the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 Installation Details. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 7 of 8 Exterior Insulation & Finish System Project No. 21126 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 5. Sheet type membrane water-resistive barriers have been installed in a weatherboard fashion in accordance with building code and manufacturer's requirements. C. Prior to the installation of the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5, the contractor shall notify the general contractor and/or architect and/or owner of all discrepancies. 3.02 PREPARATION A. The Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 materials shall be protected by permanent or temporary means from inclement weather and other sources of damage prior to, during, and following application until completely dry. B. Protect adjoining work and property during Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. The systems shall be installed in accordance with the Dryvit Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 Application Instructions. B. The overall minimum base coat thickness shall be sufficient to fully embed the mesh. The recommended method is to apply the base coat in two (2) passes. C. Sealant shall not be applied directly to textured finishes or base coat surfaces. Dryvit Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 surfaces in contact with sealant shall be coated with Demandit Smooth or Color Prime. D. High impact meshes shall be installed as specified at ground level, high traffic areas, and other areas exposed to or susceptible to impact damage. E. The installation of Machine Coated Dryvit EPS Shapes and Starter Boards shall be in accordance with Dryvit Publication. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper application of the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 materials. B. Dryvit assumes no responsibility for on-site inspections or application of its products. C. If required, the contractor shall certify in writing the quality of work performed relative to the substrate system, details, installation procedures, workmanship and the specific products used. D. If required, the EPS supplier shall certify in writing that the EPS meets Dryvit's specifications. E. If required, the sealant contractor shall certify in writing that the sealant application is in accordance with the sealant manufacturer's and Dryvit's recommendations. 3.05 CLEANING A.All excess Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 materials shall be removed from the job site by the contractor in accordance with contract provisions and as required by applicable law. B.All surrounding areas, where the Dryvit Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 has been applied, shall be left free of debris and foreign substances resulting from the contractor's work. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 shall be protected from inclement weather and other sources of damage until dry and permanent protection in the form of flashings, sealants, etc. are installed. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 8 of 8 Exterior Insulation & Finish System Project No. 21126 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 07 41 13.07 METAL ROOF PANELS, STANDING SEAM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Architectural standing-seam metal roof panels 2. Metal roof accessories. 3. Roof insulation. 4. Miscellaneous metal framing. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for shop- formed sheet metal roof flashings and counterflashings, including formed copings and roof edge metal items. C. Alternates: Refer to Division 01 Section "Alternates" for description of Work in this Section affected by alternates. D. Allowances: Refer to Division 01 Section "Allowances" for description of Work in this Section affected by allowances. E. Unit Prices: Refer to Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for description of Work in this Section affected by unit prices. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Metal Roof Panel Assembly: Metal roof panels, attachment system components, miscellaneous metal framing,thermal insulation, and accessories necessary for a complete weathertight roofing system. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, metal roof panel Installer, metal roof panel manufacturer's representative, substrate Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects metal roof panels including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 3. Review methods and procedures related to metal roof panel installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. Examine substrate conditions for compliance with requirements, including flatness and attachment to structural members. 5. Review structural loading limitations of substrate during and after roofing. 6. Review flashings, special roof details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect metal roof panels. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certificates, and testing and inspecting if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for metal roof panel assembly during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after metal roof panel installation. 10. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and furnish copy of record to each participant. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of roof panel and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of metal roof panels; details of edge conditions, side-seam and endlap joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details specific to project, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. Distinguish between factory-and field-assembled work. STAMPED BY A LICENSED ENGINEER IN THE STATE OF TEXAS. C. Accessory Details: Include details of the following items: 1. Flashing and trim. 2. Pipe penetration flashings. 3. Roof curbs. 4. Gutters. 5. Downspouts. D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For metal roof panel assembly indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the metal roof panel manufacturer's qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. Include the following: 1. Structural analysis data indicating compliance with Performance Requirements Article. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer, Installer, professional engineer, and manufacturer's technical representative. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Submit Installer qualifications in the form of an original letter on manufacturer's letterhead signed by authorized manufacturer representative. B. Material Certificates: For thermal insulation, from manufacturer. C. Field Quality Control Reports. D. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For metal roof panels to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General: 1. ONLY Substitutions approved in writing by the Owner or Owner's Representative will be considered. 2. Architect/Owner reserves the right to be final authority on acceptance or rejection of any substitution request. B. When a particular make or trade name is specified, it shall be indicative of standard required. Bidders proposing substitutes shall submit the following ten (10) days prior to bid date to the Owner or Owner's Representative; requests received after that time will not be considered. 1. Written application with explanation of why it should be considered. 2. Independent laboratory certification providing written confirmation that the physical and performance characteristics of the substitute material/system will meet the physical and performance characteristics of the specified materials and or system. C. Submit five copies of request for substitution. Items to be included in the request: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution. 2. Product identification, including manufacturer's literature and manufacturer's name. 3. Current certificate from an accredited testing laboratory comparing the physical and performance attributes of the proposed material with those of the specified materials. Test results must be dated, notarized, and on testing laboratory stationary. 4. Material Safety Data Sheets providing all pertinent data as to flammability, combustibility. 5. List of at least (5) five jobs as described under the requirements where the proposed alternate material was used under similar conditions. These jobs must be available for inspection by the Owner or Owner's Representative. Names and phone numbers are required for verification. Submit a minimum of 200,000 square feet for review. Submitted projects must be a minimum of(5) years old. 6. Notarized statement from the Roof System Manufacturer, signed by a corporate officer of the corporation stating that: Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 3 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 a. All Documents have been reviewed and are approved. b. The Project site has been inspected. C. The Roofing System Manufacturer will provide two (2) field inspections weekly; during, and until all construction work is complete and accepted by the owner. A full time employee of the manufacturer must perform inspections. d. Provide documentation of the proposed alternate system passing the specified regulatory requirements. Documentation must be on the specified regulatory requirements letterhead or approval guide. No third party testing will be accepted. D. In making substitution request, Bidder/Contractor represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. Additionally, he will have a technical service representative of the proposed manufacturer attend the pre-bid meeting. 2. He will provide the same guarantee for substitution as for those specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution in work, making such changes as may be required for work to be completed in all respects. 4. Advise the owner of any credit savings or additional costs as opposed to the system type specified. E. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. Product or method to be considered does not have a minimum of (5) five years of successful performance in roofing and re-roofing of similar applications. 2. Any discrepancies in the test data, or if the tests or submittals are incomplete. 3. They are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or Project Data Submittals without formal request submitted in accordance with the specification document. 4. Acceptance requires significant revision of documents. 5. Only substitutes approved in writing by prior to scheduled cutoff date will be considered. 6. Notification of approvals will be mailed at least 3 days before bid opening. 7. The Owner will not incur any additional costs for design or construction costs. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer of plant-fabricated metal roof panel systems listed in this Section and meeting performance requirements, with a minimum of five years' experience providing metal roof panel systems for projects of similar type and scope, offering engineering, warranty, technical inspection, and maintenance inspection services specified. B. Installer Qualifications:An employer of workers trained and certified by manufacturer, including a full-time on-site supervisor with a minimum of five years' experience installing similar work, able Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 4 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 to communicate verbally with Contractor, Architect, and employees, and qualified by the manufacturer to furnish warranty of type specified. 1. Manufacturer's On-Site Roll Former Operators: Experienced full-time employees of metal roof panel manufacturer. 2. Installer must provide(2) manufacturer inspections each week. Noncompliance may result in an $850 per day fee for missing inspections. 3. Roofing Contractors included in the following list are to the owner's knowledge, the only pre-approved installers that can install and provide the system and warranty for this specified system. A list of additional certified contractors for the specified system can be obtained by contacting the system manufacturer. a. American Contracting USA, Inc., Mr. Eddie Fuentes; (956) 748-4030. b. Argio Roofing Inc., Mr. Rojerio Escobedo, (956) 748-9507. C. Sechrist Hall Roofing, Mr. Bill McBride; (956) 423-3359 d. Rio Roofing Inc., Mr. Tom Gonzalez; (956) 423-3359 e. Haeber Roofing Company, Mr. Don Rucker; (361) 851-8142. f. Port Enterprises, Inc., Mr Cody Comstock; (361) 289-2944. g. Rain King, Inc; Mr. Jared Cain; (361) 576-0606 h. McNeil Roofing & Sheet Metal, Mr. Mike McNeil; (210) 651-4636 i. Rain Seal Master Roofing & Sheet Metal, Mr. Ramon Gonzalez; (361) 576-0926 j. American Roofing & Metal, Mr. Toby Cargile; (210) 224-5463 k. Tadco Roofing, Mr. Javier Ramos; (956) 227-4339 C. Professional Engineer Qualification: A qualified professional engineer licensed in the project state, and experienced in metal roof panel system design similar to that required for Project. D. UL-Certified, Portable Roll-Forming Equipment: UL-certified, portable roll-forming equipment capable of producing metal panels warranted by manufacturer to be the same as factory-formed products. Maintain UL certification of portable roll-forming equipment for duration of work. E. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized full-time employee representative of manufacturer and experienced in the installation and maintenance of the specified roof panel system and qualified to determine Installer's compliance with the requirements of this Project. F. Testing Agency Qualifications:An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to conduct the testing and inspection indicated. G. Source Limitations: Obtain metal roof panels and accessories from a single source supplied or approved by metal roof panel manufacturer. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 5 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 H. Random Sampling 1. During course of work, the Architect may secure samples according to ASTM D140-93 of materials being used from containers at job site and submit them to an independent laboratory for comparison to specified material. 2. Should test results prove that material is not equal to specified material: a. Contractor shall pay for all testing. b. Roofing installed and found not to comply with the specifications shall be removed and replaced with no change in the contract price. 3. Installation quality control a. The roofing inspector shall provide written and photographic reports,to be submitted to the architect, owner, roof system installation contractor, appraising the installation of the roof system at each of the project progress stages. The installation contractor shall make all necessary corrections, additions or remedial actions to resolve any issues raised in the reports. b. The roofing inspector shall have the authority to have any and all roofing work corrected, as required,to insure the proper installation and weather-tightness of the roof system, in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, sheets, metal roof panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal roof panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and erect metal roof panels in a manner to prevent bending,warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack metal roof panels on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal roof panels to ensure dryness. Do not store metal roof panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. D. Protect strippable protective covering on metal roof panels from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of metal roof panel installation. E. Protect foam-plastic insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver foam-plastic insulation materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 6 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit metal roof panel work to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of construction contiguous with metal roof panels by field measurements before fabrication. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. B. Coordinate metal roof panels with rain drainage work,flashing,trim, and construction of substrate, parapets, walls, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Roof System Manufacturer's standard form in which Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within warranty period, as follows. 1. Form of Warranty: Manufacturer's standard warranty form. 2. Scope of Warranty: Work of this Section and including sheet metal details and termination details installed by the roof system Installer and approved by the Roof System Manufacturer. 3. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of completion. B. Installer Warranty: Installer's warranty signed by Installer, as follows. 1. Form of Warranty: Form acceptable to Roofing Manufacturer and Owner. 2. Scope of Warranty: Work of this Section. 3. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design Manufacturers/Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers comparable to the Basis of Design product specified (or approved equal): 1. Tremco, Inc., Beachwood, OH, (800) 562-2728, www.tremcoroofing.com. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Metal roof panels shall comply with performance requirements without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 7 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Delegated Design: Design metal roof panel assembly, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. C. Structural Performance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E 1592: 1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. D. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind- uplift-resistance class indicated. 1. Uplift Rating: UL 90. E. Hail Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies listed with UL as Class 4 hail resistant panels. F. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 1646 at the following test-pressure difference: 1. Test-Pressure Difference: 20.00 Ibf/sq. ft. (958 Pa). G. Hydrostatic-Head Resistance: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 2140. H. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 2.3 ARCHITECTURAL STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS A. General: Provide factory-formed metal roof panels designed to be installed by lapping and interconnecting raised side edges of adjacent panels with joint type indicated and mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips in side laps. Include clips, cleats, pressure plates, and accessories required for weathertight installation. 1. Steel Panel Systems: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with ASTM E 1514. B. Vertical-Rib, Seamed-Joint, Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Factory-formed symmetrical panels with vertical ribs at panel edges and flat pan between ribs; designed for sequential installation in either direction by mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips located under one side of panels and engaging opposite edge of adjacent panels, and mechanically seaming panels together utilizing a seam cap, and configured to enable future replacement of individual panels without disturbing adjacent panels. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Tremco, Inc., TremLock T-238. 2. Aluminum-alloy sheet in accordance with ASTM B209. a. Alloy: 3105 H14 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 8 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 b. Thickness: 0.040 inches C. Surface: Smooth, Flat Finish d. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: 2-Coat Flouropolymer e. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 3. Clips: Low-movement floating clips to accommodate thermal movement; fixed clips where design permits; continuous clips as required to meet performance requirements; and with 6" clip bearing plate at all fasteners. a. Material: 0.064-inch- (1.63-mm-) nominal thickness, zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet. 4. Joint Type: Field mechanically seamed, with continuous factory-applied sealant. 5. Seam Cap: Match panel material and finish; provide with two rows of integral factory hot- applied sealant. 6. Panel Pan Configuration: Striated. 7. Panel Seam Height: Not less than 2-3/8 inch (60.3 mm). 8. Panel Coverage: 16 inches (406 mm). 2.4 METAL ROOF ACCESSORIES A. Metal Roof Accessories, General: Provide components approved by roof panel manufacturer and as required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal roof panels unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same metal as metal roof panels. 2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices,fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. B. Flashing and Trim: Formed from same material as roof panels, prepainted with coil coating, minimum 0.028 inch (0.71 mm)thick. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal roof panels. C. Pipe Penetration Flashings: Flexible boot type, with stainless steel compression ring, and stainless steel pipe strap. Use silicone-type boot at hot pipes. D. Gutters: Stainless, Refer to section 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim E. Downspouts: Stainless, Refer to section 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim F. Pipe Penetration Flashing: Premolded EPDM pipe collar with flexible aluminum ring bonded to base and stainless steel pipe clamp to secure collar to pipe. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 9 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 G. Roof Curbs: Fabricated and welded from aluminum sheet, minimum 0.080 inch (1.2 mm) thick; with bottom of skirt profiled to match roof panel profiles, and welded top box, integral internal fastener flange, and water diverter. Fabricate curb subframing of minimum 0.0598-inch-(1.5-mm- ) thick, angle-, C-, or Z-shaped galvanized steel sheet. Fabricate curb and subframing to withstand indicated loads, of size and height indicated. Finish roof curbs to match metal roof panels. 1. Insulate roof curb with 1-inch- (25-mm-) thick, rigid insulation. 2.5 FIELD-INSTALLED THERMAL INSULATION A. Faced, Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation:ASTM C 1289,Type II, Class 2 glass-fiber mat, Grade 3,with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, based on tests performed on unfaced core. 0.02 perm(1.15 ng/Pa x s x sq. m). FM Approvals 4450/4470 approved. CFC-, HCFC-, and HFC-free. 1. Insulation Seam Tape: Manufacturer's recommended tape compatible with insulation facing and with adjacent air barrier transition material. 2. Minimum thickness: 4.5 inches 3. Available manufacturers (or approved equal) a. Tremco: Trisotech b. Atlas:AC Foam II 2.6 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: 30 to 40 mils (0.76 to 1.0 mm)thick minimum, consisting of slip-resisting, polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 1. Thermal Stability: Stable after testing at 240 deg F (116 deg C); ASTM D 1970. 2. Low-Temperature Flexibility: Passes after testing at minus 20 deg F (29 deg C); ASTM D 1970. 3. Manufacturer: McElroy (or approved equal) B. Slip Sheet: Manufacturer's recommended slip sheet, of type required for application. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING A. Miscellaneous Metal Framing, General: ASTM C 645, cold-formed metallic-coated steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180) hot-dip galvanized or coating with equivalent corrosion resistance unless otherwise indicated. B. Zee Clips: 0.079-inch (2.01-mm) nominal thickness. C. Base or Sill Channels: 0.079-inch (2.01-mm) nominal thickness. D. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 10 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Nominal Thickness:As required to meet performance requirements, but not less than 0.025 inch (0.64 mm). 2. Depth: As indicated. E. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches (32 mm), wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch (22 mm), and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. 1. Nominal Thickness: As required to meet performance requirements. F. Fasteners for Miscellaneous Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten miscellaneous metal framing members to substrates. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts,self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of metal roof panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide EPDM, PVC, or neoprene sealing washers. 2.9 FABRICATION A. Fabricate and finish metal roof panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes and as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. On-Site Fabrication: Subject to compliance with requirements of this Section, metal panels may be fabricated on-site using UL-certified, portable roll-forming equipment if panels are of same profile and warranted by manufacturer to be equal to factory-formed panels. Fabricate according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and to comply with details shown. C. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel. D. Fabricate metal roof panel side laps with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a tight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, in a manner that will seal weathertight and minimize noise from movements within panel assembly. E. Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. 1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 2. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view. 3. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of size and metal thickness recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or by metal roof panel manufacturer for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 11 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2.10 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Steel Panels and Accessories: 1. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 2. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil (0.013 mm). PART 3- 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal roof panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Examine solid roof substrate to verify that substrate joints are supported by framing or blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by metal roof panel manufacturer. 2. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal roof panels to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal roof panels before metal roof panel installation. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation, including removing projections capable of interfering with insulation attachment. B. Substrate Board: Install substrate boards over roof substrate on entire roof surface. Attach with substrate-board fasteners. 1. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together. 2. Comply with requirements for fire-rated construction. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 12 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Miscellaneous Framing: Install subpurlins, eave angles, furring, and other miscellaneous roof panel support members and anchorage according to metal roof panel manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 THERMAL INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to ice, rain, and snow. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to cover entire roof. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Seal all joints and penetrations air- and vapor-tight. C. EPS Flute Filler insulation: Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows. D. Rigid Board Insulation: Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm) with insulation. 1. Install 4.5 inches thick of polyisocyanurate insulation (2 layers) 2. Where overall insulation thickness is 2 inches (50 mm) or greater, install 2 or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. 3. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of nailers, projections, and penetrations. 3.4 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Apply primer if required by manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation. Apply at locations indicated below, wrinkle free, in shingle fashion to shed water, and with end laps of not less than 6 inches (150 mm)staggered 24 inches (600 mm) between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches (90 mm). Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. 1. Apply over entire roof surface. B. Apply slip sheet over underlayment before installing metal roof panels. C. Install flashings to cover underlayment to comply with requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 3.5 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Provide metal roof panels of full length from eave to ridge unless otherwise indicated or restricted by shipping limitations. B. Thermal Movement. Rigidly fasten metal roof panels to structure at one and only one location for each panel. Allow remainder of panel to move freely for thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels for fasteners. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 13 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Point of Fixity: Fasten each panel along a single line of fixing located at ridge. 2. Avoid attaching accessories through roof panels in a manner that will inhibit thermal movement. C. Install metal roof panels as follows: 1. Commence metal roof panel installation and install minimum of 300 sq. ft. (27.8 sq. m) in presence of factory-authorized representative. 2. Field cutting of metal panels by torch or abrasive saw is not permitted. 3. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 4. Provide metal closures at rake edges, rake walls, and each side of ridge and hip caps. 5. Flash and seal metal roof panels with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and perimeter of all openings. 6. Install ridge and hip caps as metal roof panel work proceeds. 7. Install metal flashing to allow moisture to run over and off metal roof panels. D. Fasteners: 1. Steel Roof Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior and galvanized-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior. E. Anchor Clips: Anchor metal roof panels and other components of the Work securely in place, using manufacturer's approved fasteners according to manufacturers'written instructions. F. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. 1. Use slip sheet where roof panels will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. G. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal roof panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, and sealants indicated or, if not indicated, types recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. 1. Seal metal roof panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant, full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 90 00 "Joint Protection." 3.6 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION A. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with concealed clips at each standing-seam joint at location,spacing, and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 14 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Install clips to supports with self-tapping fasteners. 2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Erection Tolerances: Shim and align metal roof panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet (1:960) on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8 inch (3 mm) offset of splices and alignment of matching profiles. 4. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer-approved, motorized seamer tool so clip, metal roof panel, and factory-applied sealant are completely engaged. 5. Watertight Installation: a. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant or tape to seal joints of metal panels, using sealant or tape as recommend in writing by manufacturer as needed to make panels watertight. b. Provide sealant or tape between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. 3.7 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting 1. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including trim, copings, ridge closures, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. B. Flashing and Trim:Comply with performance requirements and manufacturer's written installation instructions. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. 1. Form trim and transition joints using compressed joints with captive butyl sealant capable of resisting static water pressure. Cleated joints and exposed joint sealants do not meet this requirement. 2. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated,with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance. 3. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movementjoints at a maximum of 10 feet(3 m)with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600 mm)of corner or intersection.Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). C. Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered or lapped, riveted, and sealed joints. Attach gutters to eave with gutter hangers spaced not more than 36 inches (914 mm) o.c. using manufacturer's standard fasteners. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 15 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 D. Downspouts: Join sections with telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch (25 mm) away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches (1500 mm) o.c. in between. 1. Provide elbows at base of downspouts to direct water away from building. 2. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system indicated. E. Roof Curbs: Install curbs at locations indicated on Drawings. Install flashing around bases where they meet metal roof panels. F. Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetration and metal roof panels. Fasten and seal to metal roof panels as recommended by manufacturer. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform substrate examination, interim observations, and final roof inspections, and to prepare reports. B. Remove and replace applications of metal roof panels where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional inspections, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.9 CLEANING A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal roof panels are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal roof panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. Replace metal roof panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 16 of 16 Metal Roof Panels, Standing Seam Project No. 21126 0741 13.07 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 07 52 16.11.1 SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING, HOT-APPLIED, WOOD DECK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS) modified bituminous membrane roofing system with steel deck, including: a. Roof insulation. 1) Polyisocyanurate roofing insulation (as indicated on plans), 1/4"per foot slope or as required to provide positive drainage with NO PONDING. Provide for a minimum start thickness of 3.5" of polyisocyanurate at structural slope areas and at areas requiring tapered insulation. 2) Polyisocyanurate roofing insulation crickets&saddles(as indicated on plans), 1/2" per foot slope or as required to provide positive drainage with NO PONDING. 3) One (1) layer of 1/2"thick high performance gypsum-fiber roof cover board. b. Roof membrane and membrane base flashings. 1) One (1) ply of fire rated, high performance, fiberglass reinforced, SBS modified bitumen membrane with ultra-white surfacing, hot asphalt applied. 2) One (1) ply of polyester reinforced modified base ply sheet adhered with hot asphalt. 3) One(1) ply of polyester reinforced modified base sheet mechanically fastened through insulations to wood deck. 2. Install proper pads under all pipe supports. 3. Updraft Afterburner Kettles will be used for bitumen heating on all hot applied roofing projects. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for shop- formed sheet metal roof flashings and counterflashings, including formed copings and roof edge metal items. C. Alternates: Refer to Division 01 Section "Alternates" for description of Work in this Section affected by alternates. D. Allowances: Refer to Division 01 Section "Allowances" for description of Work in this Section affected by allowances. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. Unit Prices: Refer to Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for description of Work in this Section affected by unit prices. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D1079 "Standard Terminology Relating to Roofing and Waterproofing" and glossary in applicable edition of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems"for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. B. Hot Roofing Asphalt: Roofing asphalt heated to its equiviscous temperature, the temperature at which its viscosity is 125 centipoise for mop-applied roofing asphalt and 75 centipoise for mechanical spreader-applied roofing asphalt, within a range of plus or minus 25 deg. F (14 deg. C), measured at the mop cart or mechanical spreader immediately before application. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Roofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review drawings and specifications. 3. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 5. Examine substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 6. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 7. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. 8. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 9. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 10. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Wind Uplift Resistance Submittal: For roofing system, indicating compliance with wind uplift performance requirements. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Product Certificate: Submit notarized certificate, indicating products intended for Work of this Section, including product names and numbers and manufacturers' names, with statement indicating that products to be provided meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Qualification Data: For Installer, Manufacturer, and Roofing Inspector. 1. Include letter from Manufacturer written for this Project indicating approval of Installer. C. Warranties: Unexecuted sample copies of warranties. D. Field Quality Control Reports: Reports of Roofing Inspector. Include weather conditions, description of work performed, tests performed, defective work observed, and Contractor's corrective actions taken to correct defective work. 1. Submit reports within 48 hours after installation. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: To include in maintenance manuals. B. Warranties: Executed copies of warranties. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General: 1. ONLY Substitutions approved in writing by the Owner or Owner's Representative prior to the scheduled bid date will be considered. 2. Notification of approvals will be issued at least five (5) days before the scheduled bid date. 3. Architect/Owner reserves the right to be final authority on acceptance or rejection of any substitution request. B. When a particular make or trade name is specified, it shall be indicative of standard required. Bidders proposing substitutes shall submit the following ten (10) days prior to bid date to the Owner or Owner's Representative; requests received after that time will not be considered. 1. Written application with explanation of why it should be considered. 2. Independent laboratory certification providing written confirmation that the physical and performance characteristics of the substitute material/system will meet the physical and performance characteristics of the specified materials and or system. C. Submit five copies of request for substitution. Items to be included in the request: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution. 2. Product identification, including manufacturer's literature and manufacturer's name. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 3 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3. Current certificate from an accredited testing laboratory comparing the physical and performance attributes of the proposed material with those of the specified materials. Test results must be dated, notarized, and on testing laboratory stationary. 4. Material Safety Data Sheets providing all pertinent data as to flammability, combustibility. 5. List of at least (5) five jobs as described under the requirements where the proposed alternate material was used under similar conditions. These jobs must be available for inspection by the Owner or Owner's Representative. Names and phone numbers are required for verification. Submit a minimum of 200,000 square feet for review. Submitted projects must be a minimum of(5) years old. 6. Notarized statement from the Roof System Manufacturer, signed by a corporate officer of the corporation stating that: a. All Documents have been reviewed and are approved. b. The Project site has been inspected. C. The Roofing System Manufacturer will provide two (2) field inspections weekly; during, and until all construction work is complete and accepted by the owner. A full time employee of the manufacturer must perform inspections. d. Provide documentation of the proposed alternate system passing the specified regulatory requirements. Documentation must be on the specified regulatory requirements letterhead or approval guide. No third party testing will be accepted. D. In making substitution request, Bidder/Contractor represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. Additionally, he will have a technical service representative of the proposed manufacturer attend the pre-bid meeting. 2. He will provide the same guarantee for substitution as for those specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution in work, making such changes as may be required for work to be completed in all respects. 4. Advise the owner of any credit savings or additional costs as opposed to the system type specified. E. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. Product or method to be considered does not have a minimum of (5) five years of successful performance in roofing and re-roofing of similar applications. 2. Any discrepancies in the test data, or if the tests or submittals are incomplete. 3. They are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or Project Data Submittals without formal request submitted in accordance with the specification document. 4. Acceptance requires significant revision of documents. 5. Only substitutes approved in writing by prior to scheduled cutoff date will be considered. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 4 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 6. Notification of approvals will be mailed at least 3 days before bid opening. 7. The Owner will not incur any additional costs for design or construction costs. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications:An employer of workers trained and certified by manufacturer, including a full-time on-site supervisor with a minimum of five years' experience installing products comparable to those specified, able to communicate verbally with Contractor, Architect, and employees, and qualified by the roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and furnish warranty of type specified. 1. Installer must provide(2) manufacturer inspections each week. Noncompliance may result in an $850 per day fee for missing inspections. 2. Roofing Contractors included in the following list are to the owner's knowledge, the only pre-approved installers that can install and provide the system and warranty for this specified system. A list of additional certified contractors for the specified system can be obtained by contacting the system manufacturer. a. American Contracting USA, Inc., Mr. Eddie Fuentes; (956) 748-4030. b. Argio Roofing Inc., Mr. Rojerio Escobedo, (956) 748-9507. C. Sechrist Hall Roofing, Mr. Bill McBride; (956) 423-3359 d. Rio Roofing Inc., Mr. Tom Gonzalez; (956) 423-3359 e. Haeber Roofing Company, Mr. Don Rucker; (361) 851-8142. f. Port Enterprises, Inc., Mr Cody Comstock; (361) 289-2944. g. Rain King, Inc; Mr. Jared Cain; (361) 576-0606 h. McNeil Roofing & Sheet Metal, Mr. Mike McNeil; (210) 651-4636 i. Rain Seal Master Roofing & Sheet Metal, Mr. Ramon Gonzalez; (361) 576-0926 j. American Roofing & Metal, Mr. Toby Cargile; (210) 224-5463 k. Tadco Roofing, Mr. Javier Ramos; (956) 227-4339 B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Approved manufacturer with UL listed roofing systems comparable to those specified for this Project, with minimum five years' experience in manufacture of comparable products in successful use in similar applications, and able to furnish warranty with provisions matching specified requirements. C. Roofing Inspector Qualifications: A technical representative of manufacturer not engaged in the sale of products and experienced in the installation and maintenance of the specified roofing system, qualified to perform roofing observation and inspection specified in Field Quality Control Article,to determine Installer's compliance with the requirements of this Project, and approved by the manufacturer to issue warranty certification. The Roofing Inspector shall be one of the following: Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 5 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. An authorized full-time technical employee of the manufacturer. D. Random Sampling 1. During course of work, the Architect may secure samples according to ASTM D140-93 of materials being used from containers at job site and submit them to an independent laboratory for comparison to specified material. 2. Should test results prove that material is not equal to specified material: a. Contractor shall pay for all testing. b. Roofing installed and found not to comply with the specifications shall be removed and replaced with no change in the contract price. 3. Installation quality control a. The roofing inspector shall provide written and photographic reports,to be submitted to the architect, owner, roof system installation contractor, appraising the installation of the roof system at each of the project progress stages. The installation contractor shall make all necessary corrections, additions or remedial actions to resolve any issues raised in the reports. b. The roofing inspector shall have the authority to have any and all roofing work corrected, as required,to insure the proper installation and weather-tightness of the roof system, in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site access to manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture,soiling,and other sources.Store in a dry location.Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 6 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.10 PROJECT/FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Daily Protection: Coordinate installation of roofing so insulation and other components of roofing system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Provide tie-offs at end of each day's work to cover exposed roofing and insulation with a course of roofing sheet securely in place with joints and edges sealed. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing. 3. Remove temporary plugs from roof drains at end of each day. 4. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Roof System Manufacturer's standard form in which Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within warranty period, as follows. 1. Form of Warranty: Manufacturer's standard warranty form. 2. Scope of Warranty: Work of this Section and including sheet metal details and termination details installed by the roof system Installer and approved by the Roof System Manufacturer. 3. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of completion. B. Manufacturer Inspection Services: By manufacturer's technical representative, to report maintenance responsibilities to Owner necessary for preservation of Owner's warranty rights.The cost of manufacturer's inspections is included in the Contract Sum. 1. Inspections to occur in following years: 2, 5 and 10 following completion. C. Installer Warranty: Installer's warranty signed by Installer, as follows. 1. Form of Warranty: Form acceptable to Roofing Manufacturer and Owner. 2. Scope of Warranty: Work of this Section. 3. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of completion. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 7 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: The roof system specified in this Section is based upon products of Tremco, Inc., Beachwood, OH, (800) 562-2728, www.tremcoroofing.com that are named in other Part 2 articles. Provide specified products. 1. Manufacturers of comparable products: Approved by Architect prior to bid. B. Source Limitations:Obtain components for roofing system from same manufacturer as membrane roofing or manufacturer approved by membrane roofing manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Installed membrane roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Membrane roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G152, ASTM G154, or ASTM G155. 2. Impact Resistance: Roof membrane shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D3746/D3746M, ASTM D4272/D4272M, or the "Resistance to Foot Traffic Test" in FM Approvals 4470. 3. Wind uplift Compliance: Provide roofing membrane, base flashing, and component materials that comply with the requirements to acquire a certificate of wind storm from the State of Texas. Basis of Compliance: NEMO Evaluation Report 11425.04.16-2-R13 for FL20325-R13 Construction W-93. ITIS THE BIDDERS RESPONSIBILITY TO READ AND UNDERSTAND THE TESTED ASSEMBLY. IF NEEDED A COPY OF THE TESTED CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY LISTED ABOVE CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. B. Roofing System Design: Provide roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency in accordance with ANSI/FM 4474, UL 580, or UL 1897, and to resist uplift pressures calculated in accordance with ASCE-7 and applicable code. 1. All Zones (Corner, Perimeter, and Field-of-Roof) Uplift Pressures: As indicated on Drawings. Verify system is acceptable to windstorm engineer prior to installation. C. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install copings and roof edge flashings tested according to ANSI/SPRI ES-1. 1. Design Pressure: As indicated on Drawings. Verify attachment is acceptable to windstorm engineer prior to installation. D. Flashings and Fastening: Provide base flashings, perimeter flashings, detail flashings and component materials and installation techniques that comply with requirements and recommendations of the following: 1. FM Global 1-49: Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Perimeter Flashings. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 8 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. FM Global 1-29: Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Above Deck Roof Components. 3. NRCA Roofing Manual (Sixth Edition) for construction details and recommendations. 4. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Seventh Edition) for construction details. 5. Comply with requirements of Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim". E. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E 108 or UL 790, Class A; for application and roof slopes indicated, as determined by testing identical membrane roofing materials by a qualified testing agency. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. F. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated. 1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. 2.3 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roof membrane manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. FM Global Material Standards: Roofing, base flashings, and component materials shall be identical to materials that comply with requirements in FM Global 4470 as part of a roofing system listed or approved by FM Global. Identify applicable materials with FM Global markings. 2.4 ROOF MEMBRANE MATERIALS A. Base Sheet, Mechanically Fastened: 1. SBS-modified asphalt-coated composite glass fiber mat / glass fiber scrim sheet, ASTM D6163 Type III Grade S. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POWERply Heavy Duty Base Sheet. b. Tensile Strength at 0 deg. F (18 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147: Machine direction, 220 Ibf/in (38 kN/m); Cross machine direction, 190 Ibf/in (33 kN/m). C. Elongation at 0 deg. F (-18 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147: Machine direction, 3.0 percent; Cross machine direction, 3.5 percent. d. Tear Strength at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D5147: Machine direction 220 Ibf(975N); Cross machine direction, 240 Ibf(1065N). e. Low Temperature Flexibility, minimum, ASTM D5147: -5 deg. F (-20 deg. C). f. Thickness, minimum,ASTM D5147: 0.120 inch (3.0 mm). B. SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Smooth-Surfaced Ply Sheets: 1. SBS-modified asphalt-coated composite glass fiber mat / glass fiber scrim sheet, ASTM D6163 Type III Grade S. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 9 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POWERply Heavy Duty Base Sheet. b. Tensile Strength at 0 deg. F (18 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147: Machine direction, 220 Ibf/in (38 kN/m); Cross machine direction, 190 Ibf/in (33 kN/m). C. Elongation at 0 deg. F (-18 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147: Machine direction, 3.0 percent; Cross machine direction, 3.5 percent. d. Tear Strength at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D5147: Machine direction 220 Ibf(975N); Cross machine direction, 240 Ibf(1065N). e. Low Temperature Flexibility, minimum, ASTM D5147: -5 deg. F (-20 deg. C). f. Thickness, minimum,ASTM D5147: 0.120 inch (3.0 mm). C. SBS Modified Bituminous Cap Sheet: 1. SBS-modified asphalt-coated glass-fiber-reinforced sheet, granular surfaced with a factory applied white reflective granule; CRRC listed and California Title 24 Energy Code compliant, ASTM D6163 Type I Grade G . a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POWERply Standard FR GT24W. b. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure,ASTM E108: Class A. C. Tensile Strength at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D5147: Machine direction 70 Ibf/in (12 kN/m); Cross machine direction 50 Ibf/in (8 kN/m). d. Tear Strength at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147: Machine direction, 100 Ibf(445 N); Cross machine direction 90 Ibf(400 N). e. Elongation at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D5147: Machine direction 4 percent; Cross machine direction 4 percent. f. Low Temperature Flex, maximum,ASTM D5147: -10 deg. F (-23 deg. C). g. Thickness, minimum,ASTM D5147: 0.157 inch (4 mm). h. Solar Reflectance Index (SRI), ASTM E1980: 88. D. Flashing Backer Sheet: 1. SBS-modified asphalt-coated composite glass fiber mat / glass fiber scrim sheet, ASTM D6163 Type III Grade S. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POWERply Heavy Duty Base Sheet. b. Tensile Strength at 0 deg. F (18 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147:Machine direction, 220 Ibf/in (38 kN/m); Cross machine direction, 190 Ibf/in (33 kN/m). C. Elongation at 0 deg. F (-18 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147: Machine direction, 3.0 percent; Cross machine direction, 3.5 percent. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 10 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 d. Tear Strength at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D5147: Machine direction 220 Ibf(975N); Cross machine direction, 240 Ibf(1065N). e. Low Temperature Flexibility, minimum, ASTM D5147: -5 deg. F (-20 deg. C). f. Thickness, minimum,ASTM D5147: 0.120 inch (3.0 mm). E. Flashing Sheet: 1. Flashing Sheet: Same as cap sheet. a. Basis of design product: Flashing Sheet: Same as cap sheet. b. Color: White. 2.5 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Asphalt primer, water-based, polymer modified. 1. Basis of design product: Tremco, TREMprime WB. 2. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum,ASTM D3960: 2 g/L. 3. Color: Brown/black. B. Hot-melt asphalt adhesive, ASTM D312 Type IV . 1. Basis of design product: Tremco, Premium IV Adhesive. 2. Softening Point, min/max, ASTM D36: 215-225 deg. F (100-105 deg. C). 3. Ductility at 77 deg. F, (25 deg C) minimum, ASTM D113: 1.5 cm. 4. Penetration at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), min/max, ASTM D5: 15-25 dmm. 5. Available manufacturers a. Tremco b. Valero C. Owens Corning d. Trumbal 2.6 AUXILIARY MEMBRANE ROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing membrane. 1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. A. Cold-Applied Flashing Adhesive: Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 11 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Elastomeric Roofing Mastic, Low-Volatile: One-part, trowel-grade, elastomeric roof mastic specially formulated for compatibility and use with specified roofing membranes and flashings. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POLYroof LV. b. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum,ASTM D 3960: 300 g/L. C. Elongation at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D 412: 1000 percent. d. Recovery from 500 percent Elongation, minimum, ASTM D 412: 500 percent. e. Flexibility at-40 deg. F (40 deg. C), ASTM D 3111: No cracking. 2. Asphalt mastic for miscellaneous sealing and waterproofing: a. An asphalt-based, heavily fibrated, asbestos free mastic. b. Basis of Design: Tremco ELS. 3. Primer: a. An asbestos free, modified water-based asphalt primer b. 2. Basis of Design: Tremco Tremprime WB. 4. Pitch pan &vertical base flashing joint striping mastic: a. High performance single component roof elastomer. b. Basis of Design: Tremco POLYroof LV 5. Woven Glass Fiber Mesh, Vinyl-Coated: Non-shrinking, non-rotting, vinyl-coated woven glass mesh for reinforcing flashing seams, membrane laps, and other roof system detailing. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, BURmesh. b. Tensile strength, 70 deg. F, ASTM D 146: Warp, 65 Ibf/in (289 N); fill, 75 Ibf/in 6. Three-course striping coating a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Alumanation 301. b. Cold-Applied Reflective Aluminum Roof Coating: ASTM D 2824 Type III metallic- pigmented, fibrated asphalt-based roof coating. 7. Reglet Joint Sealant a. One-part, bituminous polyurethane sealant. b. Basis of Design: Tremco Reglet Joint Sealant. B. Joint Sealant: Elastomeric joint sealant compatible with roofing materials, with movement capability appropriate for application. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 12 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Joint Sealant, Polyurethane:ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50 single-component moisture curing sealant, formulated for compatibility and use in dynamic and static joints; paintable. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, TremSEAL Pro. b. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum,ASTM D 3960: 40 g/L. C. Hardness, Shore A, ASTM C 661: 40. d. Adhesion to Concrete,ASTM C 794: 35 pli. e. Tensile Strength, ASTM D 412: 350 psi. f. Color: Closest match to substrate. C. Metal Flashing Sheet: Metal flashing sheet is specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 1. Vents and/or Stacks: a. Stainless: Type 316. b. Gage: Twenty-four(24). C. Solder: ASTM B32-89, alloy grade 60A. Neutralize flux after soldering. 2. Termination Bar for top edge of all base flashings: a. Extruded aluminum, pre-punched 8" o.c. 3. Primary Scuppers and Overflow Scuppers: a. Stainless Steel,Type 316(all locations except those designated as copper):Twenty- four(24)gauge minimum,stainless steel;commercial quality, Fed. Spec.QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527. 4. Fascia, Coping, Collector Heads, Gutters, Downspouts and other Visible Sheet Metal Flashing: a. Stainless Steel,Type 316(all locations except those designated as copper):Twenty- four(24)gauge minimum,stainless steel;commercial quality, Fed. Spec.QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527. 5. Counter flashing, slip flashing: a. Stainless Steel,Type 316(all locations except those designated as copper):Twenty- four(24)gauge minimum,stainless steel;commercial quality, Fed. Spec.QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527. 6. Pitch pans with hoods: Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 13 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 a. Stainless Steel, Type 316: Twenty-four (24) gauge minimum, stainless steel; commercial quality, Fed. Spec. QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527, G90 coating in accordance with ASTM A 525 D. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion- resistance provisions in FM Global 4470,designed for fastening roofing components to substrate, tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. E. Metal Flashing Sheet: Metal flashing sheet is specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." F. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories recommended by roofing system manufacturer. 1. Pipe Supports for large pipes and conduit: a. Pipe or Conduit size: 0.5" or larger ID b. Galvanized roller pipe supports. C. Basis of Design: SS8-R or RB-18 as applicable by PHP Pipe supports of Houston, TX or approved equal. 2.7 ROOF INSULATION MATERIALS A. Roof Insulation, General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by roofing manufacturer,selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application,of thicknesses indicated. 1. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches (1:48) unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated, not less than two times the roof slope. B. Roof Insulation: 1. Board Insulation, Polyisocyanurate: CFC- and HCFC- free, with recycled content glass- fiber mat facer on both major surfaces,ASTM C1289 Type II Class 1. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Trisotech Insulation. b. Compressive Strength, ASTM D1621: Grade 2: 20 psi (138 kPa). C. Conditioned Thermal Resistance at 75 deg. F (24 deg. C): 14.4 at 2.5 inches (50.8 mm) thick. d. Available manufacturers (or approved equal) 1) Tremco 2) Atlas AC Foam II Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 14 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2.8 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. Roof Insulation Cover Board: 1. Gypsum panel, cellulosic fiber reinforced, water-resistant, ASTM C1278/C1278M. a. Basis of design product: Tremco/USG Securock. b. Thickness: 1/2 inch (13 mm). B. Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C208, Type II, Grade 1, cellulosic-fiber insulation board. C. Tapered Edge Strips: ASTM C208, Type II, Grade 1, cellulosic-fiber insulation board. 2.9 BASE SHEET MECHANICAL FASTENERS A. Fasteners Engineered to secure insulation, cover boards, base sheets and single ply roofing membrane systems to corrugated steel substrate 1. Tremco; #15 EHD with Tremco 2.4 inch barbed Seam Plates 2. Trufast; #15 EHD with Trufast 2.4 inch barbed Seam Plates 2.10 WALKWAYS A. Walkway Material: 1. Walkway cap sheet strips, SBS-modified asphalt sheet, granular surfaced. a. Basis of design product: Same product as roof system cap sheet. b. Color: Color as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and curbs are set and braced and that roof drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Wood Roof Deck: Verify that deck is securely fastened with no projecting fasteners and with no adjacent units in excess of 1/16 inch (1.6mm) out of plane relative to adjoining deck. B. Verify that existing insulation and substrate is sound and dry. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 15 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing system in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and Contract Documents. B. Install wood cants, blocking, curbs, and nailers in accordance with requirements of Division 06 Section "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry." C. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 3.4 ROOFING INSTALLATION DETAILS A. NRCA Installation Details: Install roofing system in accordance with applicable NRCA Manual Plates and NRCA recommendations; modify as required to comply with manufacturer's approved details and perimeter fastening requirements of FM Global references (if applicable). 3.5 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Comply with built-up roofing manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. B. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components, so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. C. Cant Strips: Install and secure preformed 45-degree cant strips at junctures of built-up roofing with vertical surfaces or angle changes greater than 45 degrees. D. Tapered Insulation and Crickets: Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. 1. Where crickets are indicated or required to provide positive slope to drain, make slope of crickets minimum of two times the roof slope, not less than 1/4 inch in 12 inches (1:48). E. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm) with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of nailers, projections, and penetrations. F. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inch (70 mm) or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. 1. Tapered Insulation System for Flat Roof Deck: Install insulation as follows: Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 16 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 a. Minimum starting thickness of Continuous Insulation: 3.5 inches. b. Minimum Continuous Insulation R-value: Not less than 25. 2. Insulation Drain Sumps: Tapered insulation sumps, not less than 2 by 2 ft (400 by 400 mm), sloped to roof drain; sump to maximum depth of not more than 1 inch (25 mm) less than the Project-stipulated continuous insulation thickness based upon code requirements. G. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. H. Install tapered edge strips at perimeter edges of roof that do not terminate at vertical surfaces. I. Insulation Application Method: Install each layer of insulation and adhere to substrate as follows: 1. Preliminary fastening. J. Cover Board Installation: Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Offset joints of insulation below a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. Loosely butt cover boards together. Tape joints if required by roofing manufacturer. 1. Mechanically fasten per FM 1-29 Table 6 Preliminary fastening. 3.6 HOT-APPLIED ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing membrane system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations in NRCA's "Quality Control and Quality-assurance Guidelines for the Application of Membrane Roofing" and as follows: 1. Base-Ply Sheet: One. a. Adhering Method: Mechanically-fastened. 2. Number of Smooth-Surfaced SBS-Modified Asphalt Sheets: One. a. Adhering Method: Mopped. 3. Granular-Surfaced SBS-Modified Asphalt Cap Sheet: a. Adhering Method: Mopped. B. Start installation of roofing membrane in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel. C. Cooperate with testing agencies engaged or required to perform services for installing roofing system. D. Coordinate installation of roofing system so insulation and other components of the roofing membrane system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 17 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Provide tie-offs at end of each day's work configured as recommended by NRCA Roofing Manual Appendix: Quality Control Guidelines - Insulation to protect new and existing roofing. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing. 3. Remove temporary plugs from roof drains at end of each day. 4. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. E. Hot Roofing Asphalt Heating: Heat asphalt to its equiviscous temperature, measured at the mop cart or mechanical spreader immediately before application. Circulate asphalt during heating. Do not raise asphalt temperature above equiviscous temperature range more than one hour before time of application. Do not exceed asphalt manufacturer's recommended temperature limits during asphalt heating. Do not heat asphalt within 25 deg. F (14 deg. C) of flash point. Discard asphalt maintained at a temperature exceeding finished blowing temperature for more than four hours. 1. Apply hot roofing asphalt within plus or minus 25 deg. F (14 deg. C) of equiviscous temperature and adhere components to asphalt heated to not less than 425 deg. F (218 deg. C). F. Hot Roofing Asphalt Heating, SEBS-Modified Asphalt: Heat and apply SEBS-modified elastomeric roofing asphalt according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. G. Substrate-Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt and adhesives from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction. 3.7 BASE SHEET INSTALLATION A. Loose lay base sheet, allowing for a minimum of 5" shingle lap and a 6" end laps. Mechanically fasten base sheet to substrate at lap with specified mechanical fasteners at 6" on center. Allow for tow(2) additional row of fasteners at center of sheet 18"on center staggered. Adhere lap with specified adhesive at lap. B. Install lapped base-sheet course, extending sheet over and terminating beyond cants. Attach base sheet as follows: 1. Mechanically fasten to substrate. 3.8 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install modified bituminous roofing membrane ply sheet(s) and cap sheet according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions, starting at low point of roofing system. Extend roofing membrane sheets over and terminate beyond cants, installing as follows: 1. Unroll roofing membrane sheets and allow them to relax for minimum time period required by manufacturer. 2. Adhere to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt applied at not less than 425 deg. F (218 deg. C). Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 18 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Laps: Accurately align roofing membrane sheets, without stretching, and maintain uniform side and end laps. Stagger end laps. Install roofing membrane sheets so side and end laps shed water. Completely bond and seal laps, leaving no voids. 1. Repair tears and voids in laps and lapped seams not completely sealed. 2. Apply roofing granules to cover exuded bead at laps while bead is hot. 3.9 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A. Base Flashing Installation, General: Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloped and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof; secure to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions, and as follows: 1. Extend base flashing up walls or parapets a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) above modified bituminous roofing and 6 inches (150 mm) onto field of roof membrane. 2. Prime substrates with asphalt primer if required by roofing system manufacturer. 3. Backer Sheet Installation: a. Backer Sheet Application: Install backer sheet and adhere to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt. 4. Flashing Sheet Installation: a. Adhere flashing sheet to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt. Apply hot roofing asphalt to back of flashing sheet if recommended by roofing system manufacturer. Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing. 5. Flashing Sheet Top Termination: Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing. a. Seal top termination of base flashing with a metal termination bar and a continuous bead of joint sealant. B. Install roofing membrane cap-sheet stripping where metal flanges and edgings are set on membrane roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. C. Install stripping, according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions,where metal flanges and edgings are set on built-up roofing. D. Roof Drains: Set 30 by 30 inch (760 by 760 mm) square metal flashing in bed of compatible mastic/adhesive sealer on completed roofing membrane. Cover metal flashing with roofing membrane cap-sheet stripping and extend a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) beyond edge of metal flashing onto field of roofing membrane. Clamp roofing membrane, metal flashing, and stripping into roof-drain clamping ring. 1. Install stripping according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.10 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Walkways, General: Install walkways according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 19 of 20 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Wood Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.1 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 07 52 16.11.2 SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING, HOT-APPLIED, STEEL DECK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS) modified bituminous membrane roofing system with steel deck, including: a. Roof insulation. 1) Polyisocyanurate roofing insulation (as indicated on plans), 1/4"per foot slope or as required to provide positive drainage with NO PONDING. Provide for a minimum start thickness of 4.4" of polyisocyanurate at structural slope areas and at areas requiring tapered insulation. 2) Polyisocyanurate roofing insulation crickets &saddles(as indicated on plans), 1/2" per foot slope or as required to provide positive drainage with NO PONDING. 3) One (1) layer of 1/2"thick high performance gypsum-fiber roof cover board. b. Roof membrane and membrane base flashings. 1) One (1) ply of fire rated, high performance, fiberglass reinforced, SBS modified bitumen membrane with ultra-white surfacing, hot asphalt applied. 2) One (1) ply of polyester reinforced modified base ply sheet adhered with hot asphalt. 2. Install proper pads under all pipe supports. 3. Updraft Afterburner Kettles will be used for bitumen heating on all hot applied roofing projects. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for shop- formed sheet metal roof flashings and counterflashings, including formed copings and roof edge metal items. C. Alternates: Refer to Division 01 Section "Alternates" for description of Work in this Section affected by alternates. D. Allowances: Refer to Division 01 Section "Allowances" for description of Work in this Section affected by allowances. E. Unit Prices: Refer to Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for description of Work in this Section affected by unit prices. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D1079 "Standard Terminology Relating to Roofing and Waterproofing" and glossary in applicable edition of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems"for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. B. Hot Roofing Asphalt: Roofing asphalt heated to its equiviscous temperature, the temperature at which its viscosity is 125 centipoise for mop-applied roofing asphalt and 75 centipoise for mechanical spreader-applied roofing asphalt, within a range of plus or minus 25 deg. F (14 deg. C), measured at the mop cart or mechanical spreader immediately before application. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Roofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review drawings and specifications. 3. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 5. Examine substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 6. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 7. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. 8. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 9. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 10. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Wind Uplift Resistance Submittal: For roofing system, indicating compliance with wind uplift performance requirements. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Product Certificate: Submit notarized certificate, indicating products intended for Work of this Section, including product names and numbers and manufacturers' names, with Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 statement indicating that products to be provided meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Qualification Data: For Installer, Manufacturer, and Roofing Inspector. 1. Include letter from Manufacturer written for this Project indicating approval of Installer. C. Warranties: Unexecuted sample copies of warranties. D. Field Quality Control Reports: Reports of Roofing Inspector. Include weather conditions, description of work performed, tests performed, defective work observed, and Contractor's corrective actions taken to correct defective work. 1. Submit reports within 48 hours after installation. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: To include in maintenance manuals. B. Warranties: Executed copies of warranties. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General: 1. ONLY Substitutions approved in writing by the Owner or Owner's Representative prior to the scheduled bid date will be considered. 2. Notification of approvals will be issued at least five (5) days before the scheduled bid date. 3. Architect/Owner reserves the right to be final authority on acceptance or rejection of any substitution request. B. When a particular make or trade name is specified, it shall be indicative of standard required. Bidders proposing substitutes shall submit the following ten (10) days prior to bid date to the Owner or Owner's Representative; requests received after that time will not be considered. 1. Written application with explanation of why it should be considered. 2. Independent laboratory certification providing written confirmation that the physical and performance characteristics of the substitute material/system will meet the physical and performance characteristics of the specified materials and or system. C. Submit five copies of request for substitution. Items to be included in the request: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution. 2. Product identification, including manufacturer's literature and manufacturer's name. 3. Current certificate from an accredited testing laboratory comparing the physical and performance attributes of the proposed material with those of the specified materials. Test results must be dated, notarized, and on testing laboratory stationary. 4. Material Safety Data Sheets providing all pertinent data as to flammability, combustibility. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 3 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 5. List of at least (5) five jobs as described under the requirements where the proposed alternate material was used under similar conditions. These jobs must be available for inspection by the Owner or Owner's Representative. Names and phone numbers are required for verification. Submit a minimum of 200,000 square feet for review. Submitted projects must be a minimum of(5) years old. 6. Notarized statement from the Roof System Manufacturer, signed by a corporate officer of the corporation stating that: a. All Documents have been reviewed and are approved. b. The Project site has been inspected. C. The Roofing System Manufacturer will provide two (2) field inspections weekly; during, and until all construction work is complete and accepted by the owner. A full time employee of the manufacturer must perform inspections. d. Provide documentation of the proposed alternate system passing the specified regulatory requirements. Documentation must be on the specified regulatory requirements letterhead or approval guide. No third party testing will be accepted. D. In making substitution request, Bidder/Contractor represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. Additionally, he will have a technical service representative of the proposed manufacturer attend the pre-bid meeting. 2. He will provide the same guarantee for substitution as for those specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution in work, making such changes as may be required for work to be completed in all respects. 4. Advise the owner of any credit savings or additional costs as opposed to the system type specified. E. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. Product or method to be considered does not have a minimum of (5) five years of successful performance in roofing and re-roofing of similar applications. 2. Any discrepancies in the test data, or if the tests or submittals are incomplete. 3. They are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or Project Data Submittals without formal request submitted in accordance with the specification document. 4. Acceptance requires significant revision of documents. 5. Only substitutes approved in writing by prior to scheduled cutoff date will be considered. 6. Notification of approvals will be mailed at least 3 days before bid opening. 7. The Owner will not incur any additional costs for design or construction costs. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 4 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications:An employer of workers trained and certified by manufacturer, including a full-time on-site supervisor with a minimum of five years' experience installing products comparable to those specified, able to communicate verbally with Contractor, Architect, and employees, and qualified by the roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and furnish warranty of type specified. 1. Installer must provide(2) manufacturer inspections each week. Noncompliance may result in an $850 per day fee for missing inspections. 2. Roofing Contractors included in the following list are to the owner's knowledge, the only pre-approved installers that can install and provide the system and warranty for this specified system. A list of additional certified contractors for the specified system can be obtained by contacting the system manufacturer. a. American Contracting USA, Inc., Mr. Eddie Fuentes; (956) 748-4030. b. Argio Roofing Inc., Mr. Rojerio Escobedo, (956) 748-9507. C. Sechrist Hall Roofing, Mr. Bill McBride; (956) 423-3359 d. Rio Roofing Inc., Mr. Tom Gonzalez; (956) 423-3359 e. Haeber Roofing Company, Mr. Don Rucker; (361) 851-8142. f. Port Enterprises, Inc., Mr Cody Comstock; (361) 289-2944. g. Rain King, Inc; Mr. Jared Cain; (361) 576-0606 h. McNeil Roofing & Sheet Metal, Mr. Mike McNeil; (210) 651-4636 i. Rain Seal Master Roofing & Sheet Metal, Mr. Ramon Gonzalez; (361) 576-0926 j. American Roofing & Metal, Mr. Toby Cargile; (210) 224-5463 k. Tadco Roofing, Mr. Javier Ramos; (956) 227-4339 B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Approved manufacturer with UL listed roofing systems comparable to those specified for this Project, with minimum five years' experience in manufacture of comparable products in successful use in similar applications, and able to furnish warranty with provisions matching specified requirements. C. Roofing Inspector Qualifications: A technical representative of manufacturer not engaged in the sale of products and experienced in the installation and maintenance of the specified roofing system, qualified to perform roofing observation and inspection specified in Field Quality Control Article,to determine Installer's compliance with the requirements of this Project, and approved by the manufacturer to issue warranty certification. The Roofing Inspector shall be one of the following: 1. An authorized full-time technical employee of the manufacturer. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 5 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 D. Random Sampling 1. During course of work, the Architect may secure samples according to ASTM D140-93 of materials being used from containers at job site and submit them to an independent laboratory for comparison to specified material. 2. Should test results prove that material is not equal to specified material: a. Contractor shall pay for all testing. b. Roofing installed and found not to comply with the specifications shall be removed and replaced with no change in the contract price. 3. Installation quality control a. The roofing inspector shall provide written and photographic reports,to be submitted to the architect, owner, roof system installation contractor, appraising the installation of the roof system at each of the project progress stages. The installation contractor shall make all necessary corrections, additions or remedial actions to resolve any issues raised in the reports. b. The roofing inspector shall have the authority to have any and all roofing work corrected, as required,to insure the proper installation and weather-tightness of the roof system, in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site access to manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture,soiling,and other sources.Store in a dry location.Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.10 PROJECT/FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 6 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Daily Protection: Coordinate installation of roofing so insulation and other components of roofing system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Provide tie-offs at end of each day's work to cover exposed roofing and insulation with a course of roofing sheet securely in place with joints and edges sealed. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing. 3. Remove temporary plugs from roof drains at end of each day. 4. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Roof System Manufacturer's standard form in which Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within warranty period, as follows. 1. Form of Warranty: Manufacturer's standard warranty form. 2. Scope of Warranty: Work of this Section and including sheet metal details and termination details installed by the roof system Installer and approved by the Roof System Manufacturer. 3. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of completion. B. Manufacturer Inspection Services: By manufacturer's technical representative, to report maintenance responsibilities to Owner necessary for preservation of Owner's warranty rights.The cost of manufacturer's inspections is included in the Contract Sum. 1. Inspections to occur in following years: 2, 5 and 10 following completion. C. Installer Warranty: Installer's warranty signed by Installer, as follows. 1. Form of Warranty: Form acceptable to Roofing Manufacturer and Owner. 2. Scope of Warranty: Work of this Section. 3. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: The roof system specified in this Section is based upon products of Tremco, Inc., Beachwood, OH, (800) 562-2728, www.tremcoroofing.com that are named in other Part 2 articles. Provide specified products. 1. Manufacturers of comparable products: Approved by Architect prior to bid. B. Source Limitations:Obtain components for roofing system from same manufacturer as membrane roofing or manufacturer approved by membrane roofing manufacturer. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 7 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Installed membrane roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Membrane roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G152, ASTM G154, or ASTM G155. 2. Impact Resistance: Roof membrane shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D3746/D3746M, ASTM D4272/D4272M, or the "Resistance to Foot Traffic Test" in FM Approvals 4470. 3. Wind uplift Compliance: Provide roofing membrane, base flashing, and component materials that comply with the requirements to acquire a certificate of wind storm from the State of Texas. Basis of Compliance: NEMO Evaluation Report 11425.04.16-2-R13 for FL20325-R13 Construction S-182. ITIS THE BIDDERS RESPONSIBILITY TO READ AND UNDERSTAND THE TESTED ASSEMBLY. IF NEEDED A COPY OF THE TESTED CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY LISTED ABOVE CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. B. Roofing System Design: Provide roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency in accordance with ANSI/FM 4474, UL 580, or UL 1897, and to resist uplift pressures calculated in accordance with ASCE-7 and applicable code. 1. All Zones (Corner, Perimeter, and Field-of-Roof) Uplift Pressures: As indicated on Drawings. Verify system is acceptable to windstorm engineer prior to installation. C. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install copings and roof edge flashings tested according to ANSI/SPRI ES-1. 1. Design Pressure: As indicated on Drawings. Verify attachment is acceptable to windstorm engineer prior to installation. D. Flashings and Fastening: Provide base flashings, perimeter flashings, detail flashings and component materials and installation techniques that comply with requirements and recommendations of the following: 1. FM Global 1-49: Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Perimeter Flashings. 2. FM Global 1-29: Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Above Deck Roof Components. 3. NRCA Roofing Manual (Sixth Edition) for construction details and recommendations. 4. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Seventh Edition) for construction details. 5. Comply with requirements of Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim". E. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E 108 or UL 790, Class A; for application and roof slopes indicated, as determined by testing identical membrane roofing materials by a qualified testing agency. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 8 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 F. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated. 1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. 2.3 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roof membrane manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. FM Global Material Standards: Roofing, base flashings, and component materials shall be identical to materials that comply with requirements in FM Global 4470 as part of a roofing system listed or approved by FM Global. Identify applicable materials with FM Global markings. 2.4 ROOF MEMBRANE MATERIALS A. Slip Sheet: Manufacturer's standard, of thickness required for application. B. SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Smooth-Surfaced Sheets: 1. SBS-modified asphalt-coated composite glass fiber mat / glass fiber scrim sheet, ASTM D6163 Type III Grade S. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POWERply Heavy Duty Base Sheet. b. Tensile Strength at 0 deg. F (18 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147:Machine direction, 220 Ibf/in (38 kN/m); Cross machine direction, 190 Ibf/in (33 kN/m). C. Elongation at 0 deg. F (-18 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147: Machine direction, 3.0 percent; Cross machine direction, 3.5 percent. d. Tear Strength at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D5147: Machine direction 220 Ibf(975N); Cross machine direction, 240 Ibf(1065N). e. Low Temperature Flexibility, minimum, ASTM D5147: -5 deg. F (-20 deg. C). f. Thickness, minimum,ASTM D5147: 0.120 inch (3.0 mm). C. SBS Modified Bituminous Cap Sheet: 1. SBS-modified asphalt-coated glass-fiber-reinforced sheet, granular surfaced with a factory applied white reflective granule; CRRC listed and California Title 24 Energy Code compliant, ASTM D6163 Type I Grade G . a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POWERply Standard FR GT24W. b. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure,ASTM E108: Class A. C. Tensile Strength at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D5147: Machine direction 70 Ibf/in (12 kN/m); Cross machine direction 50 Ibf/in (8 kN/m). d. Tear Strength at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147: Machine direction, 100 Ibf(445 N); Cross machine direction 90 Ibf(400 N). Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 9 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 e. Elongation at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D5147: Machine direction 4 percent; Cross machine direction 4 percent. f. Low Temperature Flex, maximum,ASTM D5147: -10 deg. F (-23 deg. C). g. Thickness, minimum,ASTM D5147: 0.157 inch (4 mm). h. Solar Reflectance Index (SRI), ASTM E1980: 88. D. Flashing Backer Sheet: 1. SBS-modified asphalt-coated composite glass fiber mat / glass fiber scrim sheet, ASTM D6163 Type III Grade S. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POWERply Heavy Duty Base Sheet. b. Tensile Strength at 0 deg. F (18 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147: Machine direction, 220 Ibf/in (38 kN/m); Cross machine direction, 190 Ibf/in (33 kN/m). C. Elongation at 0 deg. F (-18 deg. C), minimum,ASTM D5147: Machine direction, 3.0 percent; Cross machine direction, 3.5 percent. d. Tear Strength at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D5147: Machine direction 220 Ibf(975N); Cross machine direction, 240 Ibf(1065N). e. Low Temperature Flexibility, minimum, ASTM D5147: -5 deg. F (-20 deg. C). f. Thickness, minimum,ASTM D5147: 0.120 inch (3.0 mm). E. Flashing Sheet: 1. Flashing Sheet: Same as cap sheet. a. Basis of design product: Flashing Sheet: Same as cap sheet. b. Color: White. 2.5 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Asphalt primer, water-based, polymer modified. 1. Basis of design product: Tremco, TREMprime WB. 2. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum,ASTM D3960: 2 g/L. 3. Colour: Brown/black. B. Hot-melt asphalt adhesive, ASTM D312 Type IV . 1. Basis of design product: Tremco, Premium IV Adhesive. 2. Softening Point, min/max, ASTM D36: 215-225 deg. F (100-105 deg. C). 3. Ductility at 77 deg. F, (25 deg C) minimum, ASTM D113: 1.5 cm. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 10 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. Penetration at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), min/max, ASTM D5: 15-25 dmm. 5. Available manufacturers a. Tremco b. Valero C. Owens Corning d. Trumbal 2.6 AUXILIARY MEMBRANE ROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing membrane. 1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Cold-Applied Flashing Adhesive: 1. Elastomeric Roofing Mastic, Low-Volatile: One-part, trowel-grade, elastomeric roof mastic specially formulated for compatibility and use with specified roofing membranes and flashings. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POLYroof LV. b. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum,ASTM D 3960: 300 g/L. C. Elongation at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D 412: 1000 percent. d. Recovery from 500 percent Elongation, minimum, ASTM D 412: 500 percent. e. Flexibility at-40 deg. F (40 deg. C), ASTM D 3111: No cracking. 2. Asphalt mastic for miscellaneous sealing and waterproofing: a. An asphalt-based, heavily fibrated, asbestos free mastic. b. Basis of Design: Tremco ELS. 3. Primer: a. An asbestos free, modified water-based asphalt primer b. 2. Basis of Design: Tremco Tremprime WB. 4. Pitch pan &vertical base flashing joint striping mastic: a. High performance single component roof elastomer. b. Basis of Design: Tremco POLYroof LV Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 11 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 5. Woven Glass Fiber Mesh, Vinyl-Coated: Non-shrinking, non-rotting, vinyl-coated woven glass mesh for reinforcing flashing seams, membrane laps, and other roof system detailing.. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, BURmesh. b. Tensile strength, 70 deg. F, ASTM D 146: Warp, 65 Ibf/in (289 N); fill, 75 Ibf/in 6. Three-course striping coating a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Alumanation 301. b. Cold-Applied Reflective Aluminum Roof Coating: ASTM D 2824 Type III metallic- pigmented, fibrated asphalt-based roof coating. 7. Reglet Joint Sealant a. One-part, bituminous polyurethane sealant. b. Basis of Design: Tremco Reglet Joint Sealant. C. Joint Sealant: Elastomeric joint sealant compatible with roofing materials, with movement capability appropriate for application. 1. Joint Sealant, Polyurethane:ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50 single-component moisture curing sealant, formulated for compatibility and use in dynamic and static joints; paintable. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, TremSEAL Pro. b. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D 3960: 40 g/L. C. Hardness, Shore A, ASTM C 661: 40. d. Adhesion to Concrete, ASTM C 794: 35 pli. e. Tensile Strength, ASTM D 412: 350 psi. f. Color: Closest match to substrate. D. Metal Flashing Sheet: Metal flashing sheet is specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 1. Vents and/or Stacks: a. Stainless: Type 316. b. Gage: Twenty-four (24). C. Solder: ASTM B32-89, alloy grade 60A. Neutralize flux after soldering. 2. Termination Bar for top edge of all base flashings: a. Extruded aluminum, pre-punched 8" o.c. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 12 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3. Primary Scuppers and Overflow Scuppers: a. Stainless Steel,Type 316(all locations except those designated as copper):Twenty- four(24)gauge minimum,stainless steel;commercial quality, Fed. Spec.QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527. 4. Fascia, Coping, Collector Heads, Gutters, Downspouts and other Visible Sheet Metal Flashing: a. Stainless Steel,Type 316(all locations except those designated as copper):Twenty- four(24)gauge minimum,stainless steel;commercial quality, Fed. Spec.QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527. 5. Counter flashing, slip flashing: a. Stainless Steel,Type 316(all locations except those designated as copper):Twenty- four(24)gauge minimum,stainless steel;commercial quality, Fed. Spec.QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527. 6. Pitch pans with hoods: a. Stainless Steel, Type 316: Twenty-four (24) gauge minimum, stainless steel; commercial quality, Fed. Spec. QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527, G90 coating in accordance with ASTM A 525 E. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion- resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening roofing components to substrate, tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. F. Metal Flashing Sheet: Metal flashing sheet is specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." G. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories recommended by roofing system manufacturer. 2.7 ROOF INSULATION MATERIALS A. Roof Insulation, General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by roofing manufacturer,selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application,of thicknesses indicated. 1. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated, not less than two times the roof slope. B. Roof Insulation: 1. Board Insulation, Polyisocyanurate: CFC- and HCFC- free, with recycled content glass- fiber mat facer on both major surfaces, ASTM C1289 Type II Class 1. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Trisotech Insulation. b. Compressive Strength, ASTM D1621: Grade 2: 20 psi (138 kPa). Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 13 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Conditioned Thermal Resistance at 75 deg. F (24 deg. C): 14.4 at 2.5 inches (50.8 mm)thick. d. Available manufacturers (or approved equal) 1) Tremco 2) Atlas AC Foam II 2.8 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. Roof Insulation Cover Board: 1. Gypsum panel, cellulosic fiber reinforced, water-resistant, ASTM C1278/C1278M. a. Basis of design product: Tremco/USG Securock. b. Thickness: 1/2 inch (13 mm). B. Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C208, Type II, Grade 1, cellulosic-fiber insulation board. C. Tapered Edge Strips: ASTM C208, Type II, Grade 1, cellulosic-fiber insulation board. D. Insulation Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation and cover boards to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. 1. Manufacturers (or approved equal): a. Tremco, Inc. b. Trufast 2. #14 HD fasteners with 3" metal insulation plates. 2.9 WALKWAYS A. Walkway Material: 1. Walkway cap sheet strips, SBS-modified asphalt sheet, granular surfaced. a. Basis of design product: Same product as roof system cap sheet. b. Color: Color as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and curbs are set and braced and that roof drain bodies are securely clamped in place. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 14 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. Steel Roof Deck: a. Verify that deck is securely fastened with no projecting fasteners and with no adjacent units in excess of 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) out of plane relative to adjoining deck. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing system in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and Contract Documents. B. Install wood cants, blocking, curbs, and nailers in accordance with requirements of Division 06 Section "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry." C. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 3.4 ROOFING INSTALLATION DETAILS A. NRCA Installation Details: Install roofing system in accordance with applicable NRCA Manual Plates and NRCA recommendations; modify as required to comply with manufacturer's approved details and perimeter fastening requirements of FM Global references if applicable. 3.5 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Comply with built-up roofing manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. B. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components, so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. C. Cant Strips: Install and secure preformed 45-degree cant strips at junctures of built-up roofing with vertical surfaces or angle changes greater than 45 degrees. D. Tapered Insulation and Crickets: Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. 1. Where crickets are indicated or required to provide positive slope to drain, make slope of crickets minimum of two times the roof slope, not less than 1/4 inch in 12 inches (1:48). E. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm) with insulation. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 15 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of nailers, projections, and penetrations. F. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inch (70 mm) or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. 1. Flat Insulation System on Sloped Roof Deck: Install insulation at minimum thickness as follows: a. Minimum total thickness of Continuous Insulation: 4.5 inches. 1) Minimum thickness of base layer: 2.2 inches. 2. Insulation Drain Sumps: Tapered insulation sumps, not less than 2 by 2 ft (400 by 400 mm), sloped to roof drain; sump to maximum depth of not more than 1 inch (25 mm) less than the Project-stipulated continuous insulation thickness based upon code requirements. G. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. H. Install tapered edge strips at perimeter edges of roof that do not terminate at vertical surfaces. I. Mechanically Fastened Insulation Application Method: Install each layer of insulation and secure to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board- type roof insulation to deck type. 1. Fasten insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. J. Cover Board Installation: Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Offset joints of insulation below a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. Loosely butt cover boards together. Tape joints if required by roofing manufacturer. 1. Fasten cover boards to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. 3.6 HOT-APPLIED ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing membrane system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations in NRCA's "Quality Control and Quality-assurance Guidelines for the Application of Membrane Roofing" and as follows: 1. Number of Smooth-Surfaced SBS-Modified Asphalt Sheets: One. a. Adhering Method: Mopped. 2. Granular-Surfaced SBS-Modified Asphalt Cap Sheet: a. Adhering Method: Mopped. B. Start installation of roofing membrane in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel. C. Cooperate with testing agencies engaged or required to perform services for installing roofing system. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 16 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 D. Coordinate installation of roofing system so insulation and other components of the roofing membrane system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Provide tie-offs at end of each day's work configured as recommended by NRCA Roofing Manual Appendix: Quality Control Guidelines - Insulation to protect new and existing roofing. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing. 3. Remove temporary plugs from roof drains at end of each day. 4. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. E. Hot Roofing Asphalt Heating: Heat asphalt to its equiviscous temperature, measured at the mop cart or mechanical spreader immediately before application. Circulate asphalt during heating. Do not raise asphalt temperature above equiviscous temperature range more than one hour before time of application. Do not exceed asphalt manufacturer's recommended temperature limits during asphalt heating. Do not heat asphalt within 25 deg. F (14 deg. C) of flash point. Discard asphalt maintained at a temperature exceeding finished blowing temperature for more than four hours. 1. Apply hot roofing asphalt within plus or minus 25 deg. F (14 deg. C) of equiviscous temperature and adhere components to asphalt heated to not less than 425 deg. F (218 deg. C). F. Hot Roofing Asphalt Heating, SEBS-Modified Asphalt: Heat and apply SEBS-modified elastomeric roofing asphalt according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. G. Substrate-Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt and adhesives from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction. 3.7 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install modified bituminous roofing membrane base-ply sheet and cap sheet according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions, starting at low point of roofing system. Extend roofing membrane sheets over and terminate beyond cants, installing as follows: 1. Unroll roofing membrane sheets and allow them to relax for minimum time period required by manufacturer. 2. Adhere to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt applied at not less than 425 deg. F (218 deg. C). B. Laps: Accurately align roofing membrane sheets, without stretching, and maintain uniform side and end laps. Stagger end laps. Install roofing membrane sheets so side and end laps shed water. Completely bond and seal laps, leaving no voids. 1. Repair tears and voids in laps and lapped seams not completely sealed. 2. Apply roofing granules to cover exuded bead at laps while bead is hot. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 17 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3.8 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A. Base Flashing Installation, General: Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloped and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof; secure to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions, and as follows: 1. Extend base flashing up walls or parapets a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) above modified bituminous roofing and 6 inches (150 mm) onto field of roof membrane. 2. Prime substrates with asphalt primer if required by roofing system manufacturer. 3. Backer Sheet Installation: a. Backer Sheet Application: Install backer sheet and adhere to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt. 4. Flashing Sheet Installation: a. Adhere flashing sheet to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt. Apply hot roofing asphalt to back of flashing sheet if recommended by roofing system manufacturer. Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing. 5. Flashing Sheet Top Termination: Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing. a. Seal top termination of base flashing with a metal termination bar and a continuous bead of joint sealant. B. Install roofing membrane cap-sheet stripping where metal flanges and edgings are set on membrane roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. C. Install stripping, according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions,where metal flanges and edgings are set on built-up roofing. D. Roof Drains: Set 30 by 30 inch (760 by 760 mm) square metal flashing in bed of compatible mastic/adhesive sealer on completed roofing membrane. Cover metal flashing with roofing membrane cap-sheet stripping and extend a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) beyond edge of metal flashing onto field of roofing membrane. Clamp roofing membrane, metal flashing, and stripping into roof-drain clamping ring. 1. Install stripping according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.9 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Walkways, General: Install walkways according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install walkways at following locations: a. Where indicated on Drawings. b. Perimeter of HVAC curbs Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 18 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 B. Walkway Cap Sheet Strips: Install cap sheet strips, approximately 36 inches (900 mm) wide and in lengths not exceeding 10 feet(3000 mm), leaving a space of 6 inches(150 mm) between strips. Install roofing membrane walkway cap sheet strips over roofing membrane in hot roofing asphalt. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Roofing Inspector: Owner will engage a qualified roofing inspector to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. B. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation at commencement and upon completion. 1. Notify Architect and Owner 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection. C. Repair or remove and replace components of built-up roofing where test results or inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. 1. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements. 3.11 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 19 of 19 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing, Hot-Applied, Steel Deck Project No. 21126 07 52 16.11.2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following sheet metal flashing and trim: 1. Formed roof drainage system. 2. Formed low-slope roof flashing and trim. 3. Formed wall flashing and trim. 4. Formed equipment support and curb flashing. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Miscellaneous Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 2. Division 7 Section "Membrane Roofing" for installing sheet metal flashing and trim integral with roofing membrane. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement. B. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of sheet metal and trim thermal movements. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg. F, ambient; 180 deg. F, material surfaces. C. Water Infiltration: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that do not allow water infiltration to building interior. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans and elevations. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. Include the following: 1. Identify material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 9 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Project No. 21126 07 62 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. Details for forming sheet metal flashing and trim, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 3. Details for fastening, joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal flashing and trim, including fasteners, clips, cleats, and attachments to adjoining work. 4. Details of expansion-joint covers, including direction of expansion and contraction. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal flashing and trim indicated with factory-applied color finishes. 1. Include similar Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with the following. Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual (Fifth Edition) for construction details and recommendations. 2. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Fifth Edition) for construction details. 3. ANSI/SPRI ES-1, "Wind Design Standard for Edge Metal Systems Used with Low Slope Roof Systems". B. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects sheet metal flashing and trim including installers of roofing materials, roof accessories, unit skylights, and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Examine substrate conditions for compliance with requirements, including flatness and attachment to structural members. 4. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and furnish copy of record to each participant. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications undamaged. Protect sheet metal flashing and trim materials and fabrications during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and install sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weather-tight and ventilated covering. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and trim with interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leak-proof, secure, and non-corrosive installation. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 9 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Project No. 21126 07 62 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 SHEET METALS A. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 316. 1. Finish: No. 2D (dull, cold rolled). B. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper-bearing lead sheet. 1. Use prefabricated plumbing vent flashings with factory welded and sealed joints at all plumbing vents. a. Flange: 4" minimum b. Four(4) pounds per square foot minimum. 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment, Smooth Surfaced: ASTM D 6163, Type I, Grade S, minimum of 0.080 in. thick; fiberglass reinforced, SBS/SIS modified asphalt; with perforated and split release film backing; cold applied. 1. Performance requirements: a. Thickness: 0.080 in., ASTM D 6163-00 b. Tensile Strength at 0 deg. F, 70 Ibf/in (MD), 70 Ibf/in (XD),ASTM D 6163-00 C. Elongation at 0 deg. F, 1.0% (MD), 1% (XD),ASTM D 6163-00 d. Tensile Strength at 77 deg. F, 30 Ibf/in (MD), 30 Ibf/in (XD), ASTM D 6163-00 e. Elongation at 77 deg. F, 2% (MD), 2% (XD),ASTM D 6163-00 f. Tear Strength at 77 deg. F, 35 IV, ASTM D 6163-00 g. Low Temperature Flexibility, 0 deg. F, ASTM D 6163-00 2. Basis of Design: POWERply SA Base Sheet by Tremco. B. Slip Sheet: Rosin-sized paper, minimum 3 Ib/100 sq. ft. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. 1. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal. 2. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex washer head. 3. Blind Fasteners: High-strength stainless-steel rivets. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 3 of 9 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Project No. 21126 07 62 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Solder for Lead: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead. D. Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer. E. Burning Rod for Lead: Same composition as lead sheet. F. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type non-corrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. H. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for application. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with the following recommendations that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. Shop-fabricate items where practicable. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 1. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual (Fifth Edition) for construction details and recommendations. 2. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Fifth Edition) for construction details. 3. ANSI/SPRI ES-1, "Wind Design Standard for Edge Metal Systems Used with Low Slope Roof Systems". B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. C. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 1. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat- lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. D. Sealed Joints: Form non-expansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with NRCA and/or SMACNA recommendations. E. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in the Work cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. F. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed-to-view sheet metal flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated. G. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, non-corrosive metal. 1. Thickness: As recommended by the following for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured. a. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual (Fifth Edition) for construction details and recommendations. b. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Fifth Edition) for construction details. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 4 of 9 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Project No. 21126 07 62 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. ANSI/SPRI ES-1, "Wind Design Standard for Edge Metal Systems Used with Low Slope Roof Systems". 2.6 ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long sections. Furnish flat- stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal as gutters, of size recommended by NRCA and/or SMACNA but not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate expansion joints, expansion-joint covers, and gutter accessories from same metal as gutters. 1. Gutter Style: "A" or as shown on plans. 2. Expansion Joints: Lap type. 3. Fabricate from the following material: a. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. B. Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors. 1. Fabricate downspouts from the following material: a. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. C. Parapet Over-flow Scuppers: Fabricate scuppers of dimensions required with closure flange trim to exterior, 4-inch wide wall flanges to interior, and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. 1. Fabricate parapet scuppers from the following material: a. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. D. Supper Escutcheon Plates and Trim: Fabricate scupper escutcheon plates and trim of dimensions required with closure flange trim to exterior. 1. Fabricate parapet scuppers from the following material: a. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. 2.7 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Caps: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 10-foot- long, sections. Furnish with 6-inch-wide joint cover plates. 1. Joint Style: Butt, with 6-inch-wide exposed cover plates. 2. Fabricate roof edge flashings and fascia caps from the following material: a. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. 3. Fabricate continuous roof edge flashings and fascia cap anchor cleats form the following: a. Stainless Steel: 22 gauge. B. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 10-foot- long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, seal, and solder or weld watertight. 1. Joint Style: Butt, with 6-inch wide exposed cover plates. 2. Optional Joint Style: Double Lock Standing Seam, with minimum 1" high seam. 3. Fabricate copings from the following material: a. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. 4. Fabricate continuous coping anchor cleats form the following: a. Stainless Steel: 22 gauge. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 5 of 9 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Project No. 21126 07 62 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. Roof to Roof and Roof to Wall Transition Expansion Joint Cover: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. D. Counterflashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. E. Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. F. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. G. Roof-Drain Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. H. Continuous Anchor Cleats: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 22 gauge. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 24 gauge. 2.9 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 6 of 9 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Project No. 21126 07 62 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals. 1. Coat underside of sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or install a course of polyethylene underlayment. 3. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. C. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks. D. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant. E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 1. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. F. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. G. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1-1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws. 1. Galvanized or Pre-painted, Metallic-Coated Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners. 2. Stainless Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners. H. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction. 1. Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement either way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." I. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-tin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches except where pre-tinned surface would show in finished Work. 1. Do not solder pre-painted, metallic-coated steel sheet. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 7 of 9 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Project No. 21126 07 62 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. Stainless-Steel Soldering: Pre-tin edges of uncoated sheets to be soldered using solder recommended for stainless steel and phosphoric acid flux. Promptly wash off acid flux residue from metal after soldering. 3. Do not use open-flame torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joints. Fill joints completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 3.3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system according to the following and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system. 1. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual (Fifth Edition) for construction details and recommendations. 2. ANSI/SPRI ES-1, "Wind Design Standard for Edge Metal Systems Used with Low Slope Roof Systems". 3. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Fifth Edition) for construction details. B. Hanging Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or with lapped joints sealed with elastomeric sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchored gutter brackets and straps spaced not more than 36 inches apart. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts. 1. Fasten gutter spacers to front and back of gutter. 2. Loosely lock straps to front gutter bead and anchor to roof deck. 3. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous cleat. 4. Anchor back of gutter that extends onto roof deck with cleats spaced not more than 24 inches apart. 5. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated but not exceeding 50 feet apart. Install expansion joint caps. C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. in between. 1. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building. 2. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system indicated. D. Parapet Over-flow Scuppers: Install scuppers where indicated through parapet. Continuously support scupper, set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over cants or tapered edge strips, and under roofing membrane. 1. Anchor scupper closure trim flange to exterior wall and seal or solder to scupper. 2. The bottom of each over-flow scupper must be placed at least two inches (2") but no more than four inches (4") above the primary roof drains. E. Expansion-Joint Covers: Install expansion-joint covers at locations and of configuration indicated. Lap joints a minimum of 4 inches in direction of water flow. 3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and the following. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight. 1. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual (Fifth Edition) for construction details and recommendations. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 8 of 9 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Project No. 21126 07 62 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. ANSI/SPRI ES-1, "Wind Design Standard for Edge Metal Systems Used with Low Slope Roof Systems". 3. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Fifth Edition) for construction details. B. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone and as indicated. 1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleats anchored to substrate at 16-inch centers. 2. Anchor interior leg of coping with screw fasteners and washers at 18-inch centers. C. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten. D. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglet or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches and bed with elastomeric sealant. 1. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of interlocking folded seam or blind rivets and sealant. E. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: 1. Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping with flashing. 2. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except for lead flashing on vent piping. 3.5 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with installation of roofing and equipment. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to equipment support member. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants. C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07 62 00 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 9 of 9 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Project No. 21126 07 62 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 07 90 00 JOINT PROTECTION PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing substrate surfaces. B. Sealant and joint backing. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C919-Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. B. ASTM C920- Elastomeric Joint Sealants. C. ASTM D1565- Flexible Cellular Materials-Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Open-Cell Foam). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, substrate preparation, limitations, color availability. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, surface preparation, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum 5 years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work with all disciplines. B. Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty. B. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve water tight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SEALANTS A. Silicone Sealant: Single component, low modulus, moisture curing, non-sagging, non-staining, non- bleeding; color as selected; Spectrum 1 manufactured by Tremco. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 2 Joint Protection 07 90 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1. Elongation Capability 100 percent 2. Service Temperature Range -65 to 300 degrees 3. TT-S-00230C (COMB-NBS) Type III, Class A. 4. TT-S-001 543A(COM-NBS) Class A. ASTM 920-86. 5. Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. B. Acoustical Sealant: Tremco Acoustical Sealant C. Exterior flatwork joint cap sealant: (where green streak G610 and G628 are not used): Pourable type sealant(conforming to requirements of AASTO M173 or ASTM D1190) FS TT-S-00227e, Type I at flatwork; Type II non-sag at CMU wall. D. Sealant for exterior perimeter of windows shall be Silicone sealant for such exterior in light beige color to match EIFS stucco wall surface or white. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: ASTM D1565; round, cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfiguration. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required 2:1 width/depth ratios. C. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 of the joint width. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Tool joints concave. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean work as required during the course of construction. B. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished installation. B. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 2 Joint Protection 07 90 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 08 16 13 FIBERGLASS (FRP) DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section Includes the Following: 1. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Doors 2. Fiberglass Resin Transfer Molded Door Frames 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections Include the Following: 1. Division 0— Bidding and Contract Requirements 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 3. Section 08 71 00— Door Hardware 4. Section 08 80 00—Glazing 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards 1. Door Properties a) Standard test method for steady state thermal transmission properties by means of the heat flow meter apparatus. b) Successfully completed 1,000,000 cycles test in accordance with: AAMA 920-03—Specification for Operating Cycle Performance of Side-Hinged Exterior Door Systems. ANSI A250.4-2001 —Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames, Frame Anchors and Hardware Reinforcings. NWWDA TM-7 Test Method to Determine the Physical Endurance of Wood Doors and Associated Hardware Under Accelerated Operating Conditions. c) Florida Building Code SFBC PA 201 Impact Procedures for Large Missile Impact SFBC PA 202 Uniform Static Load on Building Components SFBC PA 203 Products Subjected to Cycle Wind Pressure SFBC 3603.2 Forced Entry Test ASTM E 1886 Impact and Cycling, Large Missile Impact ASTM E 1996 Specifications for Performance of Exterior Doors ASTM C 518 Heat Transfer ASTM D 1761 Mechanical Fasteners 2. Laminate Properties Door face plate is a minimum of 0.125 inch thick fiberglass reinforced plastic molded into one continuous sheet starting with a 25 mil resin-rich gelcoat layer resin integrally molded with multiple layers of 1.5 oz. sq ft fiberglass mat and one layer of 18 oz per square yard fiberglass woven roving saturated with special resin. Door plate weight shall not be less than 0.97 lbs per square foot at a ratio of 30/70 glass resin. Laminated plate by itself evaluated in accordance with Florida Building Code TAS 201 Large Missile Impact Test as per ASTM-1996-05b, Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Wall, Doors and Storm Shutters Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes. The missile (a 2 x 4 with a weight of 9 lbs shot from a cannon at a velocity of 50 ft/sec) did not penetrate the door face plate. a) ASTM D 638 Tensile Strength Properties of Plastic b) ASTM D 790 Flexural Strength Properties of Plastic c) ASTM D 2583 Indention Hardness of Plastics d) ASTM D 256 Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance e) ASTM D 792 Density/Specific Gravity Of Plastics Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 5 Fiberglass Doors Project No. 21126 08 16 13 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 0 ASTM D 1761 Mechanical Properties of Fasteners g) ASTM E 84 Surface Burning Characteristics of Materials h) ASTM G 155 Xenon Light Exposure of Non Metallic Materials i) ASTM D 635 Method For Rate of Burning j) ASTM D 2843 Smoke Density k) ASTM D 1929 Self Ignition Temperature Properties 1) SFBC PA 201 Impact Procedures for Large Missile Impact 3. Core Properties a) ASTM C 177 Thermal Properties of Materials b) ASTM D 1622 Density and Specific Gravity c) ASTM E 84 Surface Burning Characteristics of Materials d) WDMA TM-10 and TM-5 Firestop ASTM E 152 U.L 10(b) e) ASTM E90-04- Sound Transmission Loss f) ASTM E413-04-Classification for Rating Sound Insulation g) ASTM E1332-90- Standard Classification for Determination of Outdoor-Indoor Transmission Class h) ASTM E2235-04- Standard Test for Determination of Decay Rates for Use in Sound Insulation Methods B. Qualifications 1. Manufacturer Qualifications: A company specialized in the manufacture of fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) doors and frames as specified herein with a minimum of 30 years documented experience and with a record of successful in-service performance for the applications as required for this project. 2. Installer Qualifications:An experienced installer who has completed fiberglass door and frame installations similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. 3. Source limitations: Obtain fiberglass reinforced plastic doors and resin transfer molded fiberglass frames through one source fabricated from a single manufacturer, including fire rated fiberglass frames. This ensures complete uniformity of physical properties and consistency in the resin chemistry tailored for this application. 4. Source limitations: Hardware and accessories for all FRP doors as specified in Section 08 71 00 shall be provided and installed by the fiberglass door and frame manufacturer. 5. Source Limitations: Glass for windows in doors shall be furnished and installed by door and frame manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Technical Data Including: 1. Acknowledgment that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 2. Manufacturer shall provide certificate of compliance with current local and federal regulations as it applies to the manufacturing process. 3. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 4. Schedule of doors and frames indicating the specific reference numbers used on the owner's project documents, noting door type, frame type, size, handing and applicable hardware. 5. Details of core and edge construction. including factory construction specifications. 6. Certification of manufacturer's qualifications. B. Submittal Drawings for Customer Approval Shall be Submitted Prior to Manufacture and Will Include the Following Information and Formatting: 1. Summary door schedule indicating the specific reference numbers as used on owner's drawings, with columns noting door type, frame type, size, handing, accessories and hardware. 2. A drawing depicting front and rear door elevations showing hardware with bill of material for each door. 3. Drawing showing dimensional location of each hardware item and size of each door. 4. Individual part drawing and specifications for each hardware item and FRP part or product. 5. Construction and mounting detail for each frame type. C. Samples: 1. Provide one complete manufactured door sample which represents all aspects of the typical manufacturing process, including molded in gelcoat color and face plate construction. One edge should expose the interior of the door depicting the unique u-shaped continuous piece stile and rail, hardware reinforcement and core material. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 5 Fiberglass Doors Project No. 21126 08 16 13 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 D. Operation and Maintenance Manual 1. Include recommended methods and frequency for maintaining optimum condition of fiberglass doors and frames under anticipated traffic and use condition. 2. Include one set of final as built drawings with the same requirements as mentioned in Section B above. 3. Include certificate of warranty for door and frame listing specific door registration numbers. 4. Include hardware data sheets and hardware manufacturer's warranties. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Each door and frame shall be delivered individually crated for protection from damage in cardboard containers, clearly marked with project information, door location, specific reference number as shown on drawings, and shipping information. Each crate shall contain all fasteners necessary for installation as well as complete installation instructions. 1. Doors shall be stored in the original container on edge, out of inclement weather for protection against the elements. 2. Handle doors pursuant to the manufacturer's recommendations as posted on outside of crate. 1.6 WARRANTY A. All fiberglass doors and frames have a lifetime guarantee against failure due to corrosion. Additionally, fiberglass doors and fiberglass frames are guaranteed for ten years against failure due to materials and workmanship, including warp, separation or delamination, and expansion of the core. B. On site assistance available. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: A. Chem-Pruf Door Co., Ltd., P.O. Box 4560 Brownsville, Texas 78523 Phone: 1-800-444-6924-7943, Fax: 956-544-7943, Website: www.chem-pruf.com B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 00 72 00. 2.2 FRP DOORS A. Doors shall be made of fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) using Class 1 premium resin with no fillers that is specifically tailored to resist chemicals and contaminants typically found in environment for which these specifications are written. Doors shall be 1 3/ inch thick and of flush construction, having no seams or cracks. For consistency in the resin chemistry tailored for this application and to maintain the same physical properties throughout the structure, all fiberglass components including face plates, stiles and rails and frames must be fabricated by the same manufacturer. Components obtained through various outside sources for plant assembly will not be accepted. B. Door Plates shall be 0.125 inch thick minimum, molded in one continuous piece, starting with 25 mil gelcoat of the color specified, integrally molded with multiple layers of 1.5 ounces per square foot fiberglass mat and one layer of 18 ounce per square yard fiberglass woven roving. Each layer shall be individually laminated with resin as mentioned above. Door plate weight shall not be less than 0.97 lbs per square foot at a ratio of 30/70 glass to resin. Plate alone to withstand Large Missile Impact per FBC TAS 201. Face plates manufactured using the pultrusion process does not allow for a smooth molded gelcoat finish, the use of woven roving for adequate plate thickness, strength and weight, or the appropriate glass to resin ratio and will not meet the quality standards of this project. C. Stiles and Rails shall be constructed starting from the outside toward the inside, with a matrix of at least three layers of 1.5 ounce per square foot of fiberglass mat. The stile and rail shall be molded in one continuous piece to a U-shaped configuration and to the exact dimensions of the door. In this manner there will be no miter joints and disparate materials used to form the one-piece stile and rail. D. Core material shall be Polypropylene plastic honeycomb core with a non woven polyester veil for unparalleled plate bonding, 180 PSI typical compression range unless otherwise requested. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 3 of 5 Fiberglass Doors Project No. 21126 08 16 13 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 E. Internal Reinforcement shall be#2 SPF of sufficient amount to adequately support required hardware and function of same. F. Finish of door frame shall be identical with 25 mil resin-rich gelcoat of the specified color integrally molded in at time of manufacture resulting in a smooth gloss surface that is dense and non-porous. To achieve optimum surface characteristics, the gelcoat shall be cured within a temperature range of 120F to 170F creating an impermeable outer surface, uniform color throughout, and a permanent homogeneous bond with the resin/fiberglass substrate beneath. Only the highest quality gelcoat will be used to ensure enduring color and physical properties. Paint and/or post application of gelcoat results in poor mechanical fusion and will be deemed unacceptable for this application. The finish of the door and frame must be field repairable without compromising the integrity of the original uniform composite structure, function or physical strength. Colors shall be selected by architect and approved by owner from manufacturer's full line of color selections available. G. Window openings (if included) shall be provided for at time of manufacture and shall be completely sealed so that the interior of the door is not exposed to the environment. Fiberglass retainers, which hold the glazing in place, shall be resin transfer molded with a profile that drains away from glazing. The window retainer must match the color and finish of the door plates with 25 mil of resin-rich gelcoat integrally molded in at time of manufacture. Mechanical fasteners shall not be used to attach retainers. Glass, as specified herein, shall be furnished and installed by door and frame manufacturer. In order to maintain uniform appearance, product longevity and the corrosion resistance this application requires, window retainers fabricated from Metal, PVC or Vinyl will not be accepted. H. Louver openings (if included) shall be completely sealed so that the interior of the door is not exposed to the environment. Louvers are to be solid fiberglass "V"Vanes and shall match the color and finish of the door plates. I. Transoms (if included) shall be identical to the doors in finish, construction, materials, thickness and reinforcement. 2.3 FRP FRAMES A. Frames (rated and non-rated) shall be fiberglass and manufactured using the resin transfer method creating one solid piece (no voids)with complete uniformity in color and size. Beginning with a minimum 25 mil gelcoat layer molded in and a minimum of two layers of continuous strand fiberglass mat saturated with resin, the frame will be of one-piece construction with molded stop. All frame profiles shall have a core material of 2 psf polyurethane foam. Metal frames or pultruded fiberglass frames will not be accepted. B. Finish of frame shall be identical to the door with 25 mil resin-rich gelcoat of the specified color integrally molded in at time of manufacture. To achieve optimum surface characteristics, the gelcoat shall be cured within a temperature range of 120F to 170F creating an impermeable outer surface, uniform color throughout, and a permanent homogeneous bond with the resin/fiberglass substrate beneath. Only the highest quality gelcoat will be used to ensure enduring color and physical properties. Paint and/or post application of gelcoat result in poor mechanical fusion and will be deemed unacceptable for this application. The finish of the door and frame must be field repairable without compromising the integrity of the original uniform composite structure, function or physical strength. C. Jamb/Header connection shall be mitered for tight fit. D. Internal Reinforcement shall be continuous within the structure to allow for mounting of specified hardware. Reinforcing material shall be a dense matrix of cloth glass fibers and premium resin with a minimum hinge screw holding value of 1000 lbs per screw. All reinforcing materials shall be completely encapsulated. Documented strength of frame screw holding value after third insert must be submitted. Dissimilar materials, such as steel, will be deemed unacceptable as reinforcement for hardware attachment. E. Mortises for hardware shall be accurately machined by CNC to hold dimensions to +/- 0.010 inch in all three axis. F. Hinge pockets shall be accurately machined by CNC to facilitate heavy duty hinges at all hinge locations, using shims when standard weight hinges are used. 2.4 HARDWARE A. See Section 08 71 00. B. The special nature of this material requires that all related hardware as specified must be furnished and installed by the door frame manufacturer to maintain product quality and function as well as to ensure sufficient support/reinforcement, precision tooling and proper sealing methods are provided. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 4 of 5 Fiberglass Doors Project No. 21126 08 16 13 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 PART 3— EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION CONDITIONS A. Verification of Conditions 1. Verify openings are correctly prepared to receive doors and frames. 2. Verify openings are correct size and depth in accordance with submittal drawings. B. Installer's Examination 1. Door installer shall examine conditions under which construction activities of this section are to be performed and submit a written report to general contractor if conditions are unacceptable. 2. General Contractor shall submit two copies of the installer's report to the architect within 24 hours of receipt. 3. Installer shall not proceed with installation until all unacceptable conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Doors shall be delivered at job site individually crated. Each crate to be clearly marked with the specific opening information for quick and easy identification. B. All single doors to be shipped completely assembled in the frame with hardware installed. Double doors to be prehung at the factory to ensure a proper fit and that hardware functions properly, then disassembled for shipping purposes. C. Install door opening assemblies in accordance with shop drawings and manufacturer's printed installation instructions, using installation methods and materials specified in installation instructions. D. Field alteration of doors or frames to accommodate field conditions is strictly prohibited. E. Site tolerances: Maintain plumb and level tolerance specified in manufacturer's printed installation instructions. F. Fire labeled doors, frames and any associated hardware must be installed by qualified professional installers in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the latest revision of NFPA 80. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors in accordance with the door manufacturer's maintenance instructions to swing open and shut without binding and to remain in place at any angle without being moved by gravitational influence. B. Adjust door hardware to operate correctly in accordance with hardware manufacturer's maintenance instruction. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces of door opening assemblies and exposed door hardware in accordance with respective manufacturer's maintenance instructions. 3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Protect door opening assemblies and door hardware from damage by subsequent construction activities until final inspection. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 5 of 5 Fiberglass Doors Project No. 21126 08 16 13 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for weed &metal fiberglass doors. 1.2 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 08 16 13—Fiberglass Doors/Frames 1.3 REFERENCES A. ADA-Americans with Disabilities Act. B. ANSI A117.1 -Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. C. UL305- Panic Hardware 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. C. Submit manufacturer's parts lists and templates. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. E. Approval of the hardware list by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for furnishing all required finish hardware.All doors not designated to receive any hardware shall be furnished with hardware to match similar doors at no additional cost to Owner. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Record actual locations of installed cylinders and their master key code. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the following requirements: 1. ANSI A117.1 —Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. 2. ADA—Americans with Disabilities Act. 3. ANSI A117.1. 4. ANSI A-115 Series, Door and Hardware Prep. 5. ANSI A-156 Series, Hardware. 6. SGMS 1201 —Auxiliary Hardware. 7. BHMS 1301 —Materials and Finishes. 8. NFPA 80—Standards for Fire Doors. 9. DHI Publications Keying—Procedures Abbreviations and Symbols, Hardware for Labeled Fire Doors, Recommended Location for Builders Hardware. 10. UL 305. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 1 of 5 Door Hardware Section 08 71 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. B. Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying commercial institutional door hardware with 3 years documented experience approved by manufacturer. C. Hardware Supplier Personnel: Employ a qualified person to assist in the work of this section. 1.9 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for requirements applicable to doors and frames. B. Disabled Accessibility Requirements: 1. In accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act,the following standards shall be included when bidding doors and door openings, controls and operating mechanisms, and signage. (Standards as set forth by the State Purchasing and General Services Commission and by The Americans with Disabilities Act.) Any items not conforming to these or any other standards, codes or ordinances shall be brought to the attention of the project architect for his/her interpretation. 2. State Purchasing and General Services Commission a. Doors and Openings. Raised thresholds and floor level changes at Doorways: Changes in level at doors shall not exceed one-half inch (1/2") in height and shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2. b. Door Hardware: Handles, knobs, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors shall be mounted no higher than 48 inches above the floor or ground surface and shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping,tight pinching, or severe twisting to operate. The force required to activate door hardware shall be no greater than five (5) lbs. Preferred designs include, but are not limited to: lever-operated mechanisms, push-type mechanisms, and U-shaped handles. When sliding doors are fully open, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. Doors to hazardous areas such as loading platforms, boiler rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and other areas that might be dangerous to a blind person, shall be made identifiable to the touch by a textured surface on the door handle, knob, pull or other operating hardware. This textured surface may be made by knurling or roughening or by a material applied to the contact surface. Such textured surfaces shall not be provided for emergency exit doors or any doors other than those hazardous areas. C. Door Closers: If a door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees,the door will take at least three seconds to move to an open position of approximately 12 degrees. d. Door Opening Force: The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall comply with this paragraph. For hinged doors, the force shall be applied perpendicular to the door at the door opener or 30 inches from the hinged side, whichever is farther from the hinge. For sliding or folding doors,the force shall be applied parallel to the door at the door pull or latch. 1) Exterior doors shall not exceed 8.5 Ibf. Slight increases in opening force shall be allowed where 8.5 Ibf. is insufficient to compensate for air-pressure differentials. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 2 of 5 Door Hardware Section 08 71 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2) Sliding doors, folding doors, and interior hinged doors shall not require a force exceeding 5 Ibf. 3) Fire doors may be adjusted to meet the maximum opening force allowed by the governing authority or applicable building code. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Package hardware items individually; label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. C. Deliver keys to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with other directly affected sections involving manufacture or fabrication of internal reinforcement for door hardware. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty. B. Warranty: Include coverage for door closers. 1.13 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide maintenance materials. B. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. C. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPLIERS A. As listed in Hardware Schedule. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 00 72 00. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Hinges: Stanley, Hager&Soss. ANSI A-156.1 and A-1-156.7,template, full-mortise, heavy duty, ball and plain bearing as required (Min. 4 '/x 4 '/). Non-removable pins. Non- ferrous (all doors). B. Locksets: Sargent, Schlage, Yale &Corbin Russwin. Heavy Duty, Commercial Grade. Mortise at exterior doors & Cylindrical at interior doors, unless scheduled otherwise. Lever handles (all doors). C. Exit Devices; Sargent, Von Duprin &Corbin Russwin. D. Closers: Sargent,Yale, Norton & LCN. E. Protection plates: Ives, Trimco &Quality. I=. gtOp1.;4HA;Qer1.;1$,,Mpers: Quality Tries, G & i„96. G. Rushers: Quality T-FiM n & I„oG. H. Gasketing; Pemko, Hager& National Guard. I. Thresholds: Pemko & National Guard. 2.3 KEYING A. Lock cylinders are salvaged existing to be reused and installed in the pertinent new doors. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 3 of 5 Door Hardware Section 08 71 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2.4 FINISHES A. Finishes: US26D B. Thresholds &closers:AL 2.5 GRADE—BHMA Grade 2. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings or instructed by the manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Supplier to inspect installation and certify that hardware and installation has been furnished and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as specified. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. 3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished work. B. Do not permit adjacent work to damage hardware or finish. 3.6 SCHEDULE A. HARDWARE SET No.1 1. Door location: Northeast Stairwell to Exterior 2. Door Type: Single Swing Fiberglass.(One door) Each to have: 1 1/2 Pr Butts 1 Ea. Exit Device (No entrance function) 1 Set Gasketing 1 Ea. Threshold (Pemko 158A36) 1 Ea. Closer(LCN 4040XP) B. HARDWARE SET No.2 1. Door location: Exterior to Courtyard Men Restroom and to Women Restroom 2. Door Type: Single Swing Fiberglass (Two doors) Each to have: 1 1/2 Pr Butts 1 Ea. Latchset 1 Set Gasketing Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 4 of 5 Door Hardware Section 08 71 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1 Ea. Threshold (Pemko) 1 Ea. Salvaged/reused Closer 1 Ea.. Salvaged/reused Cylinder lock. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 5 of 5 Door Hardware Section 08 71 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gypsum board wall and ceiling systems. 2. Trim accessories, Joint compound, control joints, fasteners, reveal moldings, and sealants. 3. Schedule- Level of Finish for gypsum board surfaces. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 10 00- Rough Carpentry 2. Section 06 10 53—Miscellaneous Carpentry 3. Section 06 11 20— Framing & Sheathing 4. Section 07 90 00-Joint Protection 5. Section 09 51 00—Acoustical Ceilings 6. Section 09 91 00- Painting 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM C840- Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 2. ASTM C919- Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. 3. ASTM C1002- Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs. 4. ASTM C1047- Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base. 5. ASTM C1177- Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing. 6. ASTM C1396- Standard Specification for Gypsum Board. 7. ASTM C1629- Standard Classification for Abuse-Resistant Non- decorated Interior Gypsum Panel Products and Fiber-Reinforced Cement Panels. 8. ASTM D3273- Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. 9. ASTM D4977- Standard Test Method for Granule Adhesion to Mineral Surfaced Roofing by Abrasion. 10. ASTM D5420- Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Flat, Rigid Plastic Specimen by Means of a Striker Impacted by a Falling Weight (Gardner Impact). 11. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. 12. ASTM E695 - Standard Method for Measuring Relative Resistance of Wall, Floor, and Roof Construction to Impact Loading. 13. ASTM G21 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi. 14. ASTM C 1658 - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels C. Gypsum Association (GA): Web Site http://www.gypsum.org/ 1. GA-201 -Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 9 Gypsum Board Project No. 21126 09 29 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. GA-214 - Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. 3. GA-216 - Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 4. GA-226 -Application of Gypsum Board to Curved Surfaces. 5. GA-235 -Gypsum Board Typical Mechanical and Physical Properties. 6. GA-236 -Joint Treatment under Extreme Weather Conditions. 7. GA-238 -Guidelines for Prevention of Mold Growth on Gypsum Board. 8. GA-600 - Fire Resistance Design Manual. 9. GA-801 - Handling and Storage of Gypsum Panel Products: A Guide for Distributors, Retailers, and Contractors. D. Wall and Ceiling Bureau (WCB); Website http://wallandceilingbureau.org 1. TB-52010- Control Joints for Gypsum Board E. UL Fire Resistance Directory (UL): Fire Resistance Volume 1 —with Hourly Ratings for Beams, Floors, Roofs, Columns, Walls and Partitions. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Conform to Section 00 72 00 for coordination with work of other Sections. 2. Coordinate with Wall Type Schedule. B. Pre-installation Conference:Arrange, in accordance with Section 00 72 00 two weeks prior to beginning work of this Section. 1. Walk job and determine full extent level of quality for work. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's published descriptive literature for gypsum board types, trim accessories, and control joints pertinent to this Section. 1. Recycled Content: Indicate recycled content; indicate percentage of pre- consumer and postconsumer recycled content per unit of product. 2. Indicate location of manufacturing facility; indicate distance between manufacturing facility and the project site. C. Test Data: ASTM E 119 Certified testing lab Design for each proprietary fire- resistive wall and ceiling assembly listing manufacturers and products. Unlisted manufacturers and products not accepted. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Company with minimum 5 years documented experience. 2. Able to supply complete and tested systems conforming to code. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in work of this section with documented experience in commercial quality work of comparable scope. 2. Recommended as qualified installer by WCB prior to Bid, or accepted by Architect. C. Mock-Up: Conform to provisions of Section 00 72 00. 1. Install 8 square foot minimum mock-ups of gypsum board finish and control joints. 2. Approved mock-ups may be incorporated into Work and become standard for approved workmanship and finishes. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to Section 00 72 00, GA-238, GA-801, and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver materials in original unbroken containers or bundles bearing name of Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 9 Gypsum Board Project No. 21126 09 29 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 manufacturer and brand. C. Verify products undamaged before acceptance at Project Site. Do not use products with visible signs of mold growth and damage. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Temperature, Ventilation and Moisture: Conform to GA-216 and manufacturer's instructions. Maintain temporary controls to regulate heating, ventilating, moisture, and humidity levels. Do not begin taping and finishing until following conditions are achieved. 1. Building: Fully enclosed and free of standing water. Watertight roofing and wall envelope systems in place, except where Architect accepts water and mold resistant gypsum board. 2. Temperature: Between 50 and 95 degrees F for minimum 48 hours. 3. Gypsum Board Moisture Content: 0.4 percent on gypsum scale (12 percent on wood scale). 4. Wood Substrate Moisture Content: Maximum 16 percent. B. Lighting: Sufficient temporary lighting to perform work to achieve specified finishes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Georgia Pacific Corp. (GP) 1. Web Site http://www.gpgypsum.com). B. United States Gypsum Corp. (USG) 1. Web Site http://www.usg.com C. CertainTeed Gypsum, Inc. 1. Web Site http://www.certainteed.com D. Temple-Inland Gypsum Products 1. Web Site http://www.templeinland.com/BuiIdingProducts/Gypsum E. National Gypsum 1. Website http://www.nationalgypsum.com F. Pabco Gypsum 1. Website http://www.pabcogypsum.org G. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 00 72 00. 2.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements for tested fire rated assemblies. 1. GA 600, Fire Resistance Design Manual. 2. UL, Fire Resistance Directory, or Intertek Testing Services (WHi). 3. IBC Chapter 25, including Section 2506, 2508, 2509 and related tables. 4. ICC Evaluation Reports and Standards. 2.3 PERFORMANCE /DESIGN CRITERIA A. Gypsum Board Products: Conform to general provisions of ASTM C1396. 1. Ends square cut and edges tapered. 2. Gypsum Board at Non-Rated Assemblies: 1/2 inch thick. 3. Gypsum Board at Fire-Resistive Rated Assemblies: 5/8 inch thick, UL labeled, and conforming to ICC ES Report for Type X or Type C. 4. Mold-Resistant Interior Panels: Conform to general provisions of ASTM C1658 or ASTM C1396. Test to ASTM D3273 with Rating of 10 or Test to ASTM G21 with Score of 0. B. Abuse-Resistant and Impact Resistant Interior Panels: 1. Surface Abrasion Resistance: Test to ASTM C1629 and ASTM D4977 for maximum surface damage: Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 3 of 9 Gypsum Board Project No. 21126 09 29 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 a. Level 1: 0.126 inch (3.2mm). b. Level 2: 0.059 inch (1.5mm). C. Level 3: 0.010 inch (0.3mm). 2. Surface Indentation: Test to ASTM C1629 and ASTM D5420 for indentation resistance. a. Level 1: 0.150 inch (3.8mm). b. Level 2: 0.100 inch (2.5mm). C. Level 3: 0.50 inch (1.3mm). 3. Soft Body Impact: Test to ASTM C1629 and ASTM E695 until failure. a. Level 1: 90 ft-lbs (122 J). b. Level 2: 195 ft-lbs (265 J). C. Level 3: 300 ft-lbs (408 J). 4. Hard Body Impact: Test to ASTM C1629 until failure. a. Level 1: 50 ft-lbs (68 J). b. Level 2: 100 ft-lbs (136 J). C. Level 3: 150 ft-lbs (204 J). 2.4 MATERIALS A. Paper Faced Gypsum Board: Conform to ASTM C1396. 1. GP ToughRock. 2. USG Sheetrock. 3. CertainTeed Gypsum, Inc, ProRoc Gypsum Board. 4. Temple-Inland, Inc. Gypsum Board 5. Pabco Gypsum Flame Curb B. Moisture and Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board: 1. GP Dens-Armor Plus, glass mat facings on front and back and moisture- resistant core. 2. GP ToughRock Mold-Guard<moisture-resistant paper face> 3. USG Fiberock Aqua Tough, unfaced, solid moisture-resistant core. 4. USG Sheetrock Mold Tough<moisture-resistant core and paper face> 5. CertainTeed Gypsum, Inc.: ProRoc Moisture and Mold Resistant with M2Tech. 6. Temple-Inland GreenGlass Interior Board, glass mat facings on front and back and moisture-resistant core. 7. Pabco Gypsum Mold Curb C. Moisture, Mold, and Abuse-Resistant Gypsum Board: Tested for mold resistance in conformance to ASTM D3273 (Rating of 10) or ASTM G21 (Score of 0), and conforming to ASTM C1629 Classifications for abuse-resistance (Levels I, II, or III). 1. GP Dens-Armor Plus AbuseGuard. a. Surface Abrasion: Level 3. b. Indentation Resistance: Level 1. C. Soft-Body Impact: Level 1. 2. USG Sheetrock Mold Tough AR a. Surface Abrasion: Level 2 b. Indentation Resistance: Level C. Soft-Body Impact: Level 1 3. USG Fiberock Aqua Tough Interior Panel. a. Surface Abrasion: Level 2. b. Surface Indentation: Level 2. C. Soft Body Impact Test: Level 2. 4. CertainTeed Gypsum, Inc.: ProRoc Extra Abuse Type X Gypsum Board with M2Tech. a. Surface Abrasion: Level 2. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 4 of 9 Gypsum Board Project No. 21126 09 29 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 b. Indentation Resistance: Level 1. C. Soft Body Impact: Level 3. d. Hard Body Impact: Level 1 5. Temple-Inland, Inc.: ComfortGuard Abuse-Resistant Mold-Resistant board. a. Surface Abrasion: Level 2. b. Indentation Resistance: Level 1 C. Soft Body Impact: Level 1 d. Hard Body impact: Level 1 D. Moisture, Mold, and Impact-Resistant/Mold-Resistant Enhanced Gypsum Board: ASTM C1629 and ASTM D3273 level 10. 1. GP Dens-Armor Plus Impact-Resistant. a. Surface Abrasion: Level 3 (0.126 inch abraded depth) b. Surface Indentation: Level 1 (0.150 inch indentation) C. Soft Body Impact: Level 3 (300 ft-lbs) d. Hard Body Impact: Level 2 (100 ft-lbs) 2. USG Fiberock Aqua Tough with Tuff Hide Primer Sealer a. Surface Abrasion: Level 3 b. Surface Indentation: Level 2 C. Soft Body Impact: Level 3 d. Hard Body Impact: Level 2 3. Temple-Inland, Inc.: ComfortGuard Impact-Resistant Mold-Resistant board. a. Surface Abrasion: Level 2 b. Surface Indentation: Level 1 C. Soft Body Impact: Level 3 d. Hard Body Impact: Level 3 E. High Impact Hard Body Impact Gypsum Board Panel: ASTM C1278. <consider as replacement for veneer plaster using surfacer, as instructed by manufacturer> 1. USG Fiberock Very High Impact (VHI) a. Surface Abrasion: Level 2 b. Surface Indentation: Level 2 C. Soft Body Impact: Level 3 d. Hard Body Impact: Level 3 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Joint Materials:As recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for intended purpose. 1. Tape: Manufacturer's standard paper tape. Fiberglass tape not accepted. 2. Compound: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Conform to GA-201 and GA-216 for reinforcing tape,joint compound, adhesive, and water. 4. Do not use topping compounds for embedding tape or as first coat over trims and fasteners. B. Primer/Surfacer for Level 5 Finish: USG Tuff-Hide Primer-Surfacer. C. Thermal and sound-attenuation insulation: As specified Section 07 21 16. D. Joint Sealant at Exposed Joints: Paintable, Non-setting, non-staining, and as specified Section 07 90 00. E. Acoustical Sealant at Exposed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant conforming to ASTM C834. Tested to ASTM E90 for reduction of airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction at representative assemblies. Specified for type and quality: F. Acoustical Sealant at Concealed Joints: 1. Synthetic Rubber Joint Sealant: Single component, non-skinning, non- Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 5 of 9 Gypsum Board Project No. 21126 09 29 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 hardening, 90 percent solids, acoustical properties conforming to ASTM C919 and to ASTM E90. 2. Water Based Siliconized Acrylic Latex: 3. Install 2 beads under steel stud framing channel and wood plates and into 1/2 inch space between top of floor and bottom of gypsum board and plaster systems. 2.6 TRIM A. Provide trim shapes as required to cover and make neat edges. B. Paper Faced Metal Bead and Trim:ASTM C1047, electro-galvanized steel with paper face and flanges, USG Beadex specified for type and quality. 1. Outside corner beads 2. Inside corners. 3. L-type edge trims. 4. J-shaped edge trim 5. 3/4 inch radius corner beads. C. Metal Trim Shapes:ASTM C1047, 1. Galvanized steel Expanded Flange Corner Bead, L-Trim, and J-Trim 2. Galvanized one-piece L-Trim, and J-Stop. 3. Zinc Control Joint No. 093. 2.7 REVEAL MOLDINGS A. Reveal Moldings: Aluminum 6063 T5 alloy with chemical conversion coating. B. 1/2 Inch F Reveal Moldings: Fry Reglet, DRMF-625-50, 5/8 inch deep by 1/2 inch wide. C. 3/4 Inch F Reveal Moldings: Fry Reglet, DRMF-625-75, 5/8 inch deep by 3/4 inch wide. 2.8 FASTENERS A. Screws conforming to ASTM C1002. Bugle or pan head, and lengths as required for securing materials in place. 1. Wood Framing and Backing: Type W. 2. Light Gauge Metal Framing: Type S. 3. 18 Gauge or Heavier Metal Framing: Type S-12. B. Pneumatic Fasteners: 1. Minimum 0.100 inch diameter. 2. Length to penetrate minimum 1/4 inch beyond steel stud framing. 3. Aericote 1000 corrosion-resistant coating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify framing systems, including backing, insulation, vapor barriers, work of Mechanical, Electrical, and other systems ready for work of this Section. C. Building Envelope: Except where moisture and mold-resistant gypsum board panels are installed and accepted by Architect, conform to following: 1. Do not begin work until building envelope is fully enclosed and temperature, ventilation, and humidity are controlled. 2. Do not begin work under conditions that gypsum board installation may be exposed to contact with water. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage. B. Avoid soiling, spatter, and damage to work of other trades. Use cover cloths, or Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 6 of 9 Gypsum Board Project No. 21126 09 29 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 other means of protection. Remove, clean, and repair soiled or damaged work. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conform to ASTM C840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. B. Corner Trim: Reinforce external corners with specified corner beads. C. Edge Trim: Install square edged metal trim bead at exposed edges and boundaries of areas and where abutting dissimilar materials. D. Reveal Trim: 1. Install with screws at 12 inch on center in 10 foot lengths, except where shorter lengths are sufficient for dimension of wall plane. 2. Make butt joints tight and in alignment. 3. Miter corners. 4. Promptly remove excess joint compound. E. Control Joints: Conform to WCB Tech Bulletin Control Joints and GA-234, except as otherwise indicated. Verify that required double framing is in place before installing control joints. 1. Door and Other Openings: Install control joints at each side of wall opening and at both sides of wall, except alcoves and similar wall configurations. 2. Continuous Wall Planes: Install control joints floor to ceiling at each 30 lineal foot of wall. 3. Ceilings: Install across ceiling at each 50 lineal foot distance and each 2500 square foot of ceiling area. 4. Joints with Other Materials: Install where gypsum board meets masonry, concrete, and other materials, except where joints are concealed under horizontal chair rails or other trim. F. Other Trim: Install as indicated or required for complete and finished installation. G. Panel Joints: 1. Layout: Design to reduce joints to minimum. 2. Install board in maximum lengths to minimize horizontal and vertical joints. 3. Start installation of panels at exterior wall to position butt joints as far away from exterior wall as possible. 4. Place edges in contact and fit neatly, without forcing into place. 5. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions and on same side of wall surface at adjacent joints. 6. Maintain 1/2 inch clearance from bottom of wall panel and top of floor. Seal with acoustical sealant. 7. In order to prevent wicking of moisture, do not let gypsum board rest on floor after installation. H. Single Layer Systems: Install in accordance with ASTM C840. Where modified, amended, or required by fire resistive or sound isolation system, conform to the requirements of the manufacturer's tests, as approved. I. Double Layer Systems: Install in accordance with ASTM C840, including System VIII for double layer gypsum wallboard installations applied with screws. Conform to required fire resistance standards. J. Moisture and Mold Resistant Gypsum Board: Install at restrooms, kitchen, janitorial closets, and areas where moisture is present. Do not install as backer board for ceramic tile. K. Joint Sealant and Acoustical Sealant: Install to completely fill void between wallboard edges and adjacent surface. L. Plumbing, HVAC, and Electrical: Coordinate with specification shown on applicable drawings. Provide for installations and penetrations of ductwork, equipment, receptacles, and other work. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 7 of 9 Gypsum Board Project No. 21126 09 29 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3.4 TRIM AND JOINT FINISHING A. Joints and Interior Angles: Embed tape in joint compound and apply three separate coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Tool joint compound smooth and free of tool marks and rides. 1. Center reinforcing tape over joint and coat into compound leaving approximately 1/64 inch to 1/32 inch under tape to provide proper bond. 2. Follow with skim coat to embed tape, but not to function as second coat. 3. Allow embedding coat to thoroughly dry prior to application of second coat. 4. Allow second coat to thoroughly dry. 5. Apply third coat evenly over and extending beyond second coat on joints, feathering to smooth uniform finish. B. Beads, Trim, Fastener and Joint Depressions: 1. Cover with three coats of taping and joint compound. Apply in different directions making smooth transitions with adjacent surfaces. 2. Allow sufficient drying time between coats. 3. Leave depressions flush with surface plane. 3.5 TOLERANCES A. Shim panels as necessary to conform to tolerances. B. Between Board Faces: 1/16 inch offset. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Remove and replace following gypsum board installations: 1. Board in contact with water for over 18 hour time period. 2. Gypsum core exhibiting dampness or water intrusion. 3. Facing paper exhibiting delamination. 4. Facing or core exhibiting mold growth or turning black. 5. Board sagging or warped. 6. Board directly exposed to water determined to be contaminated. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean beads, screeds, metal base, metal trim, mechanical and electrical items, and other work. B. Wipe clean, leaving work ready for finish specified under other Sections. C. As work is completed in each space, clean all rubbish, utensils, and surplus materials from the space. Leave floors broom-clean. 3.8 LEVEL OF FINISH FOR GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES A. Conform to GA-214, ASTM C840, manufactures instructions, and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Conform to GA-214-96, Recommended levels of Gypsum Board Finish. 1. Level 0— Used for temporary construction. Unfinished. 2. Level 1 — Used in plenum areas above ceilings, in attics, in areas where the assembly would generally be concealed or in building service corridors and other areas not normally open to public view. 3. Level 2 - Used with setting-type compound for areas where water-resistant gypsum backing board, specification ASTM C630, is used as a substrate for tile. 4. Level 3 - Used in areas, exposed to view, which are to receive heavy texture (spray or hand applied) finishes before final painting, or where commercial-grade (heavy duty)wallcoverings are to be applied as the final decoration. 5. Level 4 - Used in areas, exposed to view, where residential grade (light duty)wall coverings, flat paints or light textures are to be applied. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 8 of 9 Gypsum Board Project No. 21126 09 29 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 6. Level 5 - Used in areas, exposed to view, where gloss, semigloss or enamel are specified, or when flat joints are specified over an untextured surface, or where critical lighting conditions occur. 3.9 APPLYING TEXTURE FINISHES A. Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to gypsum panels and other surfaces receiving texture finishes. Apply primer to surfaces that are clean, dry and smooth. B. Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish using powered spray equipment to produce a uniform texture matching approved mockup and free of starved spots or other evidence of thin application or of application patterns. C. Prevent texture finishes from coming into contact with surfaces, not indicated to receive texture finish, by covering them with masking agents, polyethylene film or other means. If, despite these precautions, texture finishes contact these surfaces, immediately remove droppings and overspray to prevent damage according to the texture-finish manufacturer's written recommendations. D. Primer and it's application to surfaces are specified in Section 09 91 00— Painting. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 9 of 9 Gypsum Board Project No. 21126 09 29 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 09 51 00 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system and perimeter trim. B. Acoustical tile and panels. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09 29 00—Gypsum Board. B. Division 23-Air Conditioning: Air diffusion devices in ceiling system. C. Division 26- Electrical: Light fixtures in ceiling system. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C635- Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings. B. ASTM C636- Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels. C. ASTM E1264- Classification of Acoustical Ceiling Products. D. UL- Fire Resistance Directory and Building Material Directory. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Suspended acoustical tile. B. Suspension system to rigidly secure acoustical ceiling system including integral mechanical and electrical components with maximum deflection of 1/360. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Product Data: Provide data on metal grid system components and acoustical units. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Grid Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Acoustical Unit Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated assembly and combustibility requirements for materials. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidity of 70 percent prior to, during, and after acoustical unit installation. 1.9 SEQUENCING A. Sequence work under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. C. Install acoustical units after interior wet work is dry. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Project No. 21126 1 of 3 Acoustical Ceilings Section 09 51 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Provide one (1) box of extra acoustical tiles to Owner. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Acoustical panel. Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replacement of acoustical panels that falls within the warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to: 1. Acoustical Panels: Sagging or warping. 2. Grid System: Rusting and manufacturer's defects. B. Warranty period for acoustical panels is one (1) year from date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty period for grid system is ten (10) years from date of Substantial Completion. D. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run the concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under the requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (Basis of Design) B. United States Gypsum (USG). C. Substitutions: As described in Section 00 72 00. 2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Components: Components: Main beams and cross tees, base metal and end detail, fabricated from commercial quality hot dipped galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653. Main beams and cross tees are double-web steel construction with exposed flange design. Exposed surfaces chemically cleansed, with aluminum cap. Main beams and cross tees shall have rotary stitching. 1. Fire Performance: FireGuard 2. Duty Rating: Heavy Duty 3. Face Dimension: 15/16" 4. Profile Type: Exposed Tee 5. Material: Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel 6. Color: White 7. Acceptable Product: Prelude XL B. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated. C. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft annealed, with a yield stress load of at least time three design load, but not less than 12 gauge. D. Edge Moldings and Trim: Black color.- E. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application and ceiling system as specified. 2.3 ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS A. Acoustical Panels: 1. Surface Texture: As noted on Reflected Ceiling Plan. 2. Composition: Mineral Fiber 3. Color: White 4. Size: 24"x 24"x 3/4" or 24"x 48"x 3/4" as noted on Reflected Ceiling Plan. 5. Edge Profile: Tegular. 6. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): 0.90 Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Project No. 21126 2 of 3 Acoustical Ceilings Section 09 51 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): 26 8. Fire Performance: Class A 9. Light Reflectance White Panel: 0.90 10. Acceptable Product: As noted on Reflected Ceiling Plan. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustical and grid units. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. 3.2 INSTALLATION -SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C636 manufacturer's instructions and as supplemented in this section. B. Install system capable of supporting imposed loads to a deflection of 1/360 maximum. C. Locate system on room axis according to reflected plan. D. Install after major above ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. E. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. F. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. G. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. Support fixture loads by supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner; or support components independently. H. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners. I. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. Wall angles to be black. 3.3 INSTALLATION -ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. C. Lay directional patterned units one way with pattern parallel to longest room axis. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. D. Install units after above ceiling work is complete. E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp and dents. F. Cut tile panels to fit irregular grid and perimeter edge trim. Field rabbet tile panel edge. Double cut and field paint exposed edges of units. G. Where bullnose concrete block corners or chamfered column corners or round obstructions occur, provide preformed closers to match edge molding. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: two (2) degrees. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Project No. 21126 3 of 3 Acoustical Ceilings Section 09 51 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 09 65 00 RESILIENT FLOORING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient tile flooring. B. Resilient base. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM E84 Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. ASTM F1066 Vinyl Composition Floor Tile. C. RR-T-650D Treads, Metallic and Non metallic, Non skid. D. FS SS W 40 Wall Base: Rubber and Vinyl Plastic. E. FS-SS-T-312-Vinyl Composition Floor Tile. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit sample box for selection of tile. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame/smoke rating requirements of floor material in accordance with ASTM E84. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 00 7200. B. Protect roll materials from damage by storing on end. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Store materials for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. B. Maintain ambient temperature required by adhesive manufacturer three days prior to, during, and 24 hours after installation of materials. 1.7 MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re waxing. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Provide 20 sq ft of flooring, 40 lineal feet of base, of each material specified. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS TILE FLOORING A. Vinyl Composition Tile: ASTM F1066: 1. Size: 16 x 16 inch 2. Thickness: 4 mm 3. Manufacturers: a) Armstrong-Style: Alterna—Solid Color b) Solid Color—`Betcha Black' 4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 00 72 00. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 1 of 3 Resilient Flooring Section 09 65 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2.2 MATERIALS BASE A. Base: FS SS W 40, Type I rubber; top set coved; premolded external corners: 1. Height: 6 inch. 2. Thickness: 1/8 inch thick 3. Length: Roll. 4. Manufacturers: a) Mercer-Style: Rubber Base. 5. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Base Accessories: Pre-molded end stops and external corners of same material, size, and color as base. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by adhesive material manufacturer. B. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Edge Strips: Flooring material; manufactured by Armstrong or equal. D. Sealer and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify concrete floors are dry to a maximum moisture content of 7 percent, and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting. B. Verify floor and lower wall surfaces are free of substances that may impair adhesion of new adhesive and finish materials. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove sub floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor or local low spots, cracks,joints, holes, and other defects with sub floor filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. B. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. C. Vacuum clean substrate. D. Apply primer to surfaces as instructed by manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION TILE FLOORING A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Mix tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent when tile is placed. C. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. D. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. E. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical tile pattern. F. Install tile to ashlar pattern. Allow minimum 1/2 full size tile width at room or area perimeter. G. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. H. Install resilient edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, and where flooring terminates. Provide/install appropriate transition strip at abutment to carpet or other adjacent flooring material. I. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. J. Install flooring in pan type floor access covers. Maintain floor pattern. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 2 of 3 Resilient Flooring Section 09 65 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 K. Install feature strips, edge strips, and floor markings where indicated. Fit joints tightly. 3.4 INSTALLATION BASE A. Fitjoints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum measurement of 18 inches between joints. B. Miter internal corners. At external corners, use pre-molded units. At exposed ends, use pre-molded units. C. Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of 00 72 00. B. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. C. Clean, seal, and wax floor(2 coats) and base surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 01 50 00. B. Prohibit traffic on floor finish for 48 hours after installation. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 3 of 3 Resilient Flooring Section 09 65 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 09 91 00 PAINTING PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation and field application of paints and coatings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D16- Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. B. ASTM D2016-Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. C. AWWA(American Water Works Association) -C204-Chlorinated Rubber-Alkyd Paint Systems for the Exterior of Above Ground Steel Water Piping. D. NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers)-Industrial Maintenance Painting. E. NPCA (National Paint and Coatings Association)-Guide to U.S. Government Paint Specifications. F. PDCA (Painting and Decorating Contractors of America) -Painting-Architectural Specifications Manual. G. SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council)—Steel Structures Painting Manual. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide all labor, material and equipment for priming, painting, coating or staining the following: 1. Exterior and (exposed to view) interior primed or unprimed ferrous metal. 2. Exterior and (exposed to view) interior galvanized surfaces and sheet metal. 3. Interior roof structure & metal deck. (Black color) 4. Exterior and (exposed to view) interior wood. 5. Exterior Cement Siding & Il'llywood I& II' 'kA:: II Softs. 6. Interior Gypsum Board walls&ceilings. 7. Aluminum roof vents, fans, hoods etc. at Metal Roof(match metal roof color). 8. SII ao wm^ � HG1);AiG1-P. Il a III Ir �uicu: . 9 I: deirioir Il ins ull flhJoi II a liKK 11 " yst� )rru (EH1 S) �firIII o iII l�rrnoil" uico)So I 11-Y & coul IIooit B. Following items are not to be painted: 1. Pre-finished metal flashing/trim/siding & roofing. 2. Stainless steel or aluminum items (including door frames). 3. Copper(piping and flashing). 4. Prefinished equipment that is factory primed and painted to suitable finish, unless specifically shown to be job painted for color coordination purposes. 5. Grab bars/Plastic laminate covered doors &cabinetwork. 6. Plumbing fixtures or toilet accessories. 7. wicwasam°ulu 61141141�G G„„ 8. Finish flooring or Suspended Lay-in ceilings. C. It is intended that all interior and exterior exposed surfaces be finished; either factory prefinished or coated/painted on the job except unfinished items listed above as not to be painted. This includes wall/ceiling surfaces, etc., in ancillary spaces such as mechanical spaces. uu ie u /u gnu iKK 11 s uul;ws so &ou)ctu )d ISNono a 11 :,,i�u gnu iKK 11 i iin di nutngs notN ) . D. Taping, floating, and texturing of drywall is covered under Section 09 29 00. 1.4 SUBMITTALS Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 7 Painting Project No. 21126 0991 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each paint and coating product should include: 1. Product characteristics. 2. Surface preparation instructions and recommendations. 3. Primer requirements and finish specification. 4. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 5. Application methods. 6. Clean-up Information. C. Selection Samples: Submit a complete set of color chips that represent the full range of manufacturer's color samples available. D. Coating Maintenance Manual: upon conclusion of the project,the Contractor or paint manufacturer/supplier shall furnish a coating maintenance manual, such as Sherwin- Williams"Custodian Paint Maintenance Manual" report or equal. Manual shall include an Area Summary with finish schedule, Area Detail designating where each product/color/finish was used, product data pages, Safety Data Sheets, care and cleaning instructions,touch-up procedures, and color samples of each color and finish used. 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this Section. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum ten years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame and smoke rating requirements for finishes. B. Materials used on this project shall contain no lead. 1.8 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field sample of paint under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Locate where directed. C. Accepted sample may remain as part of the Work. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. C. Container label to include manufacturer's name,type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. D. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 7 Painting Project No. 21126 0991 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65 degrees F for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide lighting level of 60 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Provide 1 gallon of each color,type, and surface texture to Owner. C. Label each container with color, type,texture, room locations, and in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers- Paint 1. PPG. 2. Benjamin Moore. 3. Sherwin-Williams. B. Manufacturers- Primer Sealers 1. PPG 2. Benjamin Moore. 3. Sherwin-Williams. C. Manufacturers-Field Catalyzed Coatings 1. PPG 2. Benjamin Moore. 3. Sherwin-Williams. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 00 72 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating; good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac,turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, of commercial quality. C. Patching Materials: Latex filler. D. Fastener Head Cover Materials: Latex filler. 2.3 FINISHES A. Refer to schedule at end of section for surface finish schedule. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions. B. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. C. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. D. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. E. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 3 of 7 Painting Project No. 21126 0991 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 2. Interior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. 3. Exterior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. 4. Concrete Floors: 8 percent. 5. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove or mask electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Correct defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. C. Seal with shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Imperious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning. F. Concrete Floors (if being painted): Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Verify required acid-alkali balance is achieved.Allow to dry. G. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. H. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with SSPC lacquer thinner or solvent wipe.Apply coat of etching primer. I. Concrete and Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water.Allow to dry. J. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, mill scale,weld splatter, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent.Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. K. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Prime metal items including shop primed items. L. Interior and Exterior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust, grit, and foreign matter prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. M. Fiber Cement Board (Primed): Wipe off dust, grit, and foreign matter prior to painting. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C. Apply each coat to uniform finish. D. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. E. Sand wood and metal lightly between coats to achieve required finish. F. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. Use tack cloth just prior to applying next coat. G. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. H. Where clear finishes are required,tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. I. Prime concealed surfaces of interior and exterior woodwork with primer paint. 3.4 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 4 of 7 Painting Project No. 21126 0991 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 A. Paint shop primed equipment. B. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas. C. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. D. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. E. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint,to visible surfaces. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles,to match face panels. F. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. G. Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports except where items are prefinished. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 00 72 00. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of 00 72 00. B. Collect waste material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. 3.7 SCHEDULE-SHOP PRIMED ITEMS FOR SITE FINISHING A. Sheet Metal Flashing &Trim (Section 07 62 00): Exposed surfaces of lintels, and other miscellaneous items. 3.8 SCHEDULE- EXTERIOR SURFACES (based on Sherwin-Williams) A. CMU—Concrete Masonry Units Primer: Loxon Block Surfacer,A24W200 Two coats: A-100 Exterior Latex B. Concrete/Masonry/Plaster/Stucco/I' III!!!'!!S/Cementitious Siding Primer: Loxon®Concrete &Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300 Two coats: A-100 Exterior Latex C. Ferrous & Non-Ferrous Metals Primer: Pro IndustrialTA° Pro-Cryl®Universal Primer, B66-310 Series Two coats: Pro Industrial Acrylic D. Wood Primer: Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041 Two coats: A-100 Exterior Latex E. Exterior Insulation & Finish System (EIFS) Refer to Section 0724 00 lion-l ill l�)g iurv;�ll colI011- fill sh of a �:nq liills llu^°:;i rpuooft)d IIprod liiuct 1 RR�)palinfing SNI u)i u sIljalinl:,:i II! Sher[: sfl II [::,stoirrieiric .... ? coats, 8 coat. d"olrticn)u u) II u:NoII': &)e Ifti)iirri 3 II° 3.9 SCHEDULE- INTERIOR SURFACES (based on Sherwin-Williams) A. 9bII 04::09wlrww:R9ill/`R? s Any Aire � �nd see terru II 1. CMU-Concrete Masonry Units Primer: PrepRite®Block Filler, B25W25 Two coats: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex 2. MaS9111F and (;,„G11 R:4m :::0!''(9 R@ GOR uFete & Mw�wry�w� � Pl:4o��:i4?r°,u?rv��?�Ie A;i:".���'�I�Alg ,�g������'����� � G9a6a �a2 � � :9 VG1 Q IlRU?Yi9 r I atel( Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 5 of 7 Painting Project No. 21126 0991 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 3. Gypsum Board Textures: Walls eii:aRge II44?e) (uicu:�tch X316 Ming). Ceilings (smooth) Primer: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer, B28W2600 Two coats: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex 4. Wood—Paint Primer: PrepRite ProBlock® Latex Primer/Sealer B51 Series Two coats: Pro Industrial Acrylic 5. Wood—Stain Stain: Minwax®250 Interior Stain Two coats: Minwax Water Based Polyurethane Varnish 6. Ferrous & Non-Ferrous Metals Primer: Pro IndustrialTA° Pro-Cryl®Universal Primer, B66-310 Series Two coats: Pro Industrial Acrylic B. 1. CMU-Concrete Masonry Units Filler: Loxon Block Surfacer,A24W200 Two coats: Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy 2. Masonry and Concrete Primer: Loxon Concrete &Masonry Primer Sealer,A24W8300 Two coats: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex 3. Gypsum Board -Walls Texture: Medium Orange Peel Primer: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer, B28W2600 Two coats: Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy 4. Gypsum Board—Ceilings and Soffits Texture: Smooth Primer: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer, B28W2600 Two coats: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex 5. Ferrous & Non-Ferrous Metals Primer: Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series Two coats: Pro Industrial Acrylic C. 9iiifewm:.wtG II 499 ii4uslll ire iilli Ra e�:::i's 1. Gypsum Board -Walls Texture: Medium Orange Peel Primer: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer, B28W2600 Two coats: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex 2. Gypsum Board—Ceilings and Soffits Texture: Smooth Primer: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer, B28W2600 Two coats: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex 3. Ferrous & Non-Ferrous Metals Primer: Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series Two coats: Pro Industrial Acrylic D. N wa hw::� N Nw wsN ii ads°w 1. CMU—Concrete Masonry Units Primer: PrepRite®Block Filler B25W25 Two coats: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex 2. Masonry and Concrete Board—Ceilings and Soffits Primer: Loxon®Concrete &Masonry Primer Sealer,A24W8300 Two coats: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex 3. Ferrous & Non-Ferrous Decking—Including Bar Joists Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 6 of 7 Painting Project No. 21126 0991 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Primer: Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series Two coats: Pro Industrial Water Borne Acrylic Dryfall, B42-80 Series 4. Ferrous Metal Primer: Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series Two coats: Pro Industrial Acrylic E. 9we11IwO u411PhyGGay SII 9u104Ww43RaRG 4'm)AGG 1. Masonry &Concrete Walls Primer: Loxon Concrete &Masonry Primer Sealer,A24W8300 Two coats: Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy 2. Masonry &Concrete Ceilings Primer: Loxon®Concrete &Masonry Primer Sealer,A24W8300 Two coats: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex 3. Ferrous Metals Primer: Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series Two coats: Pro-Industrial Acrylic F. Concrete Floors—Pigmented 1. Light Duty Two coats: ArmorSeal®Tread-PlexTA° Slip-Resistant Additive: H&C SharkGrip® 2. Medium/Heavy Duty (foo a �fi)irioir Two coats: ArmorSeal 1000 HS Epoxy B67-2000 Series Slip-Resistant Additive: H&C SharkGrip® 3.10 SCHEDULE-COLORS A. Colors to be selected by Architect and approved by Owner. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 7 of 7 Painting Project No. 21126 0991 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 09 95 50 VINYL COATED FABRIC WALL COVERING 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation and prime painting. B. Wall covering. 1.2RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09 29 00- Gypsum Board: Wall substrate. B. Section 09 91 00- Painting: Preparation and priming of substrate surfaces. 1.3REFERENCES A. ASTM E84 -Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. ASTM D2016-Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. C. ASTM F793 -Classification of Wallcovering by Durability Characteristics. D. FS L-P-1040 - Plastic Sheets and Strips, Polyvinyl Fluoride. E. NFPA 255 -Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. F. UL 723 -Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1 ASUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Product Data: Provide data on wall covering and adhesive. C. Test Reports: Submit reports verifying flame and smoke ratings, when tested by UL an agency approved by authority having jurisdiction. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 1.5QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.6REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Vinyl Coated Wall Covering 1 of 4 Section 09 95 50 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 A. Conform to applicable code for flame and smoke ratings of 25/50 when tested to ASTM E84. NFPA 255. UL 723. 1.7FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field sample of wall covering on scheduled substrates under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Locate where directed. C. Accepted sample may remain as part of the Work. 1.8DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Inspect roll materials on site to verify acceptance. C. Protect packaged adhesive from temperature cycling and cold temperatures. D. Do not store roll goods on end. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the adhesive or vinyl covering product manufacturer. B. Maintain these conditions 24 hours before,during, and after installation of adhesive wall covering. C. Provide lighting level of 60 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surfaces. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Provide 15 linear feet of each color of wall covering. C. Package and label each roll by manufacturer, color and pattern, and destination room number; store where directed. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Wallcovering: Allow$0.60 per sq. ft. for material only based on final areas to be covered. This allowance is for Contractor's net cost not including labor or installation. B. Adhesive: Type recommended by wall covering manufacturer to suit application to substrate. Water based type. C. Termination Trim: Extruded plastic color as selected. D. Substrate Filler: As recommended by adhesive and wall covering manufacturers;compatible with Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Vinyl Coated Wall Covering 2 of 4 Section 09 95 50 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 substrate. E. Substrate Primer and Sealer: Alkyd enamel type. 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions. B. Verify that substrate surfaces are prime painted and ready to receive work, and conform to requirements of the wall covering manufacturer. C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply coverings unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3. Wood Surfaces: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. D. Verify flatness tolerance of surfaces does not vary more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet nor vary at a rate greater than 1/16 inch/ft. 3.2PREPARATION A. Fill cracks and smooth irregularities with filler; sand smooth. B. Wash impervious surfaces with trisodium phosphate, rinse and neutralize; wipe dry. C. Sand glossy surfaces; seal marks which may bleed with shellac. D. Remove electrical, telephone, and other wall plates and covers. E. Apply one coat substrate surfaces. Allow to dry. Lightly sand smooth. F. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. 3.31 NSTALLATI ON A. Apply adhesive and wall covering in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply adhesive to wall or fabric surface immediately prior to application of wall covering. C. Use wall covering in roll number sequence or in pattern sequence. D. Razor trim edges on flat work table. Do not razor cut on gypsum board surfaces. E. Apply wall covering smooth,without wrinkles,gaps or overlaps. Eliminate air pockets and ensure full bond to substrate surface. Butt edges tight. F. Horizontal seams are not acceptable. G. Do not seam within 2 inches of internal corners or within 6 inches of external corners. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Vinyl Coated Wall Covering 3 of 4 Section 09 95 50 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 H. Install wall covering before installation of bases, cabinets, hardware, or items attached to or spaced slightly from wall surface. Do not install wall covering more than 1/4 below top of resilient base. I. Cover spaces above and below windows, above doors, in pattern sequence from roll. J. Where wall covering tucks into reveals, or metal wallboard or plaster stops, apply covering with contact adhesive within 6 inches of wall covering termination. Ensure full contact bond. K. Install termination trim. L. Remove excess wet adhesive from seam before proceeding to next wall covering sheet. Wipe clean with dry cloth. 3ACLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of 00 72 00. B. Clean wall coverings of excess adhesive, dust, dirt, and other contaminants. C. Reinstall wall plates and accessories removed prior to work of this Section. 3.5PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Do not permit work at or near finished wall covered areas. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Vinyl Coated Wall Covering 4 of 4 Section 09 95 50 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 10 14 67 TACTILE SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Room Name/Number Signs. B. Directional Signs. C. Gender Appropriate Restroom Signs. D. Exit Signs. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ADAAG -Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines; U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board. B. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. C. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). D. Architectural Barriers Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS). 1.3 ALLOWANCES 1) Provide 30 interior room name/number signs for interior space/doors.(10 Itrs ave.each) B. Provide 6 interior& 5 exterior directional signs. C. Provide 3 interior&2 exterior gender appropriate restroom signs. D. Provide 8 interior& 7 exterior exit signs. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Product Data and installation instructions for each type of sign specified. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Show layout, signage copy, size and type of mounting for each sign. 2. Indicate location of each individual sign in the project. D. Selection Samples: Sample of two for each sign with full range of color, pattern, and surface texture available. E. Verification Samples: Sample of two for each sign type for verification of quality, color, pattern, and surface texture. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualification: 1. Specializing in the products specified with minimum five years' experience. 2. Single source responsibility: Obtain signs from one source and a single manufacturer. B. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable codes, ADAAG and ANSI A117.1. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 00 72 00. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 00 72 00. C. Package signs, labeled in name groups. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Seton Identification Products. 2. Corpus Christi Stamp Works. 3. Allenite 755 System. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 1 of 2 Tactile Signage Project No. 21126 10 14 67 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 4. Andco PME 1000 Series. 5. ASI Intouch System. 6. Bestsigns HC300 ADA System. B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01 6000. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Room Name/Number& Exit Signage: 1. Colors: Background, Text & Graphics (as required), to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors &styles. 2. Sign Size: 8 inches (203 mm)wide by 4 inches (102 mm) high. 3. Lettering: 5/8 inch (16 mm) high, raised 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) with domed grade 2 braille. Letter style shall be San Serif. B. Directional Signage: 1. Colors: Background, Text & Graphics (as required), to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors &styles. 2. Sign Size: 8 inches (229 mm)wide by 8 inches (229 mm) high. 3. Graphics: International symbol of accessibility for indicated information, with directional arrows. 4. Lettering: 5/8 inch (16 mm) high, raised 1/32 inch (0.8 mm), with domed grade 2 braille. Letter style shall be San Serif. C. Restroom Signage: 1. Colors: Background, Text& Graphics (as required), to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors &styles. 2. Sign Size: 7 inches (152 mm) wide by 9 inches (229 mm) high. 3. Graphics: International symbol of accessibility for indicated information. 4. Lettering: 5/8 inch (16 mm) high, raised 1/32 inch (0.8 mm), with domed grade 2 braille. Letter style shall be San Serif. D. Accessories: Installation accessories specified in manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces to receive signs have been finished, and that finishes are dry and correctly cured. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install signs in accordance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions & as required in Section 703 of the Architectural Barriers Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS). B. Locate signs where indicated on drawings (if provided). C. Names/Numbering (if not provided herein or on drawings) will be provided prior to or during review of shop drawing submittal. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) Page 2 of 2 Tactile Signage Project No. 21126 10 14 67 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 10 85 00 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 Section Includes A. Wood Trellis B. Glass Block C. Soffit Vent 1.2 System Description A. This section includes miscellaneous items contained in the work. 1.3 Submittals A. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical characteristics, sizes, patterns, colors available and method of installation. 1.4 Qualifications A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing specified products with minimum of three years documented experience. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Wood Trellis A. Western Red Cedar Lattice Heavy duty (HD); #1 garden Diag. 4'x 8' Sheet; " 2-5/8" Spaces: SKU #7LHDDIGAR by LC Liberty Cedar Specialty Wood Products; 325 Liberty Lane, West Kingston, RI 02892 USA. 1-401-289-6626 B. Optional- Model 39101309; Brown Pressure Treated Lattice; 4' x 8' x 5/8" thk; 2- 5/8" Grid Opening size: Menards SKU 1114358 C. Assemble, install & secure to newly raised lower wall & existing mas. Columns and framing per details. Spray paint 2 coats white latex. 2.3 Glass Block A. Nominal 8"wide x 4' deep x 8" high to match existing infilled block window style/type. B. Lay with mfg. recommended mortar and install in 4" wide stainless steel channel frame. 2.4 Soffit Vent A. RCS 5 x 14 Stainless Steel Island Vent Panel— RVNT1; ID#3031017. B. Install with stainless steel screws centered over soffit opening. Art Center Repairs& Improvements (21126) 1 of 2 Miscellaneous Items Section 10 85 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C. If substituting, provide submittal for approval. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Install items of this section in accordance with manufacturers' instructions as specified and/or per details or as noted below. B. Provide ancillary items as may be required for a complete job. 3.2 Cleaning A. Remove protective coverings. B. Clean surface and components. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs& Improvements (21126) 2 of 2 Miscellaneous Items Section 10 85 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 SECTION 32 31 19 DECORATIVE METAL FENCING & GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED The contractor shall provide all labor, materials and appurtenances necessary for installation of the 7' h. commercial decorative metal fence system defined herein at Amphitheatre Area to northeast of new building. 1.02 RELATED WORK Section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete. Section 09 91 00 Painting. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The manufacturer shall supply a total commercial ornamental steel fence system of the Ameristar Aegis Plus `Genesis"design, 7' height.. The system shall include all components (i.e., pickets, rails, posts, gates and hardware) required and shall fit in sections between masonry pilaster columns spaced as shown on drawings to form a combination fence. 1.03 SUBMITTAL Submit drawings of fencing system layout in conjunction with the pilaster/columns shown on Project drawings for approval prior to starting any fabrication or work. The manufacturers submittal package shall be provided prior to installation. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE The contractor shall provide laborers and supervisors who are thoroughly familiar with the type of construction involved and materials and techniques specified. 1.05 REFERENCES ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated (Galvanealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. ASTM A924/A924M - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. ASTM B117- Practice for Operating Salt-Spray (Fog) Apparatus. ASTM D523 -Test Method for Specular Gloss ASTM D822 - Practice for Conducting Tests on Paint and Related Coatings and Materials using Filtered Open-Flame Carbon-Arc Light and Water Exposure Apparatus. ASTM D1654-Teat Method for Evaluation of Painted or Coated Specimens Subjected to Corrosive Environments. ASTM D2244 -Teat Method for Calculation of Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. ASTM D2794-Teat Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to The Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact). ASTM D3359-Teat Method for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Teat. Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 1 of 3 Decorative Metal Fencing & Gates Project No. 21126 Section 32 31 19 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE Upon receipt at the job site, all materials shall be checked to ensure that no damage occurred during shipping or handling. Materials shall be stored in such a manner to ensure proper ventilation and drainage, and to protect against damage, weather, vandalism and theft. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 MANUFACTURER The commercial ornamental steel fence system shall conform to Ameristar AEGIS Plus-Genesis (G2) 3-Rail style manufactured by Ameristar Fence Products, Inc., in Tulsa, Oklahoma. 2.02 MATERIAL A. Steel material for fence framework (i.e., tubular pickets, rails and posts), when galvanized prior to forming, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A924/A924M, with a minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi (344 MPa). The steel shall be hot-dip galvanized to meet the requirements of ASTM A653/A653M with a minimum zinc coating weight of 0.90 oz/ftz (276 g/m2), Coating Designation G-90. B. Steel material for fence framework (i.e., tubular pickets, rails and pouts), when galvanized after forming, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Al011/A1011 M, with a minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi (344 MPa). The exterior shall be hot-dip galvanized with a 0.45 oz/ftz (138 g/m2) minimum zinc weight. The interior surface shall be coated with a minimum of 81% nominal zinc pigmented coating, 0.3 mils (0.0076 mm) minimum thickness. C. The manufactured galvanized framework shall be subjected to the Perma Coat thermal stratification coating process (high-temperature, in-line, multistage, multi-layer) including, as a minimum, a six-stage pretreatment/wash (with zinc phosphate), an electrostatic spray application of an epoxy base, and a separate electrostatic spray application of a polyester finish. The base coat shall be a zinc-rich thermosetting epoxy powder coating (gray in color) with a minimum thickness of 2 mils (0.0508mm). The topcoat shall be a "no-mar" TGIC polyester powder coat finish with a minimum thickness of 2 mils (0.0508mm). The color shall be black. The stratification-coated framework shall be capable of meeting the performance requirements for each quality characteristic shown in Table 1. D. Material for fence pickets shall be 3/4"square x 16 Ga. tubing. The cross-sectional shape of the relic shall conform to the manufacturer's Fore Runner design with outside cross-section dimensions of 1.50_square and a minimum thickness of 14 Ga. Picket holes in the Fore Runner rail shall be spaced 4.70" o.c. Picket retaining rode shall be 0.125_diameter galvanized steel. Posts shall be a minimum of 2-1/2_square x 12 Ga. High quality PVC grommets shall be supplied to seal all picket-to-rail intersections. Post spacing shall be 95-1/2" o.c. or adjust as/if necessary to fit multiple panels within the clear spaces between the masonry pilaster/columns of the combination fence or provide drawing with dimension required for clear spacing of pilaster/columns in order that adjustments can be made prior to construction of the pilaster/columns. 2.03 FABRICATION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 2 of 3 Decorative Metal Fencing & Gates Project No. 21126 Section 32 31 19 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 A. Pickets, rails end poets shall be pre-cut to specified lengths. ForeRunner rails shall be pre-punched to accept pickets. B. Grommets shall be inserted into the pry-punched holes in the rails and pickets shall be inserted through the grommets so that pre-drilled picket holes align with the internal upper raceway of the ForeRunner rails. (Note: This can beat be accomplished by using an alignment template). Retaining rods shall be inserted into each ForeRunner rail so that they pass through the pre-drilled holes in each picket, thus completing the panel assembly. C. Completed panels shall be capable of supporting a 400 Ib. load (applied at midspan) without permanent deformation. Panels without rings shall be biasable to a 25% change in grade; panels with rings shall be biaeable to a 12.5% change in grade. D. Sections of fencing between masonry pilaster columns shall be provided with a means of termination at either end that provides for quick bolting to the columns. D. Swing gates shell be fabricated using AEGIS Plus panel material and gate ends having the same outside cross-section dimensions as the ForeRunner rail. All rail end upright intersections shall be joined by welding. All picket end rail intersections shall also be joined either by welding or by the same retaining rod process used for panel assembly. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION All new installation shall be laid out by the contractor in accordance with the construction plane. 3.02 INSTALLATION Fence posts if required at any points between masonry pilaster columns to which fence sections will be connected, shall be set in accordance with the spacings shown in Table 2, plus or minus 1/2_, depending on the nominal span specified. Gate posts shall be spaced according to the gate openings specified in the construction plans. The 03 30 00 Concrete section of this specification shall govern post base materiel requirements. AEGIS Plus panels shall be attached to posts using mechanically fastened panel brackets supplied by the manufacturer. Set posts in 8" dia. X 36"d. conc. filled holes. 3.03 CLEANING The contractor shall clean the jobsite of excess materials; post-hole excavations shell be scattered uniformly away from posts. END OF SECTION Art Center Repairs & Improvements (21126) 3 of 3 Decorative Metal Fencing & Gates Project No. 21126 Section 32 31 19 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 �WYE lben Qu ahi'�,is the Priority Asbestos Inspection Report March 30, 2021 ART CENTER OF CORPUS CHRISTI 100 N SHORELINE BLVD CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS Prepared for: ARDURRA Prepared by: ENVIROTEST, LLC 5233 IH 37 SUITE A-3 CORPUS CHRISTI,TEXAS 78408 (361) 887-9400 ENVIROTEST PROJECT NUMBER: 17018 HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 5233 IH 37 Suite A-3 Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Voice 361.887.9400 • Fax 361 387N01 www.envirotesdlc.com DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 �WYE lben Qu aTi'�,is the Pl.ia�i•ity March 30, 2021 Mr. Craig Forsythe Ardurra 801 Navigation Blvd Ste. 300 Corpus Christi,TX 78408 RE: Limited Asbestos Inspection Art Center of Corpus Christi 100 N Shoreline Blvd Corpus Christi,TX 78401 Envirotest Project Number: 17018 Dear Mr. Forsythe: Enclosed is the report for the limited asbestos inspection performed at 100 N Shoreline Blvd, in Corpus Christi, TX. The sampling was performed on March 24, 2021 by Mr. Rigoberto Martinez of Envirotest, LLC. Mr. Martinez is licensed by the Texas Department of State Health Services as an Asbestos Inspector(#60-2653). SCOPE OF WORK The scope of this project was limited to suspect asbestos-containing flooring materials (ACM) associated with the interior of Suite 108 at the above-referenced property. Twenty-eight (28) samples of suspect asbestos- containing flooring materials were collected. None of the samples of the following materials were found to contain greater than one percent (>I%) asbestos. Suspect Materials Tested Suspect asbestos-containing materials (ACM) were collected according to protocol established by the Texas Asbestos Health Protection Rules (TAHPR) 295.34 (c) for building demolitions and renovations. During the inspection, sampled materials were assigned a sample number and a homogenous area (H.A.) number. Samples were collected of each area and the friability and condition of the suspect material was assessed. Table 1 contains the homogenous area numbers, material types, material descriptions, material locations, condition assessments, and a summary of the analytical results. Table 2 correlates each sample number to its homogenous area number. Analytical results and a list of definitions can be found following the text of this report. HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 5233 IH 37 Suite A-3 Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Voice 361.887.9400 • Fax 361 387N01 • www.envirotesdlc.com DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 �WYE Iben Qu ahi'�,is the Priority Analytical Methods All polarized light microscopy (PLM) lab analyses were performed at Apex Precision Analytical Services, Inc. laboratory in Friendswood, TX, using standard oil immersion and optical staining techniques. Apex is an American Industrial Hygiene Association participant laboratory (#162279), a National Institute of Standards and Technology NVLAP-accredited laboratory (#200633) and licensed by the Texas Department of State Health Services (#30-0312)for asbestos laboratory analysis. LIMITATIONS This sampling report does not guarantee that additional asbestos-containing materials are not present. The scope of this project was limited to the materials sampled within this report. Areas such as, but not limited to, beneath existing flooring, beneath all subflooring, inside walls, inside doors, interior of ductwork, interior of mechanical and other equipment, interior of piping flanges/valves, interior of electrical components, behind all non-movable finish materials, and all other portions of the building not designated in the Scope of Work, including the exterior of the building, were specifically excluded. The following analytical results pertain to only the samples analyzed and may not reflect the actual composition of the entire homogeneous area. Envirotest, LLC assumes no responsibility for any subsequent use or interpretations of these analytical results. This report must not be used to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any other state or federal government agency. Please call us if you have any questions regarding this inspection report. We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you. Sincerely, '5� Stacy Kraatz Asbestos Consultant (#10-5874) Asbestos Inspector(#60-2653) Envirotest, LLC Envirotest, LLC HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 5233 IH 37 Suite A-3 Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Voice 361.887.9400 • Fax 361 387N01 • www.envirotesdlc.com DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 �WYE lben Qu ahi'�,is the Priority List of Definitions Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM) - any material containing more than one percent asbestos (chrysotile asbestos, amosite asbestos, crocidolite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite asbestos). Demolition - the wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting structure member and any related razing, removing, or stripping of asbestos products. Disturbance - contact which releases fibers from ACM or debris containing ACM including activities which that disrupts the matrix of ACM, render ACM friable, or generate visible debris. Encapsulation - a method of control of asbestos fibers in which the surface of ACM is penetrated by or covered with a liquid coating prepared for that purpose. Enclosure - the construction of an airtight, impermeable, semi-permanent barrier surrounding asbestos to prevent the release of asbestos fibers into the air. Fiber-a particulate form of asbestos, 5 micrometers or longer,with a length-to diameter ratio of at least 3 to 1. Friable Materials - any material that when dry can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure. Homogeneous Area -an area of surfacing material or thermal system that is uniform in color and texture. Intact- means that the ACM has not crumbled, been pulverized, or otherwise deteriorated so that it is no longer likely to be bound with its matrix. Removal - all operations where ACM is taken out or stripped from structures or substrates, and includes demolition operations. Renovation -the modifying of any existing structure, or portion thereof. Repair - overhauling, rebuilding, reconstructing, or reconditioning of structures or substrates, including encapsulation or other repair of ACM attached to structures or substrates. HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 5233 IH 37 Suite A-3 Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Voice 361.887.9400 • Fax 361 387N01 • www.envirotesdlc.com DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 �WYE lben Qu ahi'�,is the Priority Table I — Materials Summary Table II —Sample Locations/ Homogeneous Area Association HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 5233 IH 37 Suite A-3 Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Voice 361.887.9400 • Fax 361 387N01 • www.envirotesdlc.com DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 im ENYRI Q ST When duality is the 11r ior~ty TABLE I-SAMPLE MATERIALS SUMMARY Art Center of Corpus Christi,100 N Shoreline Blvd,Corpus Christi,TX MAITERIAL MATERIAL ASBESTOS= FLA. MATERIAL LOCATION CONDITION FRIABLE CONTAINING NAME DESCRIPTIONMATERIAL 1 Ceiling Tile 2 x 2 White with Small holes Throughout ceiling Damaged Yes No 2 Joint Compound White Throughout Walls Good No No /Drywall 3 Joint Compound White Throughout Front Lobby Damaged Yes No /Drywall 4 12 x 12 Floor tile Black tile with yellow mastic Throughout Hallway at Kitchen Damaged No No &mastic Entrance 5 Stucco Biege Throughout Exterior of Building Damaged No No 6 Caulking White Throughout Exterior Doors Damaged No No *Homogeneous Area HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE 5233 IH 37 Suite A-3 .Corpus Christi,Texas 78408.Voice 361 887 9400.Fax 361 887 9401 www.envirotes8lc com DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 �WYE lben Qu ahi'�,is the Pa•ia�aity TABLE II: SAMPLE NUMBER HOMOGENEOUS AREA Art Center of Corpus Christi, 100 N Shoreline Blvd,Corpus Christi,TX SAMPLE# H.A.*' SAMPLE LOCATION 1 1 Dining Room North side 2 1 Lobby Area 3 1 Dining Room South side 4 2 Office North side 5 2 Meadows Gallery Area 6 2 Kitchen Area East side 7 3 Lobby Southwest side 8 3 Lobby South side Middle 9 3 Lobby North side Middle 10 4 Northeast Corner 11 4 Middle 12 4 South side 13 5 East side second Level 14 6 West side at courtyard second door * Homogeneous Area HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 5233 IH 37 Suite A-3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Voice 361.887.9400 • Fax 361.887.9401 • www.envirotestllc.com DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 �WYE lben Qu ahi'�,is the Priority Sample Location Diagram HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 5233 IH 37 Suite A-3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Voice 361.887.9400 • Fax 361.887.9401 • www.envirotestllc.com DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 �WYE T Wlben Quahi'�,is The Priority ........... South Parking 1,c)t Courtyard Entrance stairs Lockett Gallery Clay 572' sq Studio 1500' q D,uy nu,rill courtymcl Meadows �3 C-11—Y 2655' sq r. C� j?-X [w_yC Utility/ Lobby storage Kitchen540' -1 I.f.—ati., Barbara Courtyard Off'— Office Deck McDowellGallery11� I Workshop 442' sq Members Office 729' sq 924' sq "e, f Clattery Citrus Bistro Studio C C)ffilcc Off-- Office 594' sq I 1 1 770' Lobby F sq 550"sqBayview F stairs Elevator Room F] F 1968' sq North Pm-king 1,ot Fr-ont Umtrance The Art Center of Corpus Christi HOUSTON e CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE 5233 IH 37Suite A-3 - Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 - Voice 361.887.9400 - Fax 361.887.9401 - www.envirotestllc.com DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 �WYE lben Qu ahi'�,is the Priority Polarized Light Microscopy Laboratory Analytical Results HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 5233 IH 37 Suite A-3 Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Voice 361.887.9400 • Fax 361.887.9401 • www.envirotestllc.com DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Apex Precision Analytical Services, Inc. �)'A' 0"' (?§, Lab An Independent Laboratory Providing Reliable Analysis with Professionalism and Honesty ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS REPORT Date: March 30, 2021 Envirotest, LLC Report: 8721-1387 17018 / Art Center / 100 North Shoreline Blvd., Corpus Christi, TX This document shall be considered a duly signed original report of the results obtained from the analysis(es) performed. All analyses are done within government guidelines and regulations. Gary R. Simmons Laboratory Manager Lab Comments on Project: N/A Page 1 of 4 306 W. Edgewood Dr.,Suite D, Friendswood, TX 77546 www.apasi.net Office (281) 648-9918 1 Fax(281) 648-9595 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Apex Precision Analytical Services, Inc. �)'A' 0"K?§. Lab An Independent Laboratory Providing Reliable Analysis with Professionalism and Honesty PLM (Bulk) -Asbestos Analysis Report -Visual ID (EPA Method 600/R-93-116 Visual Area Estimation) Envirotest, LLC Report Number: 8721-1387 5233 IH 37, Suite A-3 Report Date: March 30, 2021 Corpus Christi, TX 78408 Samples Collected: March 24, 2021 281-888-5266 Date Received: March 25, 2021 Contact: Stacy Kraatz Turn-around time: 72 Hour Job ID/Site: 17018/Art Center/ 100 North Shoreline Blvd., Corpus Christi, TX Client Sample Lab SampleColor/Description/ Fibrous/ Asbestos Content Non-Asbestos Fibrous Number Matrix Number (by layer) NonFibrous/Homogeneity Type&% Type&% 1 8721-1387-01 White,Grey/2x2 Ceiling Tile/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 45% Binder Homogeneous Fibrous Glass 10% 2 8721-1387-02 White,Grey/2x2 Ceiling Tile/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 45% Binder Homogeneous Fibrous Glass 10% 3 8721-1387-03 White,Grey/2x2 Ceiling Tile/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 45% Binder Homogeneous Fibrous Glass 10% 4 8721-1387-04A White/Texture/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 8721-1387-048 Off White/Joint Tape/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 95% Homogeneous Binder 8721-1387-04C White/Joint Compound/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 8721-1387-04D Brown,White/Drywall/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 10% Binder Homogeneous 5 8721-1387-05A White/Paint,Texture/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 8721-1387-058 Brown,White/Drywall/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 10% Binder Homogeneous Fibrous Glass 2% 6 8721-1387-06A White/Texture/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous Analytical results and reports are generated by Apex Precision Analytical Services at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person or entity(client)named on such report. Result,reports or copies of same will not be released by Apex Precision Analytical Services to any third party without the written request from client. These results only repesent the materials submitted. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report cannot be used to represent conditions at any other location,date or time and does not imply that this space is free from these or any other contaminants. No responsibility or liability is assumed for the manner in which these results are used or interpreted. This must not be used to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any government agency of the United States.Apex Precision Analytical Services reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty(30)days,according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. NVLAP Lab Code: 200633-0 PLM TDSHS Asbestos License#: 30-0312 PLM/PCM Page 2 of 4 306 W. Edgewood Dr.,Suite D, Friendswood, TX 77546 www.apasi.net Office (281) 648-9918 1 Fax(281) 648-9595 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Apex Precision Analytical Services, Inc. �)'A' 0"K?§. Lab An Independent Laboratory Providing Reliable Analysis with Professionalism and Honesty PLM (Bulk) -Asbestos Analysis Report -Visual ID (EPA Method 600/R-93-116 Visual Area Estimation) Envirotest, LLC Report Number: 8721-1387 5233 IH 37, Suite A-3 Report Date: March 30, 2021 Corpus Christi, TX 78408 Samples Collected: March 24, 2021 281-888-5266 Date Received: March 25, 2021 Contact: Stacy Kraatz Turn-around time: 72 Hour Job ID/Site: 17018/Art Center/ 100 North Shoreline Blvd., Corpus Christi, TX Client Sample Lab SampleColor/Description/ Fibrous/ Asbestos Content Non-Asbestos Fibrous Number Matrix Number (by layer) NonFibrous/Homogeneity Type&% Type&% 6 8721-1387-068 Brown,White/Drywall/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 10% Binder Homogeneous 7 8721-1387-07A White/Texture/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 8721-1387-078 Brown,White/Drywall/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 10% Binder Homogeneous 8 8721-1387-08A White/Texture/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 8721-1387-088 Off White/Joint Tape/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 95% Homogeneous Binder 8721-1387-08C White/Joint Compound/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 8721-1387-08D Brown,White/Drywall/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 10% Binder Homogeneous 9 8721-1387-09A White/Texture/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 8721-1387-098 Off White/Joint Tape/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 95% Homogeneous Binder 8721-1387-09C White/Joint Compound/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous Analytical results and reports are generated by Apex Precision Analytical Services at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person or entity(client)named on such report. Result,reports or copies of same will not be released by Apex Precision Analytical Services to any third party without the written request from client. These results only repesent the materials submitted. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report cannot be used to represent conditions at any other location,date or time and does not imply that this space is free from these or any other contaminants. No responsibility or liability is assumed for the manner in which these results are used or interpreted. This must not be used to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any government agency of the United States.Apex Precision Analytical Services reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty(30)days,according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. NVLAP Lab Code: 200633-0 PLM TDSHS Asbestos License#: 30-0312 PLM/PCM Page 3 of 4 306 W. Edgewood Dr.,Suite D, Friendswood, TX 77546 www.apasi.net Office (281) 648-9918 1 Fax(281) 648-9595 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Apex Precision Analytical Services, Inc. �)'A' 0"K?§. Lab An Independent Laboratory Providing Reliable Analysis with Professionalism and Honesty PLM (Bulk) -Asbestos Analysis Report -Visual ID (EPA Method 600/R-93-116 Visual Area Estimation) Envirotest, LLC Report Number: 8721-1387 5233 IH 37, Suite A-3 Report Date: March 30, 2021 Corpus Christi, TX 78408 Samples Collected: March 24, 2021 281-888-5266 Date Received: March 25, 2021 Contact: Stacy Kraatz Turn-around time: 72 Hour Job ID/Site: 17018/Art Center/ 100 North Shoreline Blvd., Corpus Christi, TX Client Sample Lab SampleColor/Description/ Fibrous/ Asbestos Content Non-Asbestos Fibrous Number Matrix Number (by layer) NonFibrous/Homogeneity Type&% Type&% 9 8721-1387-09D Brown,White/Drywall/Fibrous/ None Detected Cellulose 10% Binder Homogeneous 10 8721-1387-10A Black/12x12 Floor Tile/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 8721-1387-108 Yellow/Mastic/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 11 8721-1387-11A Black/12x12 Floor Tile/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 8721-1387-11 B Yellow/Mastic/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 12 8721-1387-12A Black/12x12 Floor Tile/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 8721-1387-12B Yellow/Mastic/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous 13 8721-1387-13 Tan,Off White/Material/Fibrous/ None Detected Fibrous Glass 2% Binder Homogeneous 14 8721-1387-14 Off White/Material/NonFibrous/ None Detected None Detected Binder Homogeneous Analytical results and reports are generated by Apex Precision Analytical Services at the request of and for the exclusive use of the person or entity(client)named on such report. Result,reports or copies of same will not be released by Apex Precision Analytical Services to any third party without the written request from client. These results only repesent the materials submitted. Supporting laboratory documentation is available upon request. This report cannot be used to represent conditions at any other location,date or time and does not imply that this space is free from these or any other contaminants. No responsibility or liability is assumed for the manner in which these results are used or interpreted. This must not be used to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any government agency of the United States.Apex Precision Analytical Services reserves the right to dispose of all samples after a period of thirty(30)days,according to all state and federal guidelines, unless otherwise specified. NVLAP Lab Code: 200633-0 PLM TDSHS Asbestos License#: 30-0312 PLM/PCM Page 4 of 4 306 W. Edgewood Dr.,Suite D, Friendswood, TX 77546 www.apasi.net Office (281) 648-9918 1 Fax(281) 648-9595 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 C152527AD1,Art Center Repairs& Improvement, 100 N.Shoreline Blvd City Project: 21126 Art Center Repairs and Improvement Addendum 1 PLANS: 1. Sheet 2 of 50: a. Keyed Floor Plan Notes: Add Keyed Note#16. 2. Sheet 3 of 50: a. Keyed Work Notes:Add Keyed Note#10. b. Enlarged Plan "C: Add existing column and keyed note#10 reference. 3. Sheet 5 of 50: a. Keyed Notes:Add Keyed Notes#2, #3 . b. Roof Plan "A": Add Keys#2, #3  to RTAC Units & related duct penetrations. 4. Sheet 6 of 50: a. Roof Areas "E3 & D1":Add note#12. b. Roof Areas "B &C", Note#3: Add reference to Detail B, Sheet 34. c. Roof Areas "B &C": Add note#14. 5. Sheet 40 of 50: a. HVAC Keyed Notes: Revise Keyed Note#1. b. HVAC Keyed Notes: Add Keyed Notes#5 . c. HVAC Plan: Add keys#5  to RTAC Units. <Hsrr NncxCO—7AN7 ss+cc G1 CALL BEFORE YOU DIG! CONS—T 1111.110 PYIj SHEEP NO. SHEEf NO D-NiNC n— �" oreruouRS eurnE noa nNu �miewnas C�emme 811 NDXv o X5�""s THE LONE STAR X/ NODRCATION COMPANY m�A°"s AT 1-800-669-8344 ro Ncey NUECES BAY a I' 21 13 1 PROJECT LOCATION ` ART CENTER 10O N SHORELINE BLVD. \I $ CORPUS CHRISTI,—78401 21 C/ I \ i VICINITY MAP _ �� =1.` «, �1. xor re ® ���. i a ml ml CORPUS CHRISTI BAY44 a m o 471 13 '�� 2, x �� $o U E O W PLANS FOR: j 23 v= ART CENTER REPAIRS & IMPROVEMENTS (21126) g ¢iu CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS / It no ° LOCATION MAP: N W PREPARED BY: �alvP°��I:n1ll)[ T a II III(JI?(()IJ TIJA'.TU SIO N„I CiIJ ti7 �Elig rp 'FF Q SG ARDURRA "'” "' c0 F CONST < � � oeizvzz oNsaucnnn PPG-878 ccrp zr TO-7ANE 5 s+cE,G2 ARCHITECTURAL ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL CONTRACTOR NOTES SYMBOL LEGEND A J B wN BMMmDR sxN M AMY mx w xx®w GK x N H O XOOOEA J-BOX JJN..BOM ffwfldFXx OF BE G0IEFAL CwIPMIOfl M STAIEO ON mNs ILWS m � R 01AEAMM CONMREVE IXSDME JET. JUMER 2 FlxON TO BO 9JWRA ME OENEPA mXIRAGTtlt 9lVL MR BE SIZE MB-1 Ff10 A69 MERREPM VLIX OSA Bul.Mr OF 102 1ST. .BMT MMrEIRE Ar.Bx NMrNiE CIR'LLr �9Sx N A.OOOONUM 15 AF.F. /BOK ARMED FLOOR K ENNUA IXmX'61MOR w OY551OX5 ORNRff➢.OLPo1C OE RWXO mORSS 9lVL AFL. /BOK FlNSXD)CANOE NSR E MEAMM IXSOINE OF NMXIRCN OR ffjgY1x11Fxr�xllxmEfplFp�plFtrw f iMq 1q �jEflxi � E ff �Grvs s AEnlcul IXSURANE MSOC.MM L - n Mff MEAICNI IXSOINE OF aF➢INCL MCNDl6 I EM�.T S. C-mX NO AU DO BOMBE N�M OEr NB FSI.IE A NxE OOcUN` /C AEnICu1 INSTPUTE OF SVFL CREEKS BX LL BUR LOU) V x Ix w SE. MEAMM SOOEVY OF CPA E EIIs LEE WXr Tom mx oowis neorvs. MTN AEAICNI mEVY OF NTEST MN a1GEHd ro. WNO. 1. cOflln OlxrxCTOP sxUL wL irc CwN w PFMRS x®. MM MEAMIN SOOEIY FOR RsixC 1111 N91FNu< LV.L VNIXAIE➢KNDA LLNEA MB MEAMM MPE GNIOE M 5, BE1EML mXIP N S SIIPWESE Nx OffGr ME VON(WXO BE mNMMrOYs ,—)-�`a rviNxm mnis u _ B ffsT 5NLL MO BIENINX M "JJ _ F 1xxrRClm au RF aYnv ryVKRF Fm 111501,TOOMORIER SEOU.,AND mr BOIIOY N (IRFEAENE)NEOVNIGL mw B.OF. BOROY aF FOOBNC W MNXOE Num nE mxmx:r - B.OH. BLL OF NURAUI NK _N, 6 =O MORMIM SNP REPORT AM UNMLgw FIELD OMEENNUI '. B.O.N. BTHIOY ff EM. NR N91fld11 xCOB51tlR_w WSSIOS wm.FNm Ar Axx OIE MOE xONI r! 9i2 NMXEE NEG. NANUFACTURNC RPN10EE Mfr f Odl OF IIE VOM..6 XE VLL ff ff9M4BE FG \� R, RAAEAFLY VAK NNNW `` N t. OOflIN OONmACroR s—RE ffsPaseE ro BE OMA FOR MS MO OYRBWs OF CM CMMM OR CWPUAR-WE➢MflMINM NEC BOWL a£CINCN WOE ME m TRAcOOMS ENRLO=11DROM UCNM MO MR IGENTS MID dNmmssss,NB E.C. CENTER ro CENTERN.I.C. NOT IN CONTRX OMEN PEffA115 PEVEOriXO FO RUM OFXB VON(UNI A OUNTRKT ARN ME 0 t.D. CONUCflON BOCENBB N. SIRr.S. nor ro SCNE OOflIN fd1rPACrOR 9 CFH. CUNC FEET PER NNuIE N.V. NO Vdd( 8. F A CBME 15 IEU IERED M ME TE111NT/ONOt M NNNIAYE ONME OROR 3x C.I. CMT MON 0 FEUUOr n ro eE xslEO,xsG nE c➢mA mxrXAOw a",PROE art CL CIOSEi O➢. �� AmOBECLv.NOW Exmr/PMFA ro IBrfY Ad]sIECr w ffW6xD OLVxi C G. COUNO C.O. CLEW OUT 0➢. _UE O R AUBu 9. COflIN OJXIPACTOfl MRLL COER NO VOM VIN PEOJFEO N9£CIIOXS X.Rf U. V] COR. COONWus OPNM. rewXm W PoUW OPWNO RAE CN cum FEET PER WUMBE P � ca cum FEET PER SECOND PCC PoRIUND CEMENT CONCRETE .xL MONK—mxmRY TO xrONKMOYL Nnxxc mff EEBI U CYu cum FE YWJXM uXlr 0.. F1.RRP O g N P ccunu.. CUNC FEET P.L PImPERIY ONE I.ML WORK,McB OBTURD NIflQEE ro XNIOLVN➢MGR591m,SXNL COEVVI ro BE cu.. CUBIC YNm P.s E RIMOOB m1R NCn1ECIUPA BVdlRx IEYM AO'L�lm SMUIfl05 QMI. O P.S.F. PoUNJ15 PER muME Porn 11' �anF lLrcffON MEMn A Nw1.6 ORLE m Or1EE PORTHE LE 9v1L Nw OF c o �JG III Q 0.5. OONL1 SPWr P.5.1. PoUNA PER SpuNE INW .xi x a.M \l[ X w PID PANTED III BUD OOINFMpX R M Po59BE. W. BERN BE REN_COgEIE .., Ow wPPROOFlN.t,BER PONT OR MMIEUIIOX PANEL BE PoOF NtVX,ROMO ON O = EPIMSDBBMO E aX PMR E IEGE fl.O.L PoOF pWX 1EUER G .11 FENN IENFOREM6 W EE EUMST FM — A P.O. Nmli1 OPENNO U EJ. E)PMSBX OBI NWT EFV.SY C IXGWR FENF. IENFdMEO EV. MR- S CERTAIN ART CENTER REPAIR F a°80fl o+ SME ITEM QUANTITIES — z Y RB A.NAA-COXrIBL PMa SEMI SEMBW 1Q F.c.OA FLOOR CILW OUT SHL SHFE1 N. 4 A1.N. FlNEXN MURK 91fG. 91GMXM 1. flUSRO SONFlr PNEL SOEVY 5Nm r F SFECs. SIECFI F.FL. FlN91E0 FORM I£x4 m.IX. �UME � 5 : xFtr MOTH ffp1 SPANS 35 r 2' M1 FIPF FlRPPoOF 55 SRNIESS SIINLL SET SCFER.SOL STM(. I BIB flOOSr SNKY m n W G G EC Po G SEAIA�9N(MO/Ofl 911P 9N( ), fR GM S'E OFPIM: 6 I.1. E1] B. EFS sHFN£/O -ill.: TM19,150 al. m Et1 CNv. CNTNIIItE➢ SIB. SQP9 O GE C.OL CWfNEAN CONIflMTOV 5. �YMro CF➢.I. Ufl FAV ONHP._lIT ROPE - CFI. GROUND FWINTWNPT as C t CPY CNLMs PER NIXME TRE TOP ME NTRON DRE MOK UUMMUB ARE NEART DO ME BOER FRO-E M rlEM rnE SNNLER O O GUl E T. TONGUE AND ON— Ilex OF INNNtw WMR/MOI ARE PIESgR➢AIBIFO x SNUTA UUMPBfS NLSBK Ru Q 2 yE rn IIN RG IIrPSDN BOARD i T➢P OF« CERTRX B.AWXG HLL G.—E FN6,EVL.BBECP/NNNICrOfl 15—FESM!8E Q N� J H 09 P F BEAU FOR Xx OMX�IwMMN OF THESE XOR➢IREM OF RNPRR.BE NIOros NBILE/RL➢V 6 2 2 P CURRN TOP W COXCFER COn H m[_AmE er xrNIXEOBWv M MOaEarSIKroNMffxwffnu mG IIyy m R HOSE RB F TOP OF"FOOTFG RFYS x x x YUE Q 0 0 HK HM RS!PPED BEVIER IF PREFERRED M'/➢ ELE �.i U114 TOPOP OF OF JOIST TMASONRY F rn xV HI H q TME i OIY TOP OF MALL 3 HVAC >HE 1NG YENTNO AND AR CONDITIONINGTUC TELEPHONE TWANM1 O➢SET Y HII ,HOT LATER I JON UNLESS OTHERRI E NOTED S a IE IMEM NEVABON v m 3 z IMH 50 V.B. TNIBR MURBR CYP. INSLLArIBX V.I.F. rfAFY IN FlA.Iw WLTME IMI W AFF' .. I rNRr REC Fa ORAINNG No (,01N]01 I'0i it UFT = PPG 878 ��lPI I)I C'F:f OIJ TI.I IC-TI(JIV A o Et /vI Joj JC,T 2' 2022 p II ccrp znsu SEE-77ANS 5 s+crr Al 11-17 NEE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR NOTES KEYED FLOOR PLAN NOTES o EARD rlF SON JEWS,SEP NDIE,iP"o o Pe. IE IE EN. PIPES A°°a w," PPE==rr NRI NM,„P arA P°s p o ` o o I° a°, o,o°;,oaaa o "°°Mr° °","° °N,MA�r°°°r °r" o ILL�w°o �N= I—SE 1111 —111S 11 Sl o O "ro°" a a:a 11—o n =r a`. G°`11 111M e a a LL w�l o ���NM "re." ° O ° a; ❑° ��Wn°°,N°r°�°, SYMBOL LEGEND a� '°"""` �� LEGEND _ --I—-— ro �� i B ENLARGED PLANT °� T/ p.� Pu+nuc rm —1I 0—� III �v'c Q a K IMLA11X= �lu 0 r�aewwrr 'art rEE.o°�,N,=_ � E P - ro° P",� Sia 2 0 J o a \ EXISTING ITEMS NOTES " azF [[ m_N 6 O @ C¢ ___ = J z Pa° d O o rr OIo m�°" ' r nus+ Q O U LL o � liana 8 L11T—E o� NN�No A FIRST FLOOR PLAN ® o�n sxoeEru� (uou�enrrc) (-I NI-()R,1\11-1-) ,I,,T PPG-878 uuc�/v-rb(nu sxr sad Z sxc vv I�,C,I II I)1.=()IIF E1,1111, AI.I(il.JE;T 2��2022 k circ vreaccip zrrzs mNsu 7AN7'5 s+crF A2 _______ ------------------ O ____ --- --- O __ --------- O - --- - -�--+ --� --+-- -- --- - --i- -�- r---�--+ -- --It-- 3-9%' ❑A 4-N/' 4-0?i" ❑A 4'0�' 4=N/a• A 4 oA" 4'01/, 4 _C/. 4.-O. O 8=1)j, Li \—Ea-i of o of of o ENLARGED PLAN-LATTICE SCREEN WALL - - «.1� LATTICE SCREEN NOTES MANE of NEW 4.4 11PE-U-ELF LEE LRIIoE nREEN WALL CUI-ILE PANEL ao Nn ANEL @NI s� �a KEYED WORK NOTES o a; Pe, —EEN 1123011-IN \ a J O O VIII �O O m� OLIm �Q C ENLARGED PLAN J 0 `'�I�� O W`" s ayseiues�wreo`�u µoLoe eun T�-o asr m�w,mai°��a __^ s0 �ww�N�anr.a�Nu no,x°re� Rw.,sPUM�;x�oc�MCIX o -- --- ——————— rorFw,oPawo Foch wox,run wuo.Pua.aww °i ti Fi �Ncm�WA � v 0 i i a Pss Wow z S a s — 5 LEE, 3 �m 0 az~ u F O — J a�� Z 7it P, usd p T o�'oo U -u W oF� of z (&,ENLARGED PLAN 9 L '. ¢ co sx s a a q ——— —- - T KEYED NOTES u T — L P ED Ll IE R11LICE1 ILE 1- -NN, ,.A In P EELo m 3 �A,P SECOND FLOOR PLAN Z® 7 It :I\11;:U„I Y' J', reccoreo orwwmc No. �nr.r wLL s°,.9ff� „ci.n i, �i:�,�� l rEi Ii,TK71V, = PPG 878 E¢ /AIj(.)LI(+T 2ul'x.022 _. _. _ � �>r vaaccrp znse mrvsu,INE 5 s+cr,A3 LEGEND E2 E4, _ E3 arF �nr� E1� �. 4 arvM�� �o P H G 1 1 .� oroa�n�a EY— � U A B �xw J z o 0 J — J o �h D2 Moo�FEoe�T�nEry E h. P - D1' MoE.FEoarErvory�.0000E�K '— a UMU ooIFlEU eITU.�Ery ory alalo 4111LITlory 4 P F11 IN Wclo lrv-LnTlory ' O z 11-111oNrvG IN 110011111 0 o �J o o rue ory wood I'll, z m O a U J mm� U mzF 6 Z f J I— d or a i vn �' omNm W c$m 5 m�U t _ Z i i m � ROOF PLAN-EXISTING CONDITIONS(SHOWING ALSO EXISTING ROOFTOP GAS&CONDENSATION ' LINES FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT&ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO EQUIPMENT) Z� FF 4 50 ��n--r a�uu snr.azq swc zi�z-b coeo oreawnc rvo )II T PPG-878 �Mll I)I ORf,HNSJR: (JIQIV AA I(j�.IC,T 2' 2022 cc5p 21126 cENEaAL Norss mHsullON75 s+c[r A4 0 oecw00 sr RePAR AA-F-Ai ONS As 11-1NO.leo 2° 17 ,ARIaEONNOTE,OFROOFAREA, KxPo,x LEGEND ° � a �OONTNOEROOFNG`FLEBONOERAaEAF ROOT 1111L.—IIIAIL DID—23. °e SER°PPERE_,F M°oA�EPrERPER E2 E4 Yi Fa 0 I xn,.�.,x, UPPER°ETAL �E oEP°uPPEP Eo.1E rPIM'oP°�rrEF.PER s E 3 .� Yll uFFEaoETA� ,• I uxN wa E1 �s ouERBE,RESE ETPz TaSIT CKaPER — ®® o — H ®o 1 RBETAIL FER "rwM°oRRNTTFa �uDFNO OMoaaaaiiEOaraEa X • Nwva xwAx urvc < a Yi BIS ARCADED aARAaFT To aF —0111111 11*ENDED 2 I urvc - a e ERTIAL.SEF IP-1 E/SHEET 31. — _ u o rax A,as[x O BUT Ill. ti EFALG CAP INSIALEO _ 1101 E CURIL ETERIORATEO"Somwo-0.TOP SEE OETAILIFSHEET 33 - � SO B1ulN os w EFIOE RTa _ oINS CGINE—IORAON,NARBUR AOB "IP 11 Is"LLI, IE DRAIN 10 iA aIIuI l o QW mm w �N"6"FENERArNRE EE B — ®o F Il Y r D2 �~ Ea�'E�r,O — SA„ICBrAIA �������� LAN. I NO T ®0 U DoE<KIE aPENIN ATEIG A HE� NOCLOSE LLLLL`Lco a ,. Nol°IONS III LJLLL IT LLLLLLL LAN IF 1-B..T. 2. SEE'ROOFING ORK AREAS Po ON FouwLLLLLLLLLLLLLL o, e sHFET. ® TJLLLLLLLLLLL 1. 111 111*1=,I�HGITITI�HOILI�INI ALL -LLLL LLLLLLLLLLL III dEF W TIT—sHO"ION Nls v�aN�o LL I IT IT c ® LLLLLLLgo{Zj C) FO FTc T LLLL LLLLLLL ����LLLL a o NaT azn i LHL I IT d ,. _ _ ¢'0 0 C 1-110E HI ExISTINO l� - -- - - - IT ROSE C RED I ORN APPROVED * lL E A TALC GU R &A V L �bY Q AT S Er PRLI r„coo oECKOR UN r CURB APPEARS All. J m aEr DETERIORATES.SEE SHEET 40 mnzl FOR FF=ElLA.11'ENT 1.1, FcasEEN A sear:ROOF PLAN-IMPROVEMENTS/REPAIRS CONwTONS ALLO,IANCE yAz.Cu snr azq ro,c coe0 elwwnc No 0 EE .1 <o IM°�wl��aenuiae auslNooNs ,e)IVI=,)I C1 11UFT A. PPROx s TOAD OI ORATE oOEOaOOF �,�Mll III/�/a<,IILJSJRa,ic,T(N = PPG-878 NINORBBHT niil;iff,,Tv� voaa ez„EB RO1F AaEA"A" 1ooE AREAS"sac° RooF AREAS^F.a I^ CONSUtTGNl3 S-7 A5 FAMC7 W,1 1Eu 1vEExsTNG 1CDF Nr,TO THE Ex1HIG CAL"DICK Paly of IIIAUAS 1 REMDVE Ex SANS a11F NS I- D THE ESM sT'C'* I"CK 1EM1vEALL 11.1 LRIIFNGMATERALs,AT'F a'I'ANN'TANDNG SEEM METAu /eo 20 IF As REQUIRED 2.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL wooN I-E MVN-METER ENCS AS 1EpNREO To 11111 111 AD 1.1101111 NHO AL 1001 NA LENS AS IIASII DTO MEET NE�a NSULATON IIARAIIG IT SOUTH 'ED"RED F END PARAPET WALLS As RED HEIG FAIDUR, PAN_ AD 'FIT 'LAVT -AIDX NA Ar,E PRO/DEFOR TAPERED THIll PED .ACW�FUNDER ovIDENE�i1:v1oN NAILEIRS AT RC FEAVETOMEETNEWI MsuLATIDN ~ N9I IIU HA 10�a."I A or/NMNPNRJWINcs 11 1ON ATHIR"AL IF BB,E ON OESCTNSTPOLPEoIOTO LDO Eo OD DECK FISTED PER FM I-25 jj//ff NS TO THE:.DOD DECK PER FM 129ON ENING PATTERN. aRLR 6APRaooFIND INSuFASoJOiIC sWIT.ONE rovsPECIFlEN HIGHE. A TEN 'STORE ( T4y�."� 1. JNICALLv ELI" 'FCIFl EDRASE s.EET iD wooD D'c'K GA "HE "��""" EW NSULATION HEIDHTS ENSURE NES C A.IT.TRU FAST JIS RUN ANN 2"eFARINSTALL'AFTEENOWING FOR A MINIEUM OF NIIINS 111111E A MINIMUM OF 1 I INCHES ACME FINISHED ROOF SSAT. STAINLESS GUTTER AN 4. AR'ED PLATES ALL oR EXTE EJVE EDGE.ALLO!1 FOP..J AIIN A UM OF 5x5 STA ooiooi-oe_ii RED I CENTER AT 'FIGHTANDINSTALLEDSTAINLESSLETExISTII DUD.JTIDA.. ALL LAPS.ALLO.I FOR2 ROWS AT 18 O-ENTERSTAGGEREDATFIELDOF RED OOVIDENE:IIIEFINISHENALUMINUMIS /INET-21RIANELSSSITH STEET "DE 1. RVINMECHANIc.JLLY EKATENEN SASE SHEET WITH ONE PLv BPEOIFIED SASE CRICKETS ASs.aEN IT A IT A"U'LLSS STEEL EDGING SET IN COLD PROCESS. LICITI, PGIOFEARENAlOEIDEa'x4TA1EREDSUInR.'INR.N rPROVDEALLPREFNISHED IFIOIFMALUIWFOR 111 ASSOCIATED RESHENDACCESSORIES - INNERALUMI 7.PROVIDE NEW STAINIFE AREA�NAIl WITH 111HALT PND STRIP INTO P.00F NG BE HIM TFR"E xST NG ROOF DRNNS AT ROOF NOT REpu - - -- A AG IN;ITNSTCTHEWooDDECKAT'PERFMI2P SDE,DO NOT 1.IFIRAIR CF W THEVEICIFIE1 ULaRwWHITE CAP SHEET IN TYPE IV HOT ELINANARI FASTENINDTD RE-ROOF THIS AREA UNTIL SUCH IS COMPLETED. _ ASPHALT. 7.MECHANICALLY FASTEN SPECIFIEN BASE SHEET TO:bOD DECK FASTEN II.EXTEND ROOFING PLIES A MINIMUM OF 24"ABOVE SLOPE OF.JDJACENT PITCH WITH TRUFJGT 415 EH' AND 2"BARBED PLATES ALLOWING FORA MINIMUM OF EXISTING TILE ROOF ARE A"F".DICK WATER.LAPS,ILL NOT BE.JLLOWED. 4 SHINGLING LAP AND S"END LAP.INSTPLL FASTENER.SATE"ON CENTER.AT � ! S.DR IM ME'c.ANICAL v zFASTENEX'ABET AEETEVITN 1NE PLv SPECIFIEN BASE 1.INSTALL'..000RSE STRIPING.JT ALL SERTICAL BASE FLASHING LPPS. SH NON REpuIREN TO CLEAN/REnnOVE _ ROOF AREAS E21E IF AT INNE B PLIE'S'%TR ANN STRIP INTO ROOFING EMOV'DAM.JGE COATING).CLE EXISTING ®! TO THEEXISTINIS.ICD NECKPRCANEDECK oELVIN.sCPEIEIFlEAoN i1A-WT.ITEA.PROVIDE NEITAST'�`NALLETSS STEEL EDGING SET II CAP s.EEN COLD OW ttPEN.oT 2. EPLAOEAANV DAIA OGEDa>°OS(MINOR AMOUNT)CIERv'D ORI.IISSINC TIES PAIRS IFAS REGLIBEN. IFT N1 R/ITH SALVAGED TILES EASIREQUIRED FROM RODE AREAS F oI'I'. <1.IIOVIDE ADDITIONAL e D RAILERS AS REQUIRED TO MEET RESI INSULATIONALE REQUIRED,FOR ROTTED DECK AND OUTDOOPER JOISTS AT INTERSECTIONS AS LAPPROXIMATELY 4-6 S.FE)PDESIGNED AND DESCRIBED DTAIaFs.EETFuAIDD AODITINUF pDOD BG ocKIN LAc1MNDi 1LEAN. HEIGHTS ALONG:.ITH TAPERED SLOPES. NIIAUM OF 3.5INCH ISO ALONG WITH 1/4"P AIR INSTALL PEELSTIGK 3 IN:T,ITI N TVIEIEATE RCSITNEDRAINACE ER FOOT TAPERED ES IN F"LLTO ENSURE ILL 'ASE PND COUNTER NOERuvMENT AN Su'SEQUENT TOR - 4.INSTALL I2 TAIERED suM15 AT ALLSCVPPER LCcaTIONS ALDNG S+AT.1/i° RD HER CHANs PER FOOT TAPERED ICKETS BETWEEN DRNN LOCATIONS TO ENS URE C VITTAS R_--R yQUU E To gI LIETp Z,Cp NSE:/ _ INC 5.ALLOW FOR 24GA 1LSOLDEa'DB:JOE.'HIGH IINIUUM AIDED ISOTINEWEIINISTIll nal- U +narsis TEANEIS - S.GANG ASTEsWM NSK INSULATIONS L PTLVISDc R DECK E IIIFINIPAR INSULATION. REA D2a Er III �Q m oRPRELIMINARYF"STENiNcsTOTHE:r000DECKPERFn11-29rABLEs I-ADD ADD ONALAOIDNAILERSATIARAPETn/AusIF IREOFNE., III o W w 1. IN MUMOF,HIGH A EASESHEETARA'ET3 FOR INSULAT AREA I MITN iRuFAST I AS EDA ANN 21 eE FWINA FEOIKn MINHIUM 1F MIIIHEIIITUMEN BABE FLA3.IN11 AND CANT ST1111. I HINGLINGIAPINDI END LAI.INSTALL FASTENERS AT I AN CENTER IT 2. 'RIs FLIM RDOF SUIFADE.PBESSURE WASH ALL ALLOU FOR 2 ROWS AT IB ON CENTER STAGGERED AT FIFLD OF aT((MINUJUMesa IU)..AREAS MUST •- 0 1.SHEET BE FPSTENED'nsE s.EETwIT.NERLv sPEc1FIED'ASE IALLAROOF Toa"IITEoas IND REPAIR ALL IEFIIENIIES IN E ALIET W.oT ASP.uT. aeIIME RERAIF AREAS FIT.W'ASPHALT PWMEI RWOR To INV 1PLIEN RE1AIN5.REPAIR Ac-BRING IT.S1Ec. II.PRIME ALL METAL FLANGE WTH FHALTNEI ERnNDSTwPINTOROOFING FAUU.REk FFNTS ANE ROOFING REPAIR STANDPnps. U E PLv SHEET. 4.REMOVE ALL'NETI-MAGED AREAS OF INSULATION AS DISCOVERED B O WITH SIE�IIFIEO ULTRA-WHITE CAR SHEET IN TIRE N HOT THE oR 1NSDLAT� ""VALUE cOVPsuin clvERBOJRD MEc.ANICALLv I.IPN EDCOUNTERFLJSHINGS ATW.JL INTERSECnaNs LDECK.ALL INSULATION REPAIRS MUST BE COMPLETED IN .. co IDE SURE"S E NI"OU ISE OUM 1. oDIoaIWsTAINLEss STEEL RITC.RANG EDGE FLAS.WC.L1cKINc O 4.11oVIoeAELasTannERICWALL coATINCS AT IiiwAii A'ovE RDOF UNE T'l1.cC1ING CARS AND RELATED ITEMS.ETE RE DRE A � DBITUMENREPAITALRGMUGTBECI N"OMPLETEDIN a n Soln\LE ou inoolFl-olio n�EN gU 101C01v/IT.sPEOIFIOD UR.AcuAaD w' IIsi V Sia v 1 REMOVE INCROOFINCTo STEEL DECK.PROVIDE DECK REPAIRS As 9.I.iNS.uRH.JcuAiEolaATSE ASE cosi,.JND REw'D1cINC FAIR BE AT FIELD l AT AT F OF ¢m� ❑ 2 MINNIMIIN 1111 F IBLEEA IIFF.LEHRIiT-FAS11EFINISHED FIAAT SURFACE. PAN LAY R" H M,N SUMOXYRATE R LO_ P UFFICIENT COVERAGE AT FILL BASE FLASHINGS AND 0 Eo.rENsu FLASHINGS AND FIELD of Roo WITH ALPHAGUARD IT c E w aIF I I GOTSERUSETSAT EX.I AREAS ED AI FOR 1,1! 11.REINSTALLIDE NEW PREFINISHED STAINLESS STEEL CDUNTER QZN I... LL INTERs'cTloNs IF MEc.ANICAL CUR'S. N 12 PINA IESL ASTOA ERG ALLOW FOR-ARTUFROCIS 1 OVER ALL IIII-11AULDATE C WALL COATINGS AT ALL WALL ABOVE ROOF LINE. ysp ROOF INSULATION DEC ALLOW D ¢0 0 cc FASTENER PEI1.33Sa FT OF INSULATION OR AS DIRECTED EYVANDSTORM C^U Q (D L 5 IN IlIFINII TIONS IIT.1 FLO OF SPECIFIEN FARE SHEET IN HOT 3 z STRIP A IM OF EDGE METAL WTH I PLV OF SPECFED BASE W ' STEEL FACE 1OHOTOFA SAT.TOROH ICJP SHEET ¢ O oIN TALL VERTICALS IIURSESTRIPIN,AT ALL I IRE FLA DLAP'coni 3Er e PROV DE SURFACE MOUNTED COUNTEeFFLASHING AT,ALL INTERSECTIONS LEE DETAL 3 I' TAIFoe ELAs.wO AT T.10 c.e ALLHVAc.ENT 6 E 'FIRE T'IENETRATIONS ER DETA L I I SHET T F cc rm-.1 mo 1 R oF�R uuiloNE. iNlaK�uEs'REo°A OVAL LDTaT1ND `ONJ=('R"I 1'UFT = PPG 878 sw1r.NEIN An.DsroRM APP1ov'D IREEA"ETALculss ",",l P )I C'F.f OJ T:,2%T(.7� e¢ /(I I(I..I�;T'T' 2022 ccTp zrrzs mNSUt/AM's s+cr�A6 �KD uiw w"s". "r smu ons HIP a:nwuwo¢a iKx� fiourorm �rc� /""n"e�o�s w+ 15, ���,,nnSrJ6h` e� flPd°f{:&"wtiirv.WP.rc s �v xxw �r�vX°nw�° _—8� fif41{:&"es'rv11P.x• Ib ai°° $e:�r"mor wY° 's'�o-°wax?°n a,w°�° wnw.rmr � °� '� xa� axn `mao�n� ax"r��,wa - m ti In i U EAVE WITH GUTTER DETAIL �,AC DUCT WALL PENETRATION CUSTOM) 3 EEAV X DETAIL 4 HILDETAIL VI m U I- 0 � E ti U m.m<"o.:m:w re.n pm.wm :.w.m:u9:me off m"ww N J a W 4I— xw<� ------------ ----------- w a"ate aC30 v w °mow w, nrvww.s x¢v ¢rw m O e' a (!o-lludk„II:IA1 I)Nil .. AUj(A JC,T 2' 2022 Ir, ,m 7 '_, 50 5 RAKE TIE-IN RAKE TO WALL DETAIL 6 ROOF RAKE TO WALL DETAIL 7 ROOF RAKE DETAIL ®ROOF HIGH SIDE TO WALL DETAIL PPG 878 pz CM0 a 77AN 5-L A7 - IGd41R mx u. �ei�E� 6trx�. �a ¢ METAL PARAPET CAP EMBEDDED EDGE METAL FLASHING EMBEDDED EDGE METAL FLASHING SURFACE MOUNT pl 1 COPING AND BASE FLASHING 2a (GRAVEL-STOP) 2b GRAVEL-STOP FLUID APPLIED RESTORATION 3 COUNTERLASHING FOR CONRETE WALLS o o X w x/. x/A lu Uro 0 rm° U11— E ti ENSoh&M9RP mAhS"" ,IM' a &fd"mYJ'�"'" P�IaAR6Eftfi i�sti""" f Mau &'�LME!'rl !"� z 6Ei&E o�GMfF,a°:oNEWu W c a W � E;kGCMN&DWW � goU V 6Lu N? co pzG (D WO¢ LL ¢00 Z i F411(,I L,T^'" k022 a 77 - .. RAISED CURB DETAIL FOR ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING RAISED CURB DETAIL FOR ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING UNITS PPG 878 SURFCAE MOUNT WITH METAL EXPANSION JOINT CUSTOM) �,UNITS&DUCTS PREFABRICATED METAL CURBS) �1&DUCTS(JOB SITE CONSTRUCTED WOOD CURB) p zr121 mxs 7AN7'5 s+c[r A8 Wl Sl7a"Px MEL Wit" hX C° ce ° �a �MwSHEET"MoETAL ENCLOSURE ."oo. ory II133�In., 1 FOR PIPING THROUGH ROOF DECK �2,PITCH^POCKET FLASHING DETAIL 3a PGLU ryBING VENT 3h R«QOF DRAIN o aIIU o x w n/n U� 0 � E ti MI ra s;a o Po �{Pp4fk°aPrddMMMMw5RIM PERRI 8 N x URI MAy f ` z p a LL � IS",l ll"U l Ull (()Id I R,J Tl V /U.Jo)L.,T I' 2022 recc rm orwwrnc mo SCUPPER THROUGH ISOLATED STACK FLASHING- PPG 878 r,RAISED PERIMETER PARAPET 5 GETTER �8,SHEET METAL HOT OR COLD) GH WALL SCUPPER ccrF zr mns 7AN7'5 A9 KEYED FLOOR PLAN NOTES NOTE: NW = 'NO WORK' AT THIS CEILING SPACE _ O m"akpA .a«`5 moe w<«, xmnN�mo,aRmam 0 0 saam� 0 w �O O O O 1 O I I I I © m�P�a o --I --- ---II— oo p �o R���PoxP�an�o,EoP�mG�m,u wmoP���,µo R�o R��P�a P�m���a.mo� fie ��o R�ama�amd� NI a: a� RCP SYMBOL LEGEND L———I———I——J O en�Rx maim, �lu o x — —=— —= _ — (SEENOOSTTANT 5 S-7 A10 11-17 NEC l Yili I VV �.6pp pp i IN I 0 O 0 r -�/a'a[ r. [ [s(v� i. [ [s(vry i vmx a'.a':y"paNsaouG suo Lcau inuREsc(6cR�2ra FiuruREW LAIIN)AND A/C NSUPPEv f1) o R/AN RhEs URES)�R[A Bm[CEiIMC.R[MW[iUS FRIM Ai uR[5)o REA ROVE¢NNc.REMm[rr6 PRiu API. LIE SuSPENOEA CEILING 2 LIE SUSPENDED CEiuNo Es I NAV RaoM O CENNN PUNS C\ Q E. ()ME -rz.Me �¶cRo�NRooF�N aNRraa AuaossNao u�N s suu casw,awwa/aEucv[suuC srarac[euee�c Roucw uP PUNt 1, IEMIIEm 04W CEiuNapoN RUR 2:R FRAMING P E� OV[PNOBAPRo CEiuNO aN Mi 1.3 FRAMING ABGVE R I FEE P MLEI�� REMau uRAIF PER Ell 1111 1-IEAVEI'I IFERN a OF[woIE'APE IElAlIEl 1111M Ru NO, EaR suis 000awnr pi EiRn ErooR arnN.EIlE wNNi CFE,/0 ERAiiaNal END>[MPORPRhv SEr I.FROM CEiIiNG Clm%oPERA�iONu RU iEMPORARiIv GET oaWN ERA"CENNO nIlEAUGG IT ITRIATITEE AEG REZ.1 icx is PRocEl E[A N(RERU Ln " ll ILLl iU iA PRoc[m(REAiEA 1- ll ITIENITIEN NI IF STILL'I'll'I ART AIER)wx STRENGTIENING OF STRUCTURE IS GED)W r/1 K ME ARimxu NERLNCEME_RONsruE I—El"EI s E oRiciwE INRATIERE_REmsuE nuvacEA"EI = AND u0M FinUR6. PNo uGRi nuruEi U N 113 R m U Elk 53. 0 iW 1 1 iinr V@�U I f�9 '" 1 f�/� ' VII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII � E i v �VVVVVVVw D1 NI 21 " ._ ' ops <o�N oyrrue E e ELF Nanvorcuorvo DO _ LEVEL .EF R LONG RUNNING creo, z wzr EEI LEI III ESUE IT AEA RRA REQ -IN CEILING AL TIGER SPACE TO REETROURS, I UP PAID' IS ED Ec E RR ,EREE,E,E .A�EUAE m A+E„� a N.Er R I ENI W v � a recc rm rerwwrnc mo � 111 I'dI 11UF r = PPG 878 I�UII D IT C'F'f OIJ TI,I I(J1011 ALL.ICdLIP>T 1.'I,2022 w circ vreaccEp znze FEE—iTANT 5 S-7 A11 11-17 NEE, t,w n r / r f BABE PEEL,EA,BRE EN,�RE NBBBA LE�L�NB ANN PAIN,5-N�,S RAMS. AR NBE PEEN,E NRE E ARE LABB.�E�L�NB ANB PNN,L-LBA,S. R�N,S. REA ; . �;/�EB ��E° o� ����oNAE INSPECTION OF B °oE NE� Na7E � ANNBE�/oCC°o � caSNNN a ° sa o ""A�°6d"N«�B 6r��oEN�EoB�'ANOEo RN�w"�o„o�' 1;"�E°6a"�EE;�N BE rANo€NSG,`d�L;' o`o°E E,DA, NN a� R`P/PAM 22'NE AreIIDN IQ AETstiw KARD NO�REN EURR-NOWN BEAM.LD—AT DINERION OF A-wAAs NEN AAN���AN,A BE �N Nr�EAw AE N��xAN AE A�NNEC,. x U N III �Q 0 Al cn I SwF p O O O 0 0 N = t BBER EL[BOOR NG CLEAN WALL SURlACES.PR[P/PAM HN. i. PREP/PNM PAR of NEiu NFE11 PNo uoLLrnV NEiu ERLu[ 6), [1 REP Pa NN LLN N5PEC UN OE DUE'RUN ABCER ABSEOUENNI EU ELE BUUR&—E tau c5c J AVE I ELI IRSING_N_Av,111,EF.&TER11 ELEA'L ¢O O Q�U 12- 50 F Z V 6 recc rm A_,mo ,()1w((1 MI 11 UFT = PPG 878 I,,,LII I-)1-01F OId TI,II(T1)11 5 AL.J(AJP;T 2'�2022 w cm vreaccEF znze M—TANS s+crr Al2 11-17 SEE REMEC IYY i V: I P� � PFHAREACL 2EA Nm R`M F�(S�� 1111-CA.���R 3 PPL ALRN�w�L P P�Pa�Law�Rw��AfoN PPPa °�a IT�.P>N,FR�R�N z-L-Aa .�rcNFN FT�RRNR- ROBBER �wAERFFDIFFUSER(z)PREPTRNF 212 DIFFUSERS(SCALE co o) � M R Ing'I CPALL R RRRRFR 11 _ RE, TEL IJ _ MSLPLL I—EN y S U T FLOOR LIN[ FREPIPCC ND ODS WAN FlLLCRN . III �Q mcRLR Roo allo srnuNT C, U 0 // � // � �/' IIIIIIIIVVI Vf lllllllllllllllpplllll lllllll l l llllllllll 111 l l 111 lull 11 111 l 111111 I I; E ���%// � i �%� IIIIIIIdI�V � �uuIItlIIIIII�IIII����IIII�I��I V � lir u � uuuuuuuu ��" 0 m� aCa� 1 Toh s a O O O ui. REPLACE ALL NCLLNC TLL NTxs aaeo sxa ANN 1-ss) , ANoNcNaLI-11 CLLNc,TL All 1-z,i um 2NA LCM FxTURE LENS.NSTU NON SAC a/A z. F sus i' zy a RIS AT INTERIOR SIDE C—MARCH TILE SURFACE 0 .E.i. .I FACE I auaem REAL ASCI TO NEAREST LON F DO _ v a recc rm rerww/nc mo Ol ,enw))I IERI la I'r = PPG 878 I,,,LII I)I OR 0OIJ TI,I I(T1011 /U..I CdI..I P>T 2'I,2022 w circ vreaccFF znze mNSTRTAN75 S-7 A13 %�/,✓,�(�w%�/�1�//J/r%rr ir���/ �, �� °i�; � ... . i„ SII r�mu iii NOdVV�II�V'�IV i al PII umi VI uu','Y.. ' i,� RE ;i 0 0 0 <e "I AaN=, A zNR Eooa`z.<,FLNs.RER ��RRNN�,�EE�N,a�� s�o�M a�E o«�R F"A"N", R ,O ,� FLNs oR���P�E�m sNaFL,aRE����� ROS E�Ra� Ra R EU` R Ro ao NERC R a a� E NsAFE E='FEAR'AA O��A U N III �Q o W w U I- 0 i� 0 ill/�� ,, e Po / >,l, iii W;a MINES,; T: IT f 7 O ua roax O 0 EmFL .1,,l IIIE {n IE E FPIHE ALD 1 1 REPLIED FLOOR AREA GRIND SMOOTI GUT REOLUGI FLOOR NOTE.Rmmau ERFEROR APANsox 1011 RElIl—E REFIRE OTmoR KIN , - n - Arvo c armu r EmaREFLEerz IRE REE5- NONa FLOOR orenryREPAINT RmRnau EER uEu'MEr wmouRERE r rzM oeo(Rvc�allo cxauncuaao EFLs zREvu nuunR Al PER aHo e(a� vmEREws. (nnn uFL rr . u. .aI NOTE ERE uEuaE wU monuo RER xFLFrvn � E Eary 1 TO 11 w.e n x NE NFIEL nE11 1 l ENE .OTI LES r[ En E El FINGER E sAx AiE uuEm Y-LIFUNITE 1.@ IP IN v „EVICRR TO NO 4 EP AS Y ' EuwE r wrt . Ell Il E EEs =ll,aIr:,iE � a FF recc R mwwrnc mo ,enw E 1 MI a 'T = PPG 878 I��,LII I)I C'F'f OIJ TI,I I(T1011 AL.ICmL ;T 2'I,1.(112 w cm"PER, F znze MN—ANI s+c[v A14 11-17 SR` �a R,r sEE xRRrR�,E rRR,s AREA,Rr,wr s l R w11 2R�ExP�� I1�I, C—�RRrre�1�,�R esrl;GcK m�x�INw 1.1.I1 IIA-11-1.R AR1I x—Al INS ADS 1�I��IAIx.x I1w n1, ��RI �<x11IRx,�1I 1R� R�1 Rx� °�sEAr R �w w/reaE R)aMI 6� o�'oraa= ar 11I /re 1 R/ ����e1le�,r r)11I�R��rxr � P�C oxs R�IRs re�1� w IRS E�Es U N �III �Q lu o W w LLU 0 s 0 v rd f a , w w r / 3N (n a wa ¢aw 2 1=/ rs RISC(71)111 I—E sxu:ws Docs a ,. a s oils(7,r):oP SUIFuE sxl wl[oNIS Ai er c wcf�l:oP suwuc Cul Smc ouww rvxaooss c e wm s u NNANIsrs oI s A'Ll,/e z s r owuls wxsRe seuua 1rs oeseolueo oR o�o �, _I erPs _unu c11Io rvv a,11 Clsrs rewrlo wo,L sss Rn1w ( r I6 a a o C,R, _ fur e sxlx 34 1111 s. cra n,o wu Ill Rxruc r.see eoov m RNR IERAI rr s x14_Sl l § 1.n w m .cra ccmnl ries or cowuus wxms sEwsn ws oowoemm oe (xR u) DETEROFAIED/NFOIEN srs SEWER LETLERS wnx can,m :.r EIIEII uc111Em sIIEAs(1)1 as III IEsw .. �i .. c D muEes. �uP/ ( E11 LETIERS uvv.I mwrr� RRe:e a ARRI)AD.1-EIAs ). PJwruPsoowa :1� 1,��5.. 50L',enw(ll MI Il 'T 87°Lll I)I01 l)Id TI,I I(TIOII AL.JOL.IP>T 2'�1.012 w F AS CLON—ANS 5 S-7 A15 11-17 NO, %//' r/////h/�l� /i% � � sub 'z ''''✓�y/c ����1 LG r, �,,, /% � r�� wF>w� ,:, Sf✓� 0`// // //,i/ �r/„T Via. , nvww 0 <e BreF/reEa B m eE e,areaE EB FArvo.t,,R,I N.Bry R c Es Iry ISP p>ry o sPwrv,ps c„a a A sw.srnw F a aouEFe NGS ore - a rve�P/anmoNls-ews a cele)A,w'NE luso wuc Pace _ Tu reaoF.SEE BoaF arnrvs _ pm aaAimEs f+rePx.ale)m rae%msau ss.manic env Ai eYw.Lov eF caBLEo wau.s«reoor vLAry cRary%oaaauEreeOnirvw��o(uEw orvmoicsiau�EDAem)rErveE z. o n rv.NEW reoonrvc AND NEW cmTEre AND oowrvwem Lo BE K wus/scaas I,s EacuT Luis wuL ruE s. ere(Liu I)s,ucco w G AFcurvo RENTING TUBE RED emErvsiarv.FEEL WFAv a I EaTcH''L LLB I UCEu,or succc Banc TI waTcw nwnccu, s �rvnumLm ixnAu rvEw ss.ME IF IF RE wuc(to Ere FFgB�EA wA uL szAum A�wwoow METAL coamc c+v A Loa osx nwie L ALL wirvoows} L u uuuwuu wwoaw aNlH ll u ewoEIIE'mrvc uiwLw.usm Sam_em or e o/mosm iuT�nc reoor a I a+o ooreuc o ee ec-vorvneumm Ewes ec us wirvw WALL vuM T-Lem Eus,IMmic FIIM iwTErvaK ALL KIIErvma Iry PxmorP2 13, T _ LL 2 U N III �Q U 5 0 fi ../ w., sIF , / / m NTTc 0 roax O O O O O w 00 QxN = US ur Ere rFF_E - SUIT'cur wFa IRE IEl EeoePA"SGUGN ,. CAL ME/rvsALL NAW SS.METAL CODING GW A TOO OF E 6 FAUNI wuc.SEE S 2 6 PLANT C IF IS arvo GROUND overy rvnASSL"AR NAUFIFIA H e 'rvc AND ovo+uvv ea Ss METAL nnse rva AT our, e DDRINIFES11 AT Tea BILL IIIc'LINES, o�o F31/n La L. aEBE IIory vE FACETEA ANNO EIIALLIPA AD 111 11 11 IEI-WAIL.1 r E. m v z .flh h 1 SEEN l T 5 FP ST Uf0 A E FABF a.,fiLv 0 L`v EIF .lF -HILL FGII F FF T rib UFT' ^NL LIFEFE FF fie INSET+n r'.T L.LL SIFa IEUT ILn6 f 6 Focj Iry/IoM a s cAiV rvnu�crvcen ss METAL cov rvc cwv A LNv RATINGrwuL.SEE PIPE Eury nrvN NE AL .I recc rm crwwrnc mo w Fll IEN la UF'r = PPG 878 I,,,LII D ('F'f OId TI,I I(T1O1 /U..I CdI..I P>T('I,(012 w cm vreaccLF znze MN—AN75 S-7 A16 11-17 NEE, r �n dl s 7 1 FE O O O <g m LAS R� rL��E EN��E AANAT�AN—FA E—AWER�A P1M FEE IFRNER�E,A LA S,PER n� A���RSWR PR��� - '; .PARFA l 11 a oEREsII E ABI a o,, RN,A ENT RER.R AN ERR R EP P�EA" 1ER 1.1E RR1�,u EN REF—I PLATEI ANA PNM I a 1 6, NRF4L"RESIDED SEE SWEEP AT PAIR'BEEN NEIPL ROARSP4EPTAM 5 Nos�hS)h„eiu uom,aacw Edo¢, PWM 1ALL.NNSF AAAR E ALPA.�N��ATL.PEEENE”R ANAPMEINNA ERRING AniP AND,A rA�A 11 DUVELr PWM.A`pNPL, 0 mR1 Ns�P�L WMs EP`s REnFEE WASP�`EPSOFFI PER 218 DU OPERE FeaER/PUM IT-""E1111 1i1)1111E Ill 1nu PREA 2 EP1PWM n PAS)AU TA„TUPPAM i P))'EE P12 EP) ,o�1/P-rode" m Q AE E��ERAE A,111E�N TACE o RTALL R aM �lu o w w qq 0 ). I „yPr Now ��yyyp o Po � I�y� ����YIyI�� l�wH1➢�� ���' '� Al cn IIIwI�A'W'1 W11Y1WW1V41 WIAMP'�P'IMRW%) �: ��� r �( cn .1 0 a ma O a O °ecu O Q. = �RE EEco M �TRNA, HEELER HART) . Po°)P)P ' 1 °EE�1MLONA ELnnTiaN i. oRE RPAUUE SFAN coNRA 2,61 CONSTRUCTEo ANE(OFF FASIS u (20 LE PREP 1PA 1 RwU LPR`(POER BRUSH)R1sEU SFEEL HANDE&RE PLATE U DOUR PNmR cAnRA SECTOR,ARR(—BEERss. S o NE'LBEE_ 'FIRE 11SHEIR AT ENHEE ¢' m T reEP^nE n sED T1„ rT Txi,oIiTrrv, z v recc rm mwwrnc mo ,e)Iw))I IEN I)UF r = PPG 878 I,U)l I)I01 0OId TI,I I(T1011 /U..I CdLIP>T('l,(012 w cm vreaccEp znze CGESE—AN75 S-7 A17 11-17 z i n av �. aN LED LEE CRLR/'A,U- Os�s a ac[1 Ss-CAERE.a0) re[P/aaui(�c i)xL arncF ors I. [re pwni , �is z. NGS/x'Aw(i O)su s OFFn PANR AT WAluWpv B[vOND TO ROViD[�Ois MGs TO Cll - - - aMNCRE E EODHD. oELEC fnEUAEG'�OUDFRABRs�uFTal [w/a'm ss Dcw uwav PLrvC[oD s y' 11 p) 1. RE-iNSLALL SCION'ALONG RACE mCEs OF ETES CORNER s. coree RAUC AND CIN'a yLALEEG�ALL,'LE ECt I-ED SECTION.REEMCTALL wq FELT UNDER Q,e EreA a�s(s Tws FLtvpGiOu) regiED/RRau[N LUG IF cEMoz LEIERS WRx COLOR Caaim I FAGP cIII—w wMReusx)BALL(s)NFTu AIRNEGLGI-LEI all I"I AS " saFvrs(e]Ai Out Fac[BELOW COweaslmD COLOe TD mOCLN'wuw COLOe n _ rap('I"UNDER DwuN xrnD IRE- s s. U11 CreEP(Cre[ssuR[SE,AERI EDGE-P�wuw)wLNIiR[sOFm.1 rz.s DNUNDER 2,8 RATIOM RCCFres _ re WIUL nW9I N UNDER CIADDMG EeFAmAO�UCk UNDERGSSG,NETu EDGET[ANN iDSaE PERNJD'URN UNDER era 6. PFEPJPNMF(I CDaT)GLL TAN SURFKE DFS 2 U N III �Q Olin o W w ES U AD z � I v z I� 1 F/ o dzF O O O Oo� o Q 2 asy a r.ci T r w -/ f Nol reu a�mx�eNSDE Or reourvD E a cowurvs - SLE vi Ni e c 1rvo L ma,a,sOFr,Dr DDDR 1FaD All RFOPrLv NFw s eEP/r0NTPAMmp»RFae LALL-irErs TIMATa'Ens aawMmLuurvsFaFix"-IL d ac[(a�reaTrpD SECTaus arvD rR[r/ram(1)OTNERC TO %. rem%raN'(TEmnijTFOre LEL EFS TAry Awns I101 CDwues Ai TNs EL AUTON.G COLUMNS(WASNm ONE GLEN'z COSID I.0 0 T cowurvs Am Om)rAw rz cons c r 7 IEA`AamE - m LE Fr wren[recON A ON.a"IUMNSA(wAS"E OMOPaM=O vnA�s / ( k DID "I > auDEDGED) ..iT Tvry m „Ov Gr syl L k A rewC eR .,L EL TUu r Lt u. _ v n- rear rt a r 18, 50 recc rm-.1 mo ,e)Iw OI IENI)UFT = PPG 878 I,,,LII I)I01 OIJ TI,I I(T1OII ALL..I CdI..I P>T('I,(012 w cm vreaccTF znze mN—ANC 5 s+crF Al B 11-17 GI PATpC, 00 Yf �Ni a NGC/SC (10) REPHPNN< EH ASHTPA�N, IN EEREEN 1111 RE(REu AEE oti HREERN NE,>�DORre AND FINE IEwu H WDEO� DND H��wN� �PA�N`a OST a 'Esq of o6 A, (3 FAALL)RNIIAAAE(o R�EC SE,,.,ANC PRER�PNM rW,UE ERS.0 REHNN ,DDC DP PALM N�NOR HOD r o E E OE WORE CND 9 �N N E �oWER WARE DRDSw�L(O,N AL oNNESTOR Pa,ES ND PONT A, STERE W �N STE HERB H FENS EN�CEEC,R SEA ; REPLACE ALL STEEL DONEES NRH NEN v2 m SS DOWELS mEDnWN ERHER WDE OF RRRNR EKES�LDNNS fa'PUuq.'ar_IlE'(HE eI', sEniDUS ANO PRER/PUM fc)mxms Eo E - Ore oONER TO°°R"ERpER I.S.METAL EDGE SFI�'ZDooE,E� HEAL LR�s RSTWEEN,O�I''l`PLA4F)'ETP4T AP w�TEL z NN EST ADGVE 7REMsiE�,HS EST FIBER W v PREFAB CPACREOFFnNN WOOD FENCE AND GAS m �Q 0 7EI �3 Ll ,.,.. ,. 55555 E ' a F 00Nw�PPu1y4!tew �J'�11�Ss)Ji� e �- ' as a O O O 0 tl1ou o Ra O r` 1- ANO NsruL srnwn A,W Nww Ds(P) a z n R rwwE AND Nsnu muAM m unNDcw weR�EmL"IDUI"NAI EEAVDINT o-� n IAn LOOP FIPcaRnuoWNS-) SLIoNDE Er core mcEfe x.DING RUNS) a N.oR`P(Po rAce o�'oo sUTa`BEEP NPI NERAT L� LACE D R a^� OF ,P E PA,R D OE,ucN AND EN JOINTS RtPucE MEPL VENTS w ss. of m v FA_FAN FEE P., rN ER,ESPP,E R F ,. e 1 I'M UFRED(FRES RE,;EK FILTH�GFF Ar[re J F.rEw s. .c FP Fuc cE(uc [EFSR E[{iry Dif��3.,ii�ECE o f5E` iF kf RP i��.L iEiAE.,ff iD ull,.vCf, « _ PRS/PAN PLY'ND H,�^. 11 uH n FII n W 6 R,�v ., V RESEPL PLE uVN N wVON F nLL N0 N G PRF- ( tR C F B. PATCH 8-MINOR EFS DNGI REP m a a w()I MI la I'r = PPG 878 I�U)l I)I01 0OId TI,I I(T1()11 ALL..I CdLIP>T('�,(012 w cm vreaccFp znze (CLEN—ANA5 S-7 A19 11-17 NEE, III 2 /� O O O O �a 1,PErere sre„rew nEre,aT Ex rer a(s,a,P rerere sreu sE>wE �,A,rerrre rer Frere xE x Arvre reE�rEr rvEw oory°rvxa`a`R,� «NE °,wrex E,A„EEEE STEEL scxE (,°,. ss s xEwE`PreEP/xErwM°rex° A,°rv°,x EAE,wAExwAr a R� E AEE L SC� rtHE < PREp�E reP�°E°s,aN�GAR of EP./PwM a� Px�«Pa`e r��_,MoAT o ° .xEM�x°s �° ,Ary°a°°°�/��ry x°E° (ALL �s a; /Pwrv,”wrerere ria PAN° PREP Pawrv,16 WORD m,Fre °°rere k r�wE wrex NEW ss° E ° AREAS re3ON ENTRE °wEARI re°sx �x E ) 1 �RL RE-�rv=,LL wP I T��EL.E��Ee PSE E(PERE rery GROUND) s�.Z16Fror���ReP�E`AT OPENING ¢�reu, 'RE PaM,-AST Ean°wExP =°RoUoFEi AND AT 11 rvOw`R;°R T'IONA AT°E o testa°orere,x <- PI IPwM TES°eE wry AI NEW2°EP s e°rv� x U N III Q W w L IR U 0 r / P%/f U r// 141 / m/l MW .y w rt a 0 8 0 8 °ecu o ¢�� 2 ' PHAIL E-1 P, 1 rvoe sEu,ATmwAuduc : amxwouTE qoe os 10° 11 on uTnxao Arws' EAwsarm suwA xAy an s y 2M AT DEII 11111-1 )AT rvomx AND WEST aumrA°°VRLRS vs xavE ¢0 0 ^v PEEN o e ou wu wav eEreuaE 110s sun swiT ,n0 a � v m 20 50] recc rm rerww/nc mo ,e)Iw O IEN I) I'T = PPG 878 I�U)l I)I01F OId 7I,I I(TI(:)II JOL CdI..I P>T('I,((J1.2 w cm vreaccTF YnY6 mNSTITANI'5 s+crr A20 APP11l � U ..- v. kw, tl5fl" ✓NUWWivaur f �I�}W��� q r. �i hry 00,60:,, � II AS ii% ✓✓/ ii a � iRE O O O O <° , FGI/rvs "E o°c, OEs),� P H"_ a Ro`("1 Pn`Loon PPrv)`P w OR zoP'P.;a,P(PIPPPP'EE5" o oE/nar'z"°n<<°mow"(PAINTED`Ra °°°."°x rvc arec"w°r .TP OLE Tr E Es DOING w"""s SEPaRA,ED Ere"ExsTNG ANGLE s,°re ENE cE°scE RE RIO°T,E A APo ° o, ✓PWM GE eUFIE1 GRAI.ELI 1).E W1P"a�a�P�AnDO pTTAL RISER 1111 N,,E � iaEP°FRNo�PEIM`,�'Toa,'<<aP;OPEreIE UPPER W LONER FACE s�'TIE 1.1E AT"'NEE"'TTP) PAST 11"PPE a>L�tiT`I1N1E1,Tre cerere°EI°ry � s. C"E'N` - Ls TPM,creAG)I 1 mcA,IOrvs OF MIXING MW¢ REPRLL - PPE"M LOWER FPCE ss.OR a UM"UM NEW ST°" c ry n!EO L.E).P[v/PAIN swc¢PAN Irear G Tis W6 EWALI A PeEP./Pu111q 12 IEEE cl NEIII ILATEIC U �CTMrRDNNER SETETO SEALART BED. (RED/P-FILE).�MEADAPPI ITS LS) 1. uvuEE,-I I ArvDLC)O'L.R11 WOOD EASEIA uorvc wEs wuavAv. a, p�p.PP",-mAT cue LACE FLUOR UNDER ss NAGE Twu)AND DAI OM EDGE ss.mr+EW®ie Al. a PeEP/Palm NEW IrucAum lser-comm)"ou°w METAL DOOR AND FRAME PREP/PWNt i- *.cuD EDGE TeCR UNDER ss,EDGE'RIM)AND BOTTOM s.M,u FR ELAM AT END SPAN FROM INDIFIR CORNER REGE WIN DO N ,- FEES/—I-I A ooee AGE FRAM(WIT 1121 mU�es.RETS"0'/-, Ell FAnrvc � e. R.(WILLNEODIRE NuiOVAL OE ONE PLrwooD °. wBRa)ocE RE FILE(LLT LFR TOP LICE FEEL.AT,m.Acc J� TO OUGG FACT II PEE I AS NOTE I ON LED PIOTI III NO REPLACEMENT e FRENcx 1OOesP PASOgN"uL ss TwMP"rPPp PINI, AI EDICE F"RE (emx FIB¢(.(SEE PIO,oePese) U ID.PAN,ED,9 ERA.CE DMGS A,cORWEE,RNP(�4)Erc 1 (5["x pbs,(PEELING ITS SUREME WAT A,`EI6 BOee°s/uu1 A Ex[s EXISTING L RUNNER EDGE �Q Ell v Dmo BEAMO AS 12 eomvF EAs uLTu Brea"cwEes a"1 rasaN Ou,LLL OE AT"111A11 RAOIe!SET Purv).reE-I GOT PIPE ITENIANs aUr TO ER— AUDI EDCE cu Fur U o GO " y °»FLU)0 ullllullollllllllllu �� r, r ✓Tm>pf „•' �� i�/%%//i°F,�����,,, // ���;�j r, /� r � ��� (</�'����r�FL,rP�qty — %I/nlfl/� / / �N m � P _ roaz tiO aNN O LOS s E L re+I RE LI-IL PAT are/All -ANN R LESIDES RE RENIN TO E METAL,E-11CRAT EH 1PRETCONFIDPN�eEesatyr r11 Nc 1-11 FILE,PFUGAI III TO FILE,LANDING AT INDFILE NO Ee IU LOO,TEST1s Pem1 NN1Ees1E 11,1E LEANO FEW MEI,A ANS w C111111D SEE NOTES W P"FRET 11111 OOR c PREP/DANT FRA.CON cs,E wAuwAP sureaOI of wumPAreI W,1 PROPER o�'0 0 Ncs/Sc+ Pas/NOT F Oe -v ,. OSE ETT PE E„ �1 M FOre ESEre z. Pm .w LLL �FAe � v a ,m 21 50' —CANG-.1 mo w ffl IEN If I'r = PPG 878 I,U)l I)I01 0)Id TI,I I(T1()11 /U..I CdLIP>T('I,(01.2 ER w circ vreaccTp znze mNSTS7AN,'s S-7 A21 11-17 NO, 9/1"; �I ED 0 �e x Mlax E A sxxacE N�PEx PUATC PA,/NATE< m LxI x xEP/PA, ALE TIP SIxEADNx AN I—EKES �s LaRE PoA oEpi x ",A,,sax nEEE DEER A, DII',�a��NDINa IN nAlx�rvoUR,°x 2Cox p a� �Ea'"NE.E UNxEx EPAIAT,xE Dox�N xUmm sEDxAm mo AND Pax DDDxP,,AxEN CE"E AER OEGt Ai mNOI IANOINesWASH CONCR�[ III A sEEL ExDIE III �E o°UP D �xE/NELA E PaMEx oax sxE pR�xry NEL`x a a i up.E:D"`xouow uErAC DO ANo ExAUE MmE:ocax Is smu:o wCA o uuoEeNEaEu ExE Haas s mer PxmO P¢s.NAT[E, JPAIM xN.DOOR AID wnlNc AILIT Al A PREP/PAN'wxCoo corvnwnEos(urvoEx STARS)sCiw,[cEasEE a PAIx woxs ti In 2 U N III E� EAR o W w ED AT N t niylP liry a Po nZ Woe ri E111mE[ eCP IIk F, IEE: R):G,I ¢NO O C ATP/PAM] COAIS EUSiCN[xC 2 moE/N`C=uou Eoc[ NIwrtx COMNua05 SEMON d ¢ a / L—/ REPj rt z o Ex CAC o LINE LGn m ' E: nFF anon Nc PER4 PREP IREAL RUST AID PINT STEEL PIPE(WIRE BRUDI TO EARE METAL.COAL rJ. xEuw x I. o O -un .111 1/1'auo NEW / 3. PREP/ / CF^O FE 3' CC I i!E 3EP�P V NOR.C Fu i p i/aNr/ Ac[(DDcnIII AIIIF , AT C W lFN)c o sonCN EEG[ FI. - III Es uEtu a.mo No 6. CANE NATES ALL PLUITO o E x CAPE a E s enND Irvo Ill 1IN ¢ NEW NEPAL CLADDING 0 a 22n 50 UPPER PIECE , NEW MALIC LLADDNGJLOWER () {'I !!.+ T 0 GNO IECE �,U)l i)i/'10)id TIau;T Hljl = PPG-878 /v i m�;T 2 vozz a z„aA FEE—FTAN75 s+crr A22 11-17 NEE, re �® FF Nle//�"��a S /nl�l �d �4twn1 v;^ i///�11;. fx✓ ,�Iz r �I .'�; mum� M l i Ilr , ry ,. EaooiorrAEoNonvro mu�F.cousreun reo er "1N1N0lww1�11 11—M r1cF or ors �F('"s .Ao1��wwc A,oP 1F oa reAz�w1 w1r.s<F rewclEissurerAeF nTwre M;aP`reEFo z �aE � zpreFP.PM r,.1 F1PireFP.all, z11 Fr111-1z 1 " E. ;;TNPE�a;`ax,reFT10oFooFFs.FooF,re�Al EI:.wrerAsA,-zorAZF nozA orelrre solscuooma e, I ED 1 =«reooreNc I'D Fore reoowNo.11 1 P1N.-zoo*�,1, 111 PUP✓PwM MouoEolVEe Fo'TrE/mn Ant FIRED FAP n,aP or ors-ING-L.DEE _ IIII w1 o w�xrerroE rew °wEI F11i 5FIo�1re1re,o�oowwreol owa,ko wAA�1 IwF reowwl wow:P� i U N III �Q U 0 / ✓ o v ",,,;,,,, ,- �, dzF � s w 0 0 0 .. C S�ry i,6T C A., F f rt 1111 or xr o'sxc IIN11 os s¢aooF III Fore wore✓ s¢T ou n uomx sor c x aAw ovos[o ors Foca ¢N O cuEe(FAs a z n a res(1FFEr aseA Ai 1m soF a'o0 I. 'IFF 0 1oAoRED C^U FN5 eC4Ro Po1E aoF PAM ELAT111FRI F V 6 .F ,m 23,. 50 recc rm rerww/nc mo ,enw 01 vv1 Ia UFT = PPG 878 I,,,)lDI01F OIJ TI,I I(T1011 /U..I CdI..I P>T('I,(01.2 w circ vreaccf F znze FEE—TONS 5 s+cE,A23 11-17 NEE, 0 0 a�W°flP—„ r M- X O O O O <! 'I ISw,UwEEN .x�E WEn WUE NOTE-JSIEli s>E WswE OE THC IS—UNEE�EN.III SEE PRI UN—I NOTES(''uOZI"s°E V19I OF LEE EINI Nc coNEEIEN.SEE ROES PLAN WE H EER WERE -L END IS SE IAIEI SEI FILLED III FEW INE IS SSELEOFFFIE SIIID I RI INUUTON TRENNESS SNE NEW ROOFING.SEE NEEE PRN REROEreNE WERE a. SEE REOE PRN rRN NEW'rooRNE WIN'IQ INUEEE GMER&E3NSPEU5(4) ti (n i U N �III Q E lu o W w 0 iL � E g a � W W�a 0 m 3 4 0 s 0 � aiu=�i O a w N kEFf -1 1 FILEI-III ILAIIE� OlENuea AIL wn Nc.io woo a ku[E POR IRWE H DIC IFNELS1121EE u ( EA PS o'vErem scE 3o n_ooa PLANwuEaE sucx wuEs aRE ¢O O �T. E)NEW sEuart I ENI reE PENNETEI or Ell wumw I ESFEaaw ¢^U 2. CPm[SE a EEs.TE aPIEo,rvrt cIEarvc iy Z V 6 recc rP'SEP"c'S _reEENTENEE„N ,enw((I YYI I( I'r = PPG 878 L.,LII I)I01 OId TI,I I(T1()11 AL.J(AJP;T 2'�2022 w cm vreaccTF znze MNSTCTTNS 5 S-7 A24 11-17 SSE, I�n I III VIII ' %it VIX wE PANELS w/ET EA I AND B R B p rP N a SEw R ISR EC EwE wNx D,N I,IE I,2R EA,AN DE,xE Ew NB CDNDNDN EEE DDE P,N EDR wDRx DD, D LEDE, xNxERED j; k`E �P.(POWE RRDN)STEEL CONNECTOR PLETER AND BRLT(�m(EAC' - k�Irr.i EAR'�(.ED,PREP/pqR ER � G Pak"R m E(kk,of A ALI e (SEs AAR'TUTS'AL A DDM o oE/irv59A owEE Runs Av PRrnauzEr Nmm mRzxis Ew59iNa 2 EASE Av rvmE,,BELL FOR 2m'OLE PREP/Pau,ENTIRE P-.'Nl mEEu AND I'D SITE RDNwuI ERiu \/ A EAL/STEL SRI'S IN WOOD RUMS FACES OR BOTTOM(so LES,LAW B`.'I4 BUSS Pxmo s wau ruE \ a ATI EE.) A. Duras/scwlE(2e Ea)aHo�coRrvEOF IR Eom scars.RATED REPAIR I a qx PEELF1 Iwurv)ru�DEAN SROM iu PON FACE aE RECESSED GAINIEs 2 U N III S Q LL �lu o W w U OR , If m � s m a ¢�� 2 E ,m11i v ( E c 11 ALI CORROSION STOP.PAINT 2- � F/ SNGaLlEiE\Pk f R OR B NE ( ,. [P H PR ,. ' ( (y.1. mw,u DEAaR(osmo�xurU N D TL ',, METRR FACES, REMOVAL aNEL RISER r E uNDEREo[ IREAT/PAPT r�sMmOU RwU^eNeNoPw5 AS CONCRETE.N vam e CIII PPE)eNI.1.1 ITT CDRRISDN 2M PRE U LEE IT . .eF DP. P/PAM SINGLE TONDRAL (IOP EH N, i NII ALL PLOT III PDI4I' A o PREP). (82 GTT GHT [Il TEE 4 ENWI A LEASE,Ti - C :P/PAN,NE 2O`Oup a NnauED(SNIP COATED)NDUOw METS more AND TIME i E J C E f E(1 '11' 3^L 'ERE N CONCR[ P nE vET E Ev.s, -- Y •GEED 4Ef ,P CE SID Pull COSTS" . 6 WATER TOWER 11 n.1,..aa a TELL a B. REPUCE so RUSTED SCREWS wT'Ss.AS—AND PAINT PLwrooD CEILING ,-COAT .T ,m 25.. 50 recc rm mwwrnc"S (,(Iw 01 AFI ID UFT = PPG 878 I,,,L)I I)I('F'f(UJ TI,I I(Tl(HI ALJOLIP>T 2'I 2022 w cm vreaccTp znze DO—TIONS 5 s+crT A25 11-17 NIES AT J% SO yr „" V E e 1 -N�I1 INENRI an P�PEI IS, EElJEP,PEE rets,IIALEI.PALM I-E�,E ERANE1 A,A'A EP IPEE INI-IE)P>�ti,z-CAST,EGAREL I a.a �. R�sEre rew�,E,a RIE REPa�reEo as PR��re�s�r No,Eo a, j �� w A E�NDEE H NDreRIT GDEDR,aur�o o �re wAEE�Eore EI I IUD re re PsaA.�re,E, o STOP LIST RSP%�R�re&PRN, —11 pRIIAC rw AGO PRN,ENAPEE a-A1ATS a aNRD�fpvPew".Pu ANR PaD<o�AEE P-PDAs °C� 3. EVER w� RIOT,-CDR ALL WALLS,TOWER IE 3 RImIDRI PREP/PAIN,A-SCAN ENARIET STAR METAL FEMME.CIRCLES. G `�I D":lu 3DAA ARE1.E ALONGSwEEoAIR 3 x U N III �Q o W w U I- 0 p uu uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuumi ^- V � „� � v 0 H / m '�dv9 JE O D PRIMED METAL COPPED� Ew n a EP(PRESSURE RI��E OV�AND ELEMENTS Clan AND E� �RIo E RDE DM PR w; DND hDww��RED�N��E Rw E G/STEEL 3A TAGGCATE,GNSTA<E N s CAPPED P w A DEI d:o S11 AN RUOT PER DE RITr �GOTDE G, R PPE All PTR rP E reTE TE:THB"E ,aH/o�A"L3aD T CONSTRUCT DS(CORRODED)w,H NEW CE.ETEMEOT3 AT 3D "�80 N� NEW PER Dom, aNERnRP a�DPPER ROOK DwNNs.PRRNRE/NTAEE SANE AT A,OTHER I 11ITTIS 11 1-1 11SIINNS 111 11111 DN T. NINHI /AAM OT.A cLEfw C"PT T1, Dw Dr .'P).rvA f. ,u TOES WE W V iFrtC DREan.,oN'vj ..TEES/I''lV EEEfcE I f Of�S.1GTI.,CS 6 Ai � a .T REC(N ORAINNGWE L•enw-Ill GII ID UFT = PPG 878 I,,,LII D 01F OIJ TI,II(Tl(HI AL.JOL.IP>T 2'l 2022 w cm vreaccTF AS mNSTITANT5 S-I A26 41 0 / ✓' i � « 1,' ' nI OFF OUT EAP R'OE DA RUBBER EIP�EAND \ a reEo"n11, NE °s�IMURI- 111 lEElEl o rePE" , PRE nRE P E''RIPE R E ',1/,MEORM're REPw PREP n"re f �; iPeo°n,<<v°e""s�"o� N`d"i"O'E`;�o s AT'III �R E. E�reM PaEP�Pa Pfo ba a°MRS`E;r�R�€°�s rePPER w�xwn2 2. RR Raon�PRER reorereooEo,un,RE_NG NE, eR E.3.EEE"EMR n'311 112eLNET "RER�reREP�`�n,w°,�°�oRRo��o"�oP n"R PBM.2-2�n,3 E>, �re iE,re�R sPR N�'oP of UPPER EEreaR Pref"MRs, R i�"s E E a,PR of-RBE o PAPE;Ra�R�...wrere..RRresIR'soP R ALLENLOGION, �M E E nRR �n RER�reR're RE.PRER v3 rereM PEEP. PONTPREP/PBM r"reEE REEreRA�E 123 Er,112 ECRM PREP. re 1/2 MEDIUM PREP. ¢ 3P EDGE RR nRORE U N aIII �Q ul o lW w U I- 0 „1, E ® r fir � dzF a m rear s r uP vew or PRmre Pa' uu 11,12 saE w"REcroR Pu'a oro awM ERvareEuovr AT omEe ewE wuE or rnn uaPEre wuwvnP u z EwEUE., u z BRUTE EreStiE rn PINT sEaEna;Es;x°s w`un;Y �s rso E �wnn 61EoFIT o�e'o 0 '- E Bas 1z,ceEPrPaR U FREE FEE f In UR` E k E E ,E F 3 TED 1`I 4 PE 5. PA'C E fs C➢RN[ ` A T-Rll.. IL,HE� MO v�cR P50E L L AE nG'1 n BEtx ART �re E, ., V SURE 2 IF 6 AE GEA Dllli E E BE REFVCEi r I E.W'E f e soME/aNkmo 11 a P>RmEnory coonsRai_r 1'cIE re E„Ni'ITALL 1113 RoaFsz QYE R. PREP/PAINT 2m.s'i.vr000 Em n "-11,.rP n EreEI ' recc rm rerwwrnc mo ,enw-11I',IEN II I'r = PPG 878 I,,,LII D-C)l OId TI,I J(J 1011 /U..)CdI..I P>T 1.'I,m22 w cm vreacc'F znze oME—TANT'5 S-C A27 /GG It 0 0 o << «P D,O, TDE ENEIEE EOANE OF,_ EE Root O LE�NO G,EA N_DP�E INNER, D,ELE=IDL j CDNDAE�D PANT, T=5(„_ OF,res sT SLE LLN D,PAD,O P DD OFTN PANEL>,w>lwwar re o o,a Pawn ros tls,o "5 faa a to�.of E� a=crerea o,,a,E,= ware,"� 11°P° DIN ;`„°E''NP 2POE LIDMI„��M.”' ; I'll—N,a �P.,PAIN<B"'IINDI OPENINA LOU PNEPePLN, COR ELASTOUEaB NLOND ¢ SAEBODNIS(PENNG 1-8',6)OPENING NILE TO AE 1I11 ONE u[RE SUP.NN T LAIN EOTTEo sLrnON.1INxuL 1oj TELL DNom s. sLA/FTu OPEN mNs AT LIABLE BrDu(COLrl THII wOrx wui:wnr. IAVFILN,AND mL EOOnrvc PEEN/PAIN,Fu[AND BOTTOM OF BEENS ti EC V] 2 U N III �Q U C pup 0 R;. .mfr J- r tli ulirol��h' U H t N T, / W W 1l,�F;f ;irryr s w 01 a i F- O N'CO P,T..WiC J P6` A.. m AREA u aEA IT PHD,O P5N CN—IN-taOF 11-INT AT INo BALL ENI-ED—1A TaEA AT Pxmo ITT I PAR cDBNEB N� [ F NL,A'C� asy � eE PNs E r u LE(wa EEouI—LcqE amW Illffl Ill 1;11 1111 11110^0 u) emeaDEovcA:puieEPuBa uere eEAu ,. mBEoiaoo METmo D NDa BNT / TcoENcc TEu(1) e LOATC D"', 1131 1111 IN I C—L 117 ANN NITI 11 1 PIPE D B NNI P 1 sOFT O AOFFTF 1111 IN 11 Ill CVSE- _, 111INT [LAT FxT)UFN. Fa ,m 28.. 50 recc rm reAN- DO mo (,01IJIO IEN I)UFT = PPG 878 A I,,,LII I)I01F OId TI,I I(T1 O11 ALL.IOL.IP>T 2'I 2022 w circ vreaccTF znze mHs 7ANT'5 s+c[z A28 11-17 NEE, til/a/`ly✓1 jIYG" � - �a aE�s111.PER ora%1/1121,11T wrere�nre EowEre E Amo FEW mre;Es ts1EP s reE A re�sreAE of,�<Ere��,�m��more�ow E DoE a Fare �E NEW Prey-F�m� �oP�mo SAP Pyre oE,a� mss�'a.P w�re�A o�,�E���m��mo��om. �o�Pam Fare re� a aI U LL N III �Q U OR ISE rr� I li! 4 m. (�� 111r„ apl�' '�,�.r�,`�'�;�>�(✓ Vo�iIV ���,��"1 urraJPP")�9,�.�i ;1� ��f/�/. r ���I`i//, r ,�,,,,;'. xou, 1 i 3 k n r NSI ?wromr.<r % m�.E' 1�` 1-,- -✓ ,� ,,,r7a O vw �, s ,T—,,E c x ,a r r i rr r° vswc or TIE Exnmo comp,ore szz eoor III III worere , IEE—1 mma m arena ae' r N"A"c�npH1oa ENTI L -- o" 1—z s omErec 6`V F Z V 6 2, PSTEI 17 E IS recc rm rerwx7nc mo 20 (,e)Iw Ali Mi is UFT = PPG 878 I,,,LII I)I C'F'f OIJ TI,I I(�T1011 /U..I CdI..I P>T 1.'�,2022 w cm vreacciF znze FEE—i7AN75 s+crr A29 11-17 NEE, ������������������� ��� IIII II IIIIII�VIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII °'" 1 �U�" ���� IIM IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII - ///� OF w� d fo 1, zVr n �jI�1 �a mss 'ar'��re�A or,�r���H��No��oH.��mor PaH core re� o;Es(EIREI 5)or A VIN�Ar or,EE WS,IHG CoHo�,�ore OFF reoor P FOR wow 0 ('a.P PROVIDE A or,Er��1NG FoNo�,�oH err �r PLAN FOR rel ff oA,wAr�PEH�reA,�reN a a� U N III QREFER 10 MrcEIrvlck o w w LLU n } �II I Illy O O O 6 r s a cc 'r c x ,¢I- wi ry �urrru�Ascu �� allo FLAsre rvc ro wur ry rncr ra�cr�NEW aoor risuu�ory aemu�M emEs!�a as)IIE A vswr 111x1 EIsuc couoreaN 1111111 ai.w voe III So ED Q�U F Z V S recc rm mMO mo ,e)Iw))I I I)UF r = PPG 878 A I,U)II)I T,I OIJ TI,I I(TIOII /U.ICdLIP>T(�((J1.2 w circ vreaccrp znze FEE—77AN75 s+crr A30 11-17 NEE, (%�✓ I V'� �1 / VIV.. Y 7 O ff o REPrECE EreILWs F� FDI FS YE 10 E)SDE A A—IF FILE E�No CONDITION,EFF Roar PLAN rare KRIL E1ENo raw SEE EPreEEN�M,FErP P� � Arerr,1< F0,FS�s�'°,Psi�reE A A—or,IE EMAING CDN IRON,s«Roar PLAIN rare KRI , a A �E OFF NER SEN a; U N III QN REFER ID NECIRNICEL OR /i>���� VIII i IIV IVVVIVVVVIII � E I ,� I W FfF c1,? �1�� aigr/ ij cmpT yr✓/ N a w o 1OE ROOF D111,cros'E IPENINII 1111 RooF DEcxn Vsmr of FILE EFSIND coup,ou.ILE III RIM COR woere F. F Donau EDGE of EFs wemE LEI'EIPIIED wnx ILO rvma(semPsl O PEA IF COVOR 0 0 DDIE M09 BE COVERED WIN ADDED ROOF NSVW ory AND -v f 3 50 z v REC(0'El"G NO (,()1w((I MI I1 UF T = PPG 878 I,U)I I)I01 0OId TI,I I(TI(:)II 'gib AI..JOI..IP>T 2'�2022 w cm vreaccFp zrrse OIL—TTAN75 S-7 A31 11-17 NEE, +f— 6�/�� '; '•(���G ,°�l�', �/il�rl' /r /// fir„ .^�"F""�'��.� � .� w; I P �a WE�ENE Em�Na= s�No,N��N ANo�s-soE, �o�A,A, �a,�AN W Ews�No o METAL DICTATPaM �PEI P,.Nm6 ENITUELNl"A,Pre�Eo Ror rereLLNEN EreEE,E,UP ONCE NEW METAL re�EIa U N III � N REFER TO NEcOVEwcAE o Qw w Y� 11 ��pp��pp�pp�pp� VIIIIIIII IIff U�— IF f/I j/ 1� `�,,, � VI'���� 116�IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I 7 / JA>r. �— // ENDS. IT o QNm `1 0 HE-F PILL TOO FLOOD I E,N (IL AID N) AvswE oE,x[[a's uc couonaa 5[[soot a�nu Eoe woex d S p NmEE(INm`s1WOE 1 mo 0 m`V F S m 6 ,m 32.. 50 recc rm rerwwrnc mo w 01 MI la UFT = PPG 878 I�U)l I)I OR Old TI,II(T101 /U.ICdLIP>T('�,2012 w cm vreaccrp znze mN—AN's S-E A32 11-CS NES E�OFF *_ ��XLN 1/11 2-1 ,REAR °R � .. NEA EDGE TN.1IUA s,El 1 ° R s x N,AA ❑E�s�NE�N,AA, IEI TwoT DI=,.A=,f SBD nINFDn o f�sIND I°E sNN o E�AUNreEoreN�,�°N, AxAll— o E ls�I reRElAllEl�ANXIS,°�M, �= No cowMN ❑p iNsw wL san AT.11 RICATNINE LFTR AFAR ma o� RO Bc,FRE r CONCRETE WALK JOINT ©EIIAUNO CONCRETE Mon STRIP ro REMAIN ©xsR ANR swan ATRa_ iBnA�L NEW FILLER WILD EASIERPATCH REPAIR OF DETERIORATED E nmc PROJECTED wnrvsmeT WALL BELOW (Au s RueeEre BASE �C,STEP AT STAIRS DETAIL xrs ®ARE PNR,E 12E rare warex NOTES roe FREE ISO FEEL ATIR AREA B ENLARGED PLAN-KITCHEN AREA ❑e, FPe OLE NEW, uou DOLE 11 EDI BEING Raw :'�•-''b' D�`rAPPRoEVABID'EEIwm WIN zX TDeE STEEL"wERALL"` U TIRE cor rR ME wnN-mLR a+rz AT GET DD,WIN I DID INGES P "EEL VARIED N PLATE AT wAaDR-RaNooB RTBI La( reEGURMEAD 2coTENA ENAMEL PAN' AND oue0o FILIGREED)III PeAM MsoN (aLIIRS EARN A"L(uau Drsm , ❑xiAMT SED NIFEl.El ll=Nlurnv sElpEILcliorvs a WIN 112 wPANXION LRM AND PSE NEW°RN°RETE MOW PMP o E A ENLARGED PLAN-STAIR EXIT U NEW T AREAROFlNc _ -� Mco rue s,s.M ETRE re NO A ¥ BSEOUL OARD PEEL AND UNDER .¢" OR F HIND) EDP FLASHING STRIP�B METAL o RF�RED �N�,EMoED�L EA,Dre XFOROUND conttiBuous cALUAxizED ❑ rmc.iNVULANN a FELLED wOL TD eE m NEW rREMCO MODIFIED EDP ❑ W G S O[0 Wo ECP IR 0 AND cw sr MATED DBE Or E NO NE ' D PT,(PON PFG A DER METAL ROOFING PRCxED OPDM 0 ARE Ai RAiLW m F o-� ❑ Ax n L wnN�NAULATDN El © BILEEE"AAFOAREA eBIDLID AAT'T=o°EDEM=Dr �DN „ NEW PC CJVER BOARD ❑j INTERMEDIATE xwOFE ( tll C I FQ- © �`,T�.REE�= , w 7 L CID r 0�,RREFOiIiELl"NI 1 1— R SEN A*reRor Pur.°r lH'ElEClL.HNX DP TE TEa NEW PLmFRE DECK u W �T< OF EVILER BE r o L, 111DEll Ll 11Fll FIT 11 � IS 116 C1 Y IL T EXISTINGse ERs o � � j 171 d1 OI 4A11 IT 7 w00D PDRLBL @r o.c „ ��,`•- I I C.l (a ram PATCH REPAIR OF DETERIORATED /\I I(vl I�,T l '/C)I? o� �3 50 m(EE reaor PLaB) D STEP AT STAIRS DETAIL E SECTION BOXED PARAPET ❑ Roor AREA Ds R<AeL A F SECTI©M @ RAILWALL PARAPET rec o wrnc No xrs s �U PPG 878 �§ ex ... EP,vaaSSE p zrrzs Ca Ns 7ANC'5 s+cET A33 BIDDER BEYOND LATTICE PANE Vv WALKWAY COLUMN SHROUD 2—2:4 SILL B _ CIA 214 NIZ[D AT COLUMN ELOW 2.a EDGED OF LATTICE SCREEN 2x9 T I.n WALL IETI TD2Y" - BELOWPROJEC;RSTED PLOWHCEBE OF El51NSEPA STEEL SHEATH COLUMN-GLEN READING CUT 4 �R WN DEATH N D xSI NG FIASNING 2"A NEW EDTENBED LOW WALL NEW MD FILO B M[N LATTICE PANEL 0 ROOFING ON B.UnIINSULATION a 1x2 L 4 A LATTICE PANELS Ya SS.FEEL BOLT ®AU Tfi OBCSTUDS M 12 E.C. LOW WALL BELOW TO BE RAISED e 30 FOALn PLYWOOD ON B41TIN0 INCITATION 5oM rai ti SECTION DETAIL-LATTICE DIVIDER COLUMN �B,S'ILL AT LATTICE SCREENWALL C HHE`ADiSLATTICE xrs xrs = NOTETHE. S U NLL B8 MIII IF DSUN E GRAGASHE,IT F ESTE BF S,FIX F AREA I SEA ALLEN NBILATINI 11 DRAINAGE nH�E.xHE AE ITT III �Q EA �lu o W w ABUTMENT MUCH LOWER DOWN. oxe,Ia,RON w0um sLrTrcT THE 10,1U FE ED � E ti U o PIPING BUILDING OUTLINE o LARETNDCONCRETEWWx o LAND,.CDNCRETECURB OLA CONCRETE ODRR RAMP o A- W HOPE Bxx A FPIPE a oo LANDID PPE o L�IN�LDE Mo ;k a EIA�TL - FREE �I.� w N�NSWL��ND mDEA 1UHMNBnPP�1101-FILE o o I. jos o W' ' WT,FRL E W f ©ONTALL�6M W PLASE CIN-1 T,, R T Y.H a D ENLARGED PLAN-NEW CONCRETE TRASH PAD recc rm Drwwrnc mo (X)lvJJ),I',OPI I1 T = PPG 878 A ••lPI I)ICl OIJ TI.I J(J I(JIN o §¢ /U J()I 2' 2022 p UT ccrp znze 6ROVAR 8 BED P1 22 FADAW NA NO.XM "s TO I WRFIff W�10 MW 00—00—TO Cie x waren' N�TINLL[JS WWNO KEIID NOIES VI 0 twin mmxas/+nnrs fm..k mm sow xn wµ. I L a \ 0 U ' r • K V�o a a I � W Awa j o III±Y,[ ® l 6NN 11 l 604 Q l Q DEMOLITION (�)IVI-OIA11 I) ,I T• i(� i NATURAL GAS PLAN „III I)I OF�((71V I. TII(.TI(HN �a s;aLe:3/3z' AI)UH,.nT ,YU/' N a SWEET 35 br 511 PP —8�v. PPG-878 W aasr#1crS MOWARM MW P1.1 22 FADAff NA MCXM "s - x waren' � e sAurtuev xErvn uohs 0 T. rnaa Haar rvmunaa d•„mows.r..em+moon.o>. , a \ 0� a N ee _ h b V ox5 U � a m� s�= w ) �W.80 > ) SANITARY, WASTE, \ENT PLAN � scale r II I)I OF(()hl.CI:I I(';T IOIV N a SwET 36 of 50 lean Aa 1 PPG-8-8 78 za arc aasr/1ffS .......... MOWARM MW P2 22 FADAff NA MCXM n. .- 19.11=17M.V.—P.. =='I'm= Cie < CffRW MFIKOQRW'RX0.01 7—mg. knw 2.2-lr.T.ZXl u— u". 3.�=Tl= U— % ML &/ t Lu 1 PIPEPIPE �NOMENC�LAT RE .. SUPPORT DETAIL (DVE T,,THROUGH ROOF DETAIL aim m 37 a LQ_ C)I\jj"IRMI-1)UFT �Ml ) Cj:f TI:I PPG 878 N(A J�;T 2,�lw pry ggg�f/Ztt�b CAWPTANB MW P3 uw+r wrens mmwnm m.we nw�camrm) 22 AWA f MD')iO.XM r.i nE: as ro amM,mm.<wonas,mFnnma mmi caanws,.wx x.aaoM m nE s�Frwnas on.x m mrs mrna. n " r E Mo awn w nxmnm nEomrm.nxve awmnn rmE nor emr raunn ro au eE � um� LY re�mIF uxnaonm w uecrma'"rsw."x.."xm�naa'ar wmeiHE owama wr.rriwr ca.a x ware cµorxnw 202E Fw�om�siM msxn xrznnws.wlo rrm rx.nmm a.ma wa mE.woslEcr. x .)F ecrt�n ° nm`e"`.lxuvrz`onn":�wlin KrconnMx rnon re waw.Iwo s..r Fuels,wrzn coaan.wo Fwnn>.s. g �$� `..r:� �� ,.Fex.. m�Ea.amr,ra.E�®aaFn a.a.x,. �Mc., xE�rMm mcnw r�a x n.nM,nx F�xw,an�„naw a�,mm. m„°ox_�FF,M mx<xm m nxx�a x.xx awm,mx.E ra�.art axa ff x a rr x r nw nE m r mr. mm I N a. m ro n m.�Fan!xx aw �M ma 02x02 a roE n x ==CC__CC_m m m�»wm tea.,rm M mM TME 0222 r.ate ae xE mx ro xorn,.M MEEE <1 °"'mca.m"Vx"crax'`'�°.'i n°""go.mnc"w'cO114Xow'msE""!°o"""ixc�"w m m mrE)rrcmr•„wrun meiw"mw�r swE ff iev on:xm°Ae. c _ �ws.w wxx.coam�aa \ a ' �.��a ,,.n���µWn� ,a�.x. ��,�. �Fu�M E -roE mEc�.anw�.�N.E TMw�w�xxcE,nr,� .mE asrncmas aeE cam..nree"omevwc.EMn,Fw.s,!M amn awn x ti.m1°°'r°N""ann Fon n v°n moo'.wo�nw.ex..mown.!xc mars sxxE eE a y ruxxxa uesµo xEnu. c'•emecrta mnM aw ff Faasaen m!M oreea ms xwanws aw rww"mr Eocnrz.0 uuvumm�o "�uFr.nE axa awnw.s x.xaµma& wm mwaa. vwn sx:uE a xmucm ox MMT xo cosr ro Nnm.Mart M&CC d N b U n r an wr®rewxrtrzv re xusr a aanlm x.ecoMwa mm ms avanunws mmcnwn am.a nex. " x w x .0 xc a un . xx a rE - yXj o jMr nnm (nmx m of . 'xsxz Arno e�xr°! c"wmmr°f�`Eort sin mne.nwrnwi°X rc lEnnEc°r.ro° .r ..��r sum 202E is xor ruvrae srw rwortcr.uE nFE Mw oEws.wo Dena rumE.uE ora nFE O xc Mx,. ,.FE x am. n.�xF`wa:M°a n'�"'mM'.wo wis"as:u a u��n:`'Fo°remru�e's°"uECE""r arsmx on`�x a Y iwro�nrE:!w roE a.mn°): g gr8$ r. w[:pslx oC u.mmwe ory nrt,tt"mur[M aslx Du +ann:psm puss)mo(Di saw!wn a x uni .w a ve 9tl�-o" U TZ r Gic m.0 u c F SNE ixm car cFtm rc x::re:mur axm ea®ro.wuxuu mu xoC.nm cwa nem a x o aua!uEs 902E eE iMlwID"!!rE F1£Vnnws HYcnlm mn 9rFu g ~aEw 902E ff mm w H � ) .rmwso.Fr.mm Fnn w.,e•ra—1 r°1— wrn a 1 mrm. w wwrE,arn am a ' w,oFFwr. .s,rcx w rmmoor www wmwm Eamx.ma rwr a<roE mmaawm lwc O ) N FwM ro Fm _=M=MY==C_ I o m LL ) LLJ xa.. xc. x< erE MaE cww x xr. .E.ax:m ax.a.:.E.mnaE.rmx:c xa..na F.maFn. ' mam roE m xxxars a„!.Em�xc�x w axEs,a<'"rnon_sram ars_.91111:=..r e s <n ) ]��xe srwvemiMo �NIU � ) u 6N� z xNSo ..E.r,m waE,-�zmwmnw..rrcuxrt4 wwwmxFa,ornmumveOrowmE_w ac mr" c n9.0 r r/f aro wo"o' '°` ca..mwam cases rsnor.xwam.s"wrxn (W¢E e ¢ o3 o6 m g ) r x .nm F.asr me rnEs ro r o nxn aaamc wmmnE xE xM or r.x rs.r.µrex orxE.ew..nw s caaec En rxEE �E rxs s„LLx I Al x rnx+�xrs ox.s xx.x. ure of rxE .coExr.xcE _ nE c wrens mlwcan !o co + wrclm wman w sxcn 38 or 50 s.r asar ra Wao n_ w nE C—C mm rs a IE 0221x1.a«a IE.am war ,w as 5X)N01 v h i i r„i r PPG-878 axw�m i.ri iii�+two��iA 7iaic;rioiv E! A J(AJ T2+ 2022 f! arc aiasr I3tlyL_ ml6tm"9 NI1 Y[ PNO[Cf M0.Ii0.T0EQl0 HVAC DEMO KEYED NOTES Q s.,u..ssw.rm mw.>n mops.nxr m j 6 n�.nm nn� .K a w cxl.. r I.— ti a ~ 1. N nw.snm nnw.ve<�nc.nox nnn.n cx=n n _ oocrnonk crromo.s�a ns ms aKr�.ax ro a DEMO HVAC GENERAL NOTES: r — d RDI ¢ �Q mor � r 8 own � f�l 636 O ) v &DEMO HVAC PLAN scue 3LJ /3e —r_o J�UI,l,T;?,,202./` sxcn 39a 50 �.no twwie�v. PPG-878 GRAaA16 SLnLE n arc aasr�1crS c-11111 M2 E PRP/ECl No,190302.020 lo HVAC KEYED NOTES: 7 5P vsn o�rek Rervnsuanre ry a5 pnrew*ecrery IEE'o reao rvc( OO NI Pre�rere,re���Ere��M�.re� ren. Prere,111 IOreo-n= "DE N'YWED K'HEN HON 'E",D.'oMEN'_'EPo"___N,Preare.re °` <s 5 �"'INIG'I%IE`°1111wNu pIE L�ITEI TO E re E EEE're�yore FP,nEre s�EI �NE�, ��reEre o`IDEId'NNE re`re rere4�"N,D s', .EoE� re i � maQm 1i1� w w Hvac cENERAI NOTES: a "T "UNT66 o„ oP . o� �nren ��� X.�N LEo �LE;,�re� 1--1 T-11 Prerere 111rePP1—MIN,oP.ren- v reMME M re.wore. =Prerere,re P EM }0 r PE ��reEP����,re t w ) D—M—IEIIE—w.nrere.n,„�P o` EP—E5 P-1 "MMEN'Eo_re.wrere. o ) waa ) �_.—._.—._.� �rePso�� m u� onaro. P core o"N, 0-1 '"` � t 636 = ) r¢os ) r= ) u 111 I� I T KVAC PLAN ini�i��iP�<(�N TRH(JuHN �(a ) 113� A QLST 2F,2022 N _NEET 40 PPG-878 HSE SEE M. e21 .......... coam"�m3 Ww"*� RCCFTCf= UNIT BCHEC%)LF I."ollo ZWNT6 1.1.1c==ZIM, Mnr 11 M" MIN—A. ..-S Or— F-XHAUe7 FAN er-HE7)ULE C Cie 'tg E. D .L�� DRA ' NCHTAK�E-OFF i Lu Q 1) Q, E- 1-0.p— E. L�u ou Ex Hoof ie4Emon AHU CANVAS FLEX�CONNECTION CONDENSATE DR�AINDETLAL JI ,�5�1�LE—DUCT SUPPORT SffET 410(50 '2� �.no twwiem 9 PPG-878 N JoIJ�;T 22022 .......... CALM M"9 M4 CABLE RO TING SCHEMATIC EnSME:—S. <Cie R mUPPORT DETAIL PIPES Ps. 0 7 —0 PIPE HANGER INTERIOR SUPPORT S NES Lu F -L CONDENSATE sem; U oreu r,-)DRAIN LINE NOMENCLATURE RETURN AND/OR EXHAUST VICE CONNECTION DETAIL -q N T.� V FT Lu SffET 42a 50 (,01M OMI1)UFT 4 PPG-878 N JoIJ;T 22022 .."om,....env, fA16tM"9 M4.1 o"nom oua_ w , Y WIWM,IPO.MM �L Dano � - r .rrorvrcoEr�n nE S a�� P�� .r.uno x,. ,or«s„ ws„Eo-Dna E.FRvoEr�L n=rvr ����i£5 E.0 nEoev�o �.. t �i O e Q u - '. cvur a Es areE.as ,o sauo uaaoar w �i a� "` Am r as c.ra owa.�,aan rar<.oa oa,�ao�m a,cu c noc rv�aoE.o.o. O $ TZ IF vrEaruaE Z °,`; f U � a"oEr_r o rvv ues.,uro awnn r."E u c EErv,"EEn �M w� 11 W I a U 6 4 I U - w wry A IClUS12022 m 1,N1 A , r�E SHFfT 43a 50 r ��r �,nx" 6 r Sao twaNe�a PPG-878 MOWARM MW E1.1 22 FADAff NA MCXM mora. "s �x ware a� � , - - i a a as N h N V�o U S7= O J COS N U �N w � �n � ll 00 W w 1L y POI WER DEMOLITION PLAN (.)7(l-(H T91 (U T i �1 seise, z,_ , o. ..I�;CA II I(I H'(()ILSTR,I(;T HHV (a nl I(1;JST w",202 N a sxfn as br 5D PP Aa 1 � PPG--88 78 arc aasr/1ffS MOWARM MW E1.2 22 FADA f NA IiO.XM mores DEMO LIGHTING KEYED NOTES: « °�. pa �Fl.w m�,�a s o _.m E.m,a.£ages fEl Tc Cie a� El C14w; z a z Cry 6 J 1 -u W J I� z D w v DEMO LIGHTING1 PLAN (•�71VI(HA11 I) ,1 T i 1 `1[,",111 I)I Hr (()I tl:1J(;UOIV a SCPH 3/32"— 0" N a sxfn a5 br 50 P G-878 778 Aa 1 � PP arc aasr/1ffS "s a MOWARM MW E2 1 22 FADAff NA MCXM 8 as N d h b U V�o U ) w ) W N w j mf a POWER PLAN (,I7INIF I IATI D„I T i a SCUE.3 ��i.r 1� /BVI(",IJ.xT '/(li"/, N a SHEET 46 a 50 �eao aa�a�a � PPG-878 arc aasr/1ffS MOARM MW E22 22 FADAff NA MCXM :mora. Cie e o « �� p a , III I �.vY C �w 011- q 00 gg „ J LIGHTING PLAN - GROUND FLOOR 1,(lNf-ORM1 DU-T a Y scuE.3/32"=i'-o' �L ;Jjl LII OR(OIV I;�.l�„TIOIV /\I jG, J^,T 2,, 2022. N a SwET 47 br 50 � PPG-878 arc aasr/1ffS ON UdOB v1EEf E2.3 E MGRCf AO.KOOD2lW LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE rwc wnvinmax t urxtt xu aps ocrwrna +„ umonu ran rmwr ucnr nese¢um un wn ar/.snn wuasnn wunon/+s vsrrs x umau ar emwr am ss�se¢xro un s..E.s rme.nm o�vmnc mrmry re« x w,,o a «rsonr.��>a n>u nm�rwx a un � r:,xPunnrsn�n�/n nrr;xre..rrExr as v� �. 'n�� x "s.oazmac NF� i4 I�vv=;n=z L= or`n"axn.ve ux vv suxsaz ra xxiunc Nnx n rm exnnccr ra eu nee Anna Axa mrt coon nm cescr nwv cmn rtn x�osrtcr wra.wee as ama artae ra nxvs Nix me vu usm nmwc ax was xrwr rox use w xrtomc un r esmnr aps. monc ccamnuc nm cnn Axa r n nc mac ,mn:na rrtwvc ` roan next ol�m xxvas n no er cooimwrrt nm exnnccr r c a o; ms N d = h b U ¢ d N U n w O ) J F z ) L ) IF I,Hivi-lli n�i i� i. ,.ILMFUI,.(.0Nl ;TMK:,Tl0lvJ a SLEET a8 w 50 LIGHTING PLAN - SECOND FLOOR N ,� o a scale arse-=r-o` + 4 PPG-878 h Gfll'NgBI/1IJtL CNSWdMS MW E3.1 �a iwvu ' f.E 1,15 F �k a� pp ti R N ox�5 V�o m t LL �57 W IL )moi v� OQ W W l a SHEET 49 a 50' Sao aans ea )INIF()RIMI )UFT 4 PPG-878 �;�A I ID1 Oi.(,OI' Ti;iu,Tl(N NI(i J(;T? 2022 ,f � arc aider/� DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Windstorm Application PC350(WPI-1)10908 TDITexas Department of Insurance Application for Certificate of Compliance App Form WPI-1 ID:2280886 Physical Address of Structure to be Inspected 100 NORTH SHORELINE BOULEVARD Tract/Addition: Lot: Block: City: Corpus Christi ZIP: 78401 County: Nueces City Limits: Inside City Limits Structure is located in: Inland I Is the structure located in a Coastal Barrier Resource Zone(CBRA): No Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi Phone: (361)826-3500 Fax: Mailing Address: 1p201 Leopard Street City: Corpus Christi ZIP: 78469 Contractor Name: Phone: Fax: Mailing Address: City: ZIP: Engineer Name: Niclas S Green Phone: (361)883-1984 Fax: Mailing Address: 801 Navigation Blvd Ste 300 City: Corpus Christi ZIP: 784082600 Email: ngreen@lnvinc.com Texas Registration No.: 126232 Commencement of Construction Date Date of Application Type of Building 06-01-2022 04-21-2022 Commercial Building Inspections 1. Roof, Partial Re-Roof with Re-Decking --Bldg:Art Center of Corpus Christi-SgFt: 158 x 215 Location of Re-Roof:All'flat'roof sections., Number of Squares:10,096, Location of Re-Decking:Repair of damaged decking below'flat'roof sections., Number of Sheets:TBD, Comments:Roof system has multiple elevations,and part is pitched while other sections are flat.Replacement of all flat sections. 2. Roof, Partial Re-Roof with Re-Decking --Bldg:Art Center of Corpus Christi-SgFt: 158 x 215 Location of Re-Roof:Pitched roof locations excluding those with clay tile roofing.,Number of Squares:4,297 sf,Location of Re-Decking:Repair/replace damaged decking below pitched roof as necessary.,Number of Sheets:TBD, 3. Repairs, Door(s)--Bldg:Art Center of Corpus Christi -SgFt: 158 x 215 Due to:Deterioration,List Repair:Replacement of exterior doors., Number of Doors:3, Location:Entrance door @ northeast stairwell, Exterior entrance door south of northeast stairwell,and door at southeast bathroom., Impact:Impact,Is Windborne Debris Protection Available On-Site: No, Comments Submitter Name: Niclas Green Phone: (361)883-1984 Date: 04-21-2022 Submitter Type: Engineer For Texas Department of Insurance Inspections: mail or email to your local field office For inspections by engineers: mail or email to Austin office:windstorm@tdi.texas.gov Texas Department of Insurance Windstorm Inspections Program P.O. Box 12030 Austin, TX 78711-2030 https://appscenter.tdi.texas.gov/windstorm/wpil wizard# 1/2 DocuSign Envelope ID:595203D7-F3D5-4779-B439-E44C631A8CD2 Windstorm Application Texas Department of Insurance I www.tdi.texas.gov 1/2 PC350(WPI-1)10908 NOTICE ABOUT CERTAIN INFORMATION LAWS AND PRACTICES With few exceptions,you are entitled to be informed about the information that the Texas Department of Insurance(TDI)collects about you. Under sections 552.021 and 552.023 of the Texas Government Code,you have a right to review or receive copies of information about yourself, including private information. However,TDI may withhold information for reasons other than to protect your right to privacy. Under section 559.004 of the Texas Government Code, you entitled to request that TDI correct information that TDI has about you that is incorrect. For more information about the procedure and costs for obtaining information from TDI or about the procedure for correcting information kept by TDI, please contact the Agency Counsel Section of TDI's General Counsel Division at(512)676-6551 or visit the Corrections Procedure section of TDI's website at www.tdi.texas.gov. Texas Department of Insurance I www.tdi.texas.gov 2/2 https://appscenter.tdi.texas.gov/windstorm/wpil wizard# 2/2